summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/Documentation/ABI/testing
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorDaniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>2024-04-27 10:05:51 +0000
committerDaniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>2024-04-27 10:05:51 +0000
commit5d1646d90e1f2cceb9f0828f4b28318cd0ec7744 (patch)
treea94efe259b9009378be6d90eb30d2b019d95c194 /Documentation/ABI/testing
parentInitial commit. (diff)
downloadlinux-430c2fc249ea5c0536abd21c23382884005c9093.tar.xz
linux-430c2fc249ea5c0536abd21c23382884005c9093.zip
Adding upstream version 5.10.209.upstream/5.10.209upstream
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/ABI/testing')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most241
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-rdma_cm30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy48
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget145
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-tcm6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac116
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1_legacy12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac214
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc326
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj40
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec56
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe91
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs184
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre140
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec113
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip114
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg127
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/devlink-resource-mlxsw33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/evm101
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy133
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/rtc-cdev50
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata140
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block318
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache156
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm47
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop50
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram139
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi98
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti241
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb1082
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x322
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x510
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc93
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter230
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-861
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css61
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme104
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events94
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x798
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci82
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe138
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-bq32k7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa948027
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm635221
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm353315
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c148
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio1804
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl3727
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc1507
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad719251
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi843548
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max961117
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm3221
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8133
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-dpot-dac8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm3222
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf0825
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dma-buffer19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad952331
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf435021
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf437144
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg1607
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc20109
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm4260020
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad593335
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ina2xx-adc24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl2950147
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl2901821
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als61
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si113322
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl258320
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl277213
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc584320
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu605013
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-potentiometer-mcp45318
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as393524
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd3034
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps3028
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx931010
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max3185631
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32151
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs42
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf61016
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc54
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei56
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mmc4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most299
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit233
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci368
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats119
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss80
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio201
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd173
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg95
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox90
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave109
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt303
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec51
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb290
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev113
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port81
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight86
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp552031
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp886037
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp887032
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm353354
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm363911
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi54
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar74
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl265
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq124
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink130
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon101
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-bridge11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu32
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led83
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el152030009
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm353373
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash89
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-oneshot36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei105
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic178
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd242
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net339
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm168
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican319
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi50
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues98
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics217
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl51
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd97
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power738
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp26299
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl403033
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco40
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap152
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm88
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio59
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc137
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator372
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc104
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client120
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server50
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc91
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client134
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host119
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape109
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec96
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec248
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc156
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc57
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-wakeup76
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog116
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-coredump10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac157
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory99
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD117
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg340
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi242
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu174
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint115
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power271
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D013
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D114
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D214
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc95
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu644
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-altera-cvp8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe78
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs223
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff75
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig73
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone125
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws121
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote85
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc300017
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi75
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop48
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi223
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs1155
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e1724
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm190
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom105
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi207
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries114
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt87
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap71
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-powercap31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-psr18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-sensor-groups21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg102
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4118
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs372
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2269
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fadump40
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch70
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-swap16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab498
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module55
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs289
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop71
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi68
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at9127
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg56
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop73
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme246
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port101
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf113
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop56
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt97
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim49
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop35
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl70
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop83
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb217
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb317
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts550054
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power427
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps73
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp122
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty163
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent51
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf101
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent54
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent27
416 files changed, 30730 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c09b640c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+What: /config/acpi
+Date: July 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.8
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This represents the ACPI subsystem entry point directory. It
+ contains sub-groups corresponding to ACPI configurable options.
+
+What: /config/acpi/table
+Date: July 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.8
+Description:
+
+ This group contains the configuration for user defined ACPI
+ tables. The attributes of a user define table are:
+
+ aml
+ - a binary attribute that the user can use to
+ fill in the ACPI aml definitions. Once the aml
+ data is written to this file and the file is
+ closed the table will be loaded and ACPI devices
+ will be enumerated. To check if the operation is
+ successful the user must check the error code
+ for close(). If the operation is successful,
+ subsequent writes to this attribute will fail.
+
+ The rest of the attributes are read-only and are valid only
+ after the table has been loaded by filling the aml entry:
+
+ signature
+ - ASCII table signature
+
+ length
+ - length of table in bytes, including the header
+
+ revision
+ - ACPI Specification minor version number
+
+ oem_id
+ - ASCII OEM identification
+
+ oem_table_id
+ - ASCII OEM table identification
+
+ oem_revision
+ - OEM revision number
+
+ asl_compiler_id
+ - ASCII ASL compiler vendor ID
+
+ asl_compiler_revision
+ - ASL compiler version
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aebda53ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+What: /config/iio
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This represents Industrial IO configuration entry point
+ directory. It contains sub-groups corresponding to IIO
+ objects.
+
+What: /config/iio/triggers
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Description:
+ Industrial IO software triggers directory.
+
+What: /config/iio/triggers/hrtimers
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Description:
+ High resolution timers directory. Creating a directory here
+ will result in creating a hrtimer trigger in the IIO subsystem.
+
+What: /config/iio/devices
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Description:
+ Industrial IO software devices directory.
+
+What: /config/iio/devices/dummy
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Description:
+ Dummy IIO devices directory. Creating a directory here will result
+ in creating a dummy IIO device in the IIO subystem.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bc6b8bd18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/config/most_<component>
+Date: March 8, 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Description: Interface is used to configure and connect device channels
+ to component drivers.
+
+ Attributes are visible only when configfs is mounted. To mount
+ configfs in /sys/kernel/config directory use:
+ # mount -t configfs none /sys/kernel/config/
+
+
+What: /sys/kernel/config/most_cdev/<link>
+Date: March 8, 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
+
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
+
+
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
+ channel
+
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
+ this channel
+
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
+ or output
+
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ for MediaLB communication only)
+
+ packets_per_xact
+ configure the number of packets that will be
+ collected from the network before being
+ transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
+ communication only)
+
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
+
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
+
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ creation of the link. In case of speculative
+ configuration, the creation is post-poned until
+ a physical device is being attached to the bus.
+
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ active link
+
+What: /sys/kernel/config/most_video/<link>
+Date: March 8, 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
+
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
+
+
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
+ channel
+
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
+ this channel
+
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
+ or output
+
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ for MediaLB communication only)
+
+ packets_per_xact
+ configure the number of packets that will be
+ collected from the network before being
+ transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
+ communication only)
+
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
+
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
+
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ creation of the link. In case of speculative
+ configuration, the creation is post-poned until
+ a physical device is being attached to the bus.
+
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ active link
+
+What: /sys/kernel/config/most_net/<link>
+Date: March 8, 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
+
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
+
+
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
+ channel
+
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
+ this channel
+
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
+ or output
+
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ for MediaLB communication only)
+
+ packets_per_xact
+ configure the number of packets that will be
+ collected from the network before being
+ transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
+ communication only)
+
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
+
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
+
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ creation of the link. In case of speculative
+ configuration, the creation is post-poned until
+ a physical device is being attached to the bus.
+
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ active link
+
+What: /sys/kernel/config/most_sound/<card>
+Date: March 8, 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ create_card
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ registration of the sound card with the ALSA
+ subsystem.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/config/most_sound/<card>/<link>
+Date: March 8, 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
+
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
+
+
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
+ channel
+
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
+ this channel
+
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
+ or output
+
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ for MediaLB communication only)
+
+ packets_per_xact
+ configure the number of packets that will be
+ collected from the network before being
+ transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
+ communication only)
+
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
+
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
+
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ creation of the link. In case of speculative
+ configuration, the creation is post-poned until
+ a physical device is being attached to the bus.
+
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ active link
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-rdma_cm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-rdma_cm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74f9506f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-rdma_cm
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+What: /config/rdma_cm
+Date: November 29, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4.0
+Description: Interface is used to configure RDMA-cable HCAs in respect to
+ RDMA-CM attributes.
+
+ Attributes are visible only when configfs is mounted. To mount
+ configfs in /config directory use:
+ # mount -t configfs none /config/
+
+ In order to set parameters related to a specific HCA, a directory
+ for this HCA has to be created:
+ mkdir -p /config/rdma_cm/<hca>
+
+
+What: /config/rdma_cm/<hca>/ports/<port-num>/default_roce_mode
+Date: November 29, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4.0
+Description: RDMA-CM based connections from HCA <hca> at port <port-num>
+ will be initiated with this RoCE type as default.
+ The possible RoCE types are either "IB/RoCE v1" or "RoCE v2".
+ This parameter has RW access.
+
+What: /config/rdma_cm/<hca>/ports/<port-num>/default_roce_tos
+Date: February 7, 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.11.0
+Description: RDMA-CM QPs from HCA <hca> at port <port-num>
+ will be created with this TOS as default.
+ This can be overridden by using the rdma_set_option API.
+ The possible RoCE TOS values are 0-255.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf877bd34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+What: /config/pcie-gadget
+Date: Feb 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+
+ Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller
+ as device and then program its various registers to configure it
+ as a particular device type.
+ This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability.
+
+ Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs
+ in /config directory use::
+
+ # mount -t configfs none /config/
+
+ For nth PCIe Device Controller /config/pcie-gadget.n/:
+
+ =============== ======================================================
+ link used to enable ltssm and read its status.
+ int_type used to configure and read type of supported interrupt
+ no_of_msi used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
+ to read no of MSI granted.
+ inta write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
+ send_msi write MSI vector to be sent.
+ vendor_id used to write and read vendor id (hex)
+ device_id used to write and read device id (hex)
+ bar0_size used to write and read bar0_size
+ bar0_address used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
+ bar0_rw_offset used to write and read offset of bar0 where bar0_data
+ will be written or read.
+ bar0_data used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
+ =============== ======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..421ce6825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+What: /config/stp-policy
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ This group contains policies mandating Master/Channel allocation
+ for software sources wishing to send trace data over an STM
+ device.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ This group is the root of a policy; its name is a concatenation
+ of an stm device name to which this policy applies and an
+ arbitrary string. If <device> part doesn't match an existing
+ stm device, mkdir will fail with ENODEV; if that device already
+ has a policy assigned to it, mkdir will fail with EBUSY.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/device
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ STM device to which this policy applies, read only. Same as the
+ <device> component of its parent directory.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ Policy node is a string identifier that software clients will
+ use to request a master/channel to be allocated and assigned to
+ them.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>/masters
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ Range of masters from which to allocate for users of this node.
+ Write two numbers: the first master and the last master number.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>/channels
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Description:
+ Range of channels from which to allocate for users of this node.
+ Write two numbers: the first channel and the last channel
+ number.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b290d1c00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/uuid
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Description:
+ UUID source identifier string, RW.
+ Default value is randomly generated at the mkdir <node> time.
+ Data coming from trace sources that use this <node> will be
+ tagged with this UUID in the MIPI SyS-T packet stream, to
+ allow the decoder to discern between different sources
+ within the same master/channel range, and identify the
+ higher level decoders that may be needed for each source.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/do_len
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Description:
+ Include payload length in the MIPI SyS-T header, boolean.
+ If enabled, the SyS-T protocol encoder will include payload
+ length in each packet's metadata. This is normally redundant
+ if the underlying transport protocol supports marking message
+ boundaries (which STP does), so this is off by default.
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/ts_interval
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Description:
+ Time interval in milliseconds. Include a timestamp in the
+ MIPI SyS-T packet metadata, if this many milliseconds have
+ passed since the previous packet from this source. Zero is
+ the default and stands for "never send the timestamp".
+
+What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/clocksync_interval
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Description:
+ Time interval in milliseconds. Send a CLOCKSYNC packet if
+ this many milliseconds have passed since the previous
+ CLOCKSYNC packet from this source. Zero is the default and
+ stands for "never send the CLOCKSYNC". It makes sense to
+ use this option with sources that generate constant and/or
+ periodic data, like stm_heartbeat.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc351e9af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ This group contains sub-groups corresponding to created
+ USB gadgets.
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+
+ The attributes of a gadget:
+
+ ================ ============================================
+ UDC bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget;
+ write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/*
+ to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind.
+
+ max_speed maximum speed the driver supports. Valid
+ names are super-speed-plus, super-speed,
+ high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed.
+
+ bDeviceClass USB device class code
+ bDeviceSubClass USB device subclass code
+ bDeviceProtocol USB device protocol code
+ bMaxPacketSize0 maximum endpoint 0 packet size
+ bcdDevice bcd device release number
+ bcdUSB bcd USB specification version number
+ idProduct product ID
+ idVendor vendor ID
+ ================ ============================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ This group contains a USB gadget's configurations
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes of a configuration:
+
+ ================ ======================================
+ bmAttributes configuration characteristics
+ MaxPower maximum power consumption from the bus
+ ================ ======================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ This group contains subdirectories for language-specific
+ strings for this configuration.
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings/language
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ================ =========================
+ configuration configuration description
+ ================ =========================
+
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ This group contains functions available to this USB gadget.
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Description:
+ This group contains "Feature Descriptors" specific for one
+ gadget's USB interface or one interface group described
+ by an IAD.
+
+ The attributes:
+
+ ================= =====================================
+ compatible_id 8-byte string for "Compatible ID"
+ sub_compatible_id 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID"
+ ================= =====================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>/<property>
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Description:
+ This group contains "Extended Property Descriptors" specific for one
+ gadget's USB interface or one interface group described
+ by an IAD.
+
+ The attributes:
+
+ ===== ===============================================
+ type value 1..7 for interpreting the data
+
+ - 1: unicode string
+ - 2: unicode string with environment variable
+ - 3: binary
+ - 4: little-endian 32-bit
+ - 5: big-endian 32-bit
+ - 6: unicode string with a symbolic link
+ - 7: multiple unicode strings
+ data blob of data to be interpreted depending on
+ type
+ ===== ===============================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ This group contains subdirectories for language-specific
+ strings for this gadget.
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings/language
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ============ =================================
+ serialnumber gadget's serial number (string)
+ product gadget's product description
+ manufacturer gadget's manufacturer description
+ ============ =================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Description:
+ This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes.
+
+ ============= ===============================================
+ use flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off
+ b_vendor_code one-byte value used for custom per-device and
+ per-interface requests
+ qw_sign an identifier to be reported as "OS String"
+ proper
+ ============= ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d21092d75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+
+ This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
+ It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device
+ associated with acm function's instance "name".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..272bc1e4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ecm.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ifname
+ - network device interface name associated with
+ this function instance
+ qmult
+ - queue length multiplier for high and
+ super speed
+ host_addr
+ - MAC address of host's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ dev_addr
+ - MAC address of device's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..178c3d5fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/eem.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ========== =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
+ this function instance
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
+ super speed
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ ========== =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e39b27653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ffs.name
+Date: Nov 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description: The purpose of this directory is to create and remove it.
+
+ A corresponding USB function instance is created/removed.
+ There are no attributes here.
+
+ All parameters are set through FunctionFS.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..748705c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/hid.name
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ============= ============================================
+ protocol HID protocol to use
+ report_desc blob corresponding to HID report descriptors
+ except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N>
+ report_length HID report length
+ subclass HID device subclass to use
+ ============= ============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6c6ba5ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/Loopback.name
+Date: Nov 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ======= =======================
+ qlen depth of loopback queue
+ buflen buffer length
+ ======= =======================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c86b63a7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name
+Date: Oct 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ =========== ==============================================
+ stall Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints.
+ Disabled on some USB devices known not to work
+ correctly. You should set it to true.
+ num_buffers Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers
+ are 2..4. Available only if
+ CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set.
+ =========== ==============================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name
+Date: Oct 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ =========== ==============================================
+ file The path to the backing file for the LUN.
+ Required if LUN is not marked as removable.
+ ro Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be
+ read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation
+ is enabled as well as when it was impossible
+ to open "filename" in R/W mode.
+ removable Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as
+ being removable.
+ cdrom Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as
+ being a CD-ROM.
+ nofua Flag specifying that FUA flag
+ in SCSI WRITE(10,12)
+ =========== ==============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07389cddd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi.name
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ========== ====================================
+ index index value for the USB MIDI adapter
+ id ID string for the USB MIDI adapter
+ buflen MIDI buffer length
+ qlen USB read request queue length
+ in_ports number of MIDI input ports
+ out_ports number of MIDI output ports
+ ========== ====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6fe723eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ncm.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ this function instance
+ qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ super speed
+ host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6a9327ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/obex.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+
+ This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
+ It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device
+ associated with obex function's instance "name".
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7037a358e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/phonet.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+
+ This item contains just one readonly attribute: ifname.
+ It contains the network interface name assigned during
+ network device registration.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7aa731bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/printer.name
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ========== ===========================================
+ pnp_string Data to be passed to the host in pnp string
+ q_len Number of requests per endpoint
+ ========== ===========================================
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9416eda7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/rndis.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ========= =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
+ this function instance
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
+ super speed
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ class USB interface class, default is 02 (hex)
+ subclass USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex)
+ protocol USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex)
+ ========= =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..474d249f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/gser.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+
+ This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num.
+ It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device
+ associated with gser function's instance "name".
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f3d31b60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/SourceSink.name
+Date: Nov 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ============== ==================================
+ pattern 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none)
+ isoc_interval 1..16
+ isoc_maxpacket 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss)
+ isoc_mult 0..2 (hs/ss only)
+ isoc_maxburst 0..15 (ss only)
+ buflen buffer length
+ bulk_qlen depth of queue for bulk
+ iso_qlen depth of queue for iso
+ ============== ==================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0061b8643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/geth.name
+Date: Jun 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ========== =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
+ this function instance
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
+ super speed
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
+ Ethernet over USB link
+ ========== =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-tcm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-tcm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a29ed2dd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-tcm
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/tcm.name
+Date: Dec 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.5
+Description:
+ There are no attributes because all the configuration
+ is performed in the "target" subsystem of configfs.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc23fd776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac1.name
+Date: June 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ========== ===================================
+ c_chmask capture channel mask
+ c_srate capture sampling rate
+ c_ssize capture sample size (bytes)
+ p_chmask playback channel mask
+ p_srate playback sampling rate
+ p_ssize playback sample size (bytes)
+ req_number the number of pre-allocated request
+ for both capture and playback
+ ========== ===================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1_legacy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1_legacy
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2eaefd9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1_legacy
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac1_legacy.name
+Date: Sep 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.18
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ audio_buf_size - audio buffer size
+ fn_cap - capture pcm device file name
+ fn_cntl - control device file name
+ fn_play - playback pcm device file name
+ req_buf_size - ISO OUT endpoint request buffer size
+ req_count - ISO OUT endpoint request count
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4356c8b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac2.name
+Date: Sep 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.18
+Description:
+ The attributes:
+
+ ========= ============================
+ c_chmask capture channel mask
+ c_srate capture sampling rate
+ c_ssize capture sample size (bytes)
+ p_chmask playback channel mask
+ p_srate playback sampling rate
+ p_ssize playback sample size (bytes)
+ ========= ============================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b1813994
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: UVC function directory
+
+ =================== =============================
+ streaming_maxburst 0..15 (ss only)
+ streaming_maxpacket 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss)
+ streaming_interval 1..16
+ =================== =============================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Control descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+
+ ================ =============================
+ bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this
+ streaming interface
+ ================ =============================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/ss
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Super speed control class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/fs
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Full speed control class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Terminal descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Output terminal descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output/default
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Default output terminal descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only except bSourceID:
+
+ ============== =============================================
+ iTerminal index of string descriptor
+ bSourceID id of the terminal to which this terminal
+ is connected
+ bAssocTerminal id of the input terminal to which this output
+ terminal is associated
+ wTerminalType terminal type
+ bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal
+ ============== =============================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Camera terminal descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera/default
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Default camera terminal descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+
+ ======================== ====================================
+ bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are
+ supported for the video stream
+ wOcularFocalLength the value of Locular
+ wObjectiveFocalLengthMax the value of Lmin
+ wObjectiveFocalLengthMin the value of Lmax
+ iTerminal index of string descriptor
+ bAssocTerminal id of the output terminal to which
+ this terminal is connected
+ wTerminalType terminal type
+ bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal
+ ======================== ====================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Processing unit descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing/default
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Default processing unit descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+
+ =============== ========================================
+ iProcessing index of string descriptor
+ bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are
+ supported for the video stream
+ wMaxMultiplier maximum digital magnification x100
+ bSourceID id of the terminal to which this unit is
+ connected
+ bUnitID a non-zero id of this unit
+ =============== ========================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Control header descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Specific control header descriptors
+
+dwClockFrequency
+bcdUVC
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Streaming descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+
+ ================ =============================
+ bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this
+ streaming interface
+ ================ =============================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Streaming class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/ss
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Super speed streaming class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/hs
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: High speed streaming class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/fs
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Full speed streaming class descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Color matching descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching/default
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Default color matching descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+
+ ======================== ======================================
+ bMatrixCoefficients matrix used to compute luma and
+ chroma values from the color primaries
+ bTransferCharacteristics optoelectronic transfer
+ characteristic of the source picutre,
+ also called the gamma function
+ bColorPrimaries color primaries and the reference
+ white
+ ======================== ======================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: MJPEG format descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Specific MJPEG format descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only,
+ except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex:
+
+ =================== =====================================
+ bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor;
+ only defined after parent header is
+ linked into the streaming class;
+ read-only
+ bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in
+ the streaming header
+ bmInterfaceFlags specifies interlace information,
+ read-only
+ bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect
+ ratio, read-only
+ bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect
+ ratio, read-only
+ bmFlags characteristics of this format,
+ read-only
+ bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream
+ =================== =====================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors
+
+ ========================= =====================================
+ bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor;
+ only defined after parent format is
+ linked into the streaming header;
+ read-only
+ dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be
+ programmed; a number of values
+ separated by newline can be specified
+ dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would
+ like to use as default
+ dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the
+ compressor will produce for a video
+ frame or still image
+ dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest
+ frame interval in bps
+ dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest
+ frame interval in bps
+ wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px
+ wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px
+ bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate
+ support
+ ========================= =====================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Uncompressed format descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors
+
+ ================== =======================================
+ bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor;
+ only defined after parent header is
+ linked into the streaming class;
+ read-only
+ bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in
+ the streaming header
+ bmInterfaceFlags specifies interlace information,
+ read-only
+ bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect
+ ratio, read-only
+ bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect
+ ratio, read-only
+ bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream
+ bBitsPerPixel number of bits per pixel used to
+ specify color in the decoded video
+ frame
+ guidFormat globally unique id used to identify
+ stream-encoding format
+ ================== =======================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors
+
+ ========================= =====================================
+ bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor;
+ only defined after parent format is
+ linked into the streaming header;
+ read-only
+ dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be
+ programmed; a number of values
+ separated by newline can be specified
+ dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would
+ like to use as default
+ dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the
+ compressor will produce for a video
+ frame or still image
+ dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest
+ frame interval in bps
+ dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest
+ frame interval in bps
+ wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px
+ wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px
+ bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate
+ support
+ ========================= =====================================
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Streaming header descriptors
+
+What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header/name
+Date: Dec 2014
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Description: Specific streaming header descriptors
+
+ All attributes read only:
+
+ ==================== =====================================
+ bTriggerUsage how the host software will respond to
+ a hardware trigger interrupt event
+ bTriggerSupport flag specifying if hardware
+ triggering is supported
+ bStillCaptureMethod method of still image caputre
+ supported
+ bTerminalLink id of the output terminal to which
+ the video endpoint of this interface
+ is connected
+ bmInfo capabilities of this video streaming
+ interface
+ ==================== =====================================
+
+What: /sys/class/udc/udc.name/device/gadget/video4linux/video.name/function_name
+Date: May 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Description: UVC configfs function instance name
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8debcb08a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/cec/*/error-inj
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil-cisco@xs4all.nl>
+Description:
+
+The CEC Framework allows for CEC error injection commands through
+debugfs. Drivers that support this will create an error-inj file
+through which the error injection commands can be given.
+
+The basic syntax is as follows:
+
+Leading spaces/tabs are ignored. If the next character is a '#' or the
+end of the line was reached, then the whole line is ignored. Otherwise
+a command is expected.
+
+It is up to the driver to decide what commands to implement. The only
+exception is that the command 'clear' without any arguments must be
+implemented and that it will remove all current error injection
+commands.
+
+This ensures that you can always do 'echo clear >error-inj' to clear any
+error injections without having to know the details of the driver-specific
+commands.
+
+Note that the output of 'error-inj' shall be valid as input to 'error-inj'.
+So this must work::
+
+ $ cat error-inj >einj.txt
+ $ cat einj.txt >error-inj
+
+Other than these basic rules described above this ABI is not considered
+stable and may change in the future.
+
+Drivers that implement this functionality must document the commands as
+part of the CEC documentation and must keep that documentation up to date
+when changes are made.
+
+The following CEC error injection implementations exist:
+
+- Documentation/userspace-api/media/cec/cec-pin-error-inj.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1fe0add99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/console_log
+Date: September 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Description:
+ If the EC supports the CONSOLE_READ command type, this file
+ can be used to grab the EC logs. The kernel polls for the log
+ and keeps its own buffer but userspace should grab this and
+ write it out to some logs.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/panicinfo
+Date: September 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Description:
+ This file dumps the EC panic information from the previous
+ reboot. This file will only exist if the PANIC_INFO command
+ type is supported by the EC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/pdinfo
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.17
+Description:
+ This file provides the port role, muxes and power debug
+ information for all the USB PD/type-C ports available. If
+ the are no ports available, this file will be just an empty
+ file.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/uptime
+Date: June 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Description:
+ A u32 providing the time since EC booted in ms. This is
+ is used for synchronizing the AP host time with the EC
+ log. An error is returned if the command is not supported
+ by the EC or there is a communication problem.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/last_resume_result
+Date: June 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Description:
+ Some ECs have a feature where they will track transitions to
+ the (Intel) processor's SLP_S0 line, in order to detect cases
+ where a system failed to go into S0ix. When the system resumes,
+ an EC with this feature will return a summary of SLP_S0
+ transitions that occurred. The last_resume_result file returns
+ the most recent response from the AP's resume message to the EC.
+
+ The bottom 31 bits contain a count of the number of SLP_S0
+ transitions that occurred since the suspend message was
+ received. Bit 31 is set if the EC attempted to wake the
+ system due to a timeout when watching for SLP_S0 transitions.
+ Callers can use this to detect a wake from the EC due to
+ S0ix timeouts. The result will be zero if no suspend
+ transitions have been attempted, or the EC does not support
+ this feature.
+
+ Output will be in the format: "0x%08x\n".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c2f25674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/ddcb_info
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: DDCB queue dump used for debugging queueing problems.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_regs
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump of the current error registers.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid0
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID0 (unit id 0).
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid1
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID1.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid2
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID2.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_regs
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump of the error registers before the last reset of
+ the card occured.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid0
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID0 before card was reset.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid1
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID1 before card was reset.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid2
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Internal chip state of UID2 before card was reset.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/info
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Comprehensive summary of bitstream version and software
+ version. Used bitstream and bitstream clocking information.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/err_inject
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Possibility to inject error cases to ensure that the drivers
+ error handling code works well.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/vf<0..14>_jobtimeout_msec
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Default VF timeout 250ms. Testing might require 1000ms.
+ Using 0 will use the cards default value (whatever that is).
+
+ The timeout depends on the max number of available cards
+ in the system and the maximum allowed queue size.
+
+ The driver ensures that the settings are done just before
+ the VFs get enabled. Changing the timeouts in flight is not
+ possible.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/jobtimer
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump job timeout register values for PF and VFs.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time
+Date: Dec 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Dump queue working time register values for PF and VFs.
+ Only available for PF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5d678d39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/addr
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Sets the device address to be used for read or write through
+ PCI bar, or the device VA of a host mapped memory to be read or
+ written directly from the host. The latter option is allowed
+ only when the IOMMU is disabled.
+ The acceptable value is a string that starts with "0x"
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_gate
+Date: May 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allow the root user to disable/enable in runtime the clock
+ gating mechanism in Gaudi. Due to how Gaudi is built, the
+ clock gating needs to be disabled in order to access the
+ registers of the TPC and MME engines. This is sometimes needed
+ during debug by the user and hence the user needs this option.
+ The user can supply a bitmask value, each bit represents
+ a different engine to disable/enable its clock gating feature.
+ The bitmask is composed of 20 bits:
+
+ ======= ============
+ 0 - 7 DMA channels
+ 8 - 11 MME engines
+ 12 - 19 TPC engines
+ ======= ============
+
+ The bit's location of a specific engine can be determined
+ using (1 << GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_*). GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_* values
+ are defined in uapi habanalabs.h file in enum gaudi_engine_id
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_buffers
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays a list with information about the currently allocated
+ command buffers
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays a list with information about the currently active
+ command submissions
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission_jobs
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays a list with detailed information about each JOB (CB) of
+ each active command submission
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data32
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allows the root user to read or write directly through the
+ device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a write
+ transaction while reading from the file generates a read
+ transaction. This custom interface is needed (instead of using
+ the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar
+ is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can
+ move the bar before and after the transaction.
+
+ If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read
+ or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data64
+Date: Jan 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allows the root user to read or write 64 bit data directly
+ through the device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a
+ write transaction while reading from the file generates a read
+ transaction. This custom interface is needed (instead of using
+ the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar
+ is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can
+ move the bar before and after the transaction.
+
+ If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read
+ or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/device
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Enables the root user to set the device to specific state.
+ Valid values are "disable", "enable", "suspend", "resume".
+ User can read this property to see the valid values
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/engines
+Date: Jul 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays the status registers values of the device engines and
+ their derived idle status
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_addr
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Sets I2C device address for I2C transaction that is generated
+ by the device's CPU
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_bus
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Sets I2C bus address for I2C transaction that is generated by
+ the device's CPU
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_data
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Triggers an I2C transaction that is generated by the device's
+ CPU. Writing to this file generates a write transaction while
+ reading from the file generates a read transcation
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_reg
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Sets I2C register id for I2C transaction that is generated by
+ the device's CPU
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led0
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Sets the state of the first S/W led on the device
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led1
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Sets the state of the second S/W led on the device
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led2
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Sets the state of the third S/W led on the device
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/mmu
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays the hop values and physical address for a given ASID
+ and virtual address. The user should write the ASID and VA into
+ the file and then read the file to get the result.
+ e.g. to display info about VA 0x1000 for ASID 1 you need to do:
+ echo "1 0x1000" > /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl0/mmu
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/set_power_state
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Sets the PCI power state. Valid values are "1" for D0 and "2"
+ for D3Hot
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/userptr
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays a list with information about the currently user
+ pointers (user virtual addresses) that are pinned and mapped
+ to DMA addresses
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/vm
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays a list with information about all the active virtual
+ address mappings per ASID
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/stop_on_err
+Date: Mar 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Sets the stop-on_error option for the device engines. Value of
+ "0" is for disable, otherwise enable.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab6099daa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io}
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
+Description:
+
+General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether
+the global lock should get used.
+Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to
+the EC here (XY -> GPE number from `/sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe`):
+/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY
+
+The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here:
+ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/
+should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers
+or writing to them.
+
+CAUTION:
+ Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
+ what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
+ This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
+ not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4be5f1db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/regs
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE cluster.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/cluster_ctrl
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Write the HPRE core selection in the cluster into this file,
+ and then we can read the debug information of the core.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/rdclr_en
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: HPRE cores debug registers read clear control. 1 means enable
+ register read clear, otherwise 0. Writing to this file has no
+ functional effect, only enable or disable counters clear after
+ reading of these registers.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/current_qm
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: One HPRE controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function
+ has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/regs
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/regs
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump debug registers from the QM.
+ Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only
+ has one debug register.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/current_q
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to
+ show its debug registers in above regs.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable
+ register read clear, otherwise 0.
+ Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or
+ disable counters clear after reading of these registers.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/err_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for
+ QM task completion.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/mb_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/status
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the status of the QM.
+ Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of sent requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/recv_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of received requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_busy_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of requests sent
+ with returning busy.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_fail_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of completed but error requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/invalid_req_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/overtime_thrhld
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Set the threshold time for counting the request which is
+ processed longer than the threshold.
+ 0: disable(default), 1: 1 microsecond.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/over_thrhld_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of time out requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..85feb4408
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/clear_enable
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading
+ the SEC debug registers.
+ 0: disable, 1: enable.
+ Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/current_qm
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: One SEC controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function
+ has a QM. This file can be used to select the QM which below
+ qm refers to.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump of QM related debug registers.
+ Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only
+ has one debug register.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/current_q
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: One QM of SEC may contain multiple queues. Select specific
+ queue to show its debug registers in above 'regs'.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading
+ the SEC's QM debug registers.
+ 0: disable, 1: enable.
+ Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/err_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for
+ QM task completion.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/mb_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/status
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the status of the QM.
+ Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of sent requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/recv_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of received requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_busy_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of requests sent with returning busy.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/err_bd_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests
+ to be received.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/invalid_req_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/done_flag_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of completed but marked error requests
+ to be received.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3034a2bf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/comp_core[01]/regs
+Date: Nov 2018
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump of compression cores related debug registers.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/decomp_core[0-5]/regs
+Date: Nov 2018
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump of decompression cores related debug registers.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/clear_enable
+Date: Nov 2018
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Compression/decompression core debug registers read clear
+ control. 1 means enable register read clear, otherwise 0.
+ Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or
+ disable counters clear after reading of these registers.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/current_qm
+Date: Nov 2018
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: One ZIP controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function
+ has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/regs
+Date: Nov 2018
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump of QM related debug registers.
+ Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only
+ has one debug register.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/current_q
+Date: Nov 2018
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to
+ show its debug registers in above regs.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable
+Date: Nov 2018
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable
+ register read clear, otherwise 0.
+ Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or
+ disable counters clear after reading of these registers.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/err_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for
+ QM task completion.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/mb_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/status
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the status of the QM.
+ Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of sent requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/recv_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of received requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_busy_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of requests received
+ with returning busy.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/err_bd_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests
+ to be received.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9185e1b06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hyperv/<UUID>/fuzz_test_state
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Branden Bonaby <brandonbonaby94@gmail.com>
+Description: Fuzz testing status of a vmbus device, whether its in an ON
+ state or a OFF state
+Users: Debugging tools
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hyperv/<UUID>/delay/fuzz_test_buffer_interrupt_delay
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Branden Bonaby <brandonbonaby94@gmail.com>
+Description: Fuzz testing buffer interrupt delay value between 0 - 1000
+ microseconds (inclusive).
+Users: Debugging tools
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hyperv/<UUID>/delay/fuzz_test_message_delay
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Branden Bonaby <brandonbonaby94@gmail.com>
+Description: Fuzz testing message delay value between 0 - 1000 microseconds
+ (inclusive).
+Users: Debugging tools
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7079c0b21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/cfg
+Date: Sep 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>
+Description:
+
+cfg shows the return value of _CFG method in VPC2004 device. It tells machine
+capability and what graphic component within the machine.
+
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/status
+Date: Sep 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>
+Description:
+
+status shows infos we can read and tells its meaning and value.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6eee10c3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/input
+Date: March 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (Read) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal.
+ Returns N+1 bytes, where N is the number of Moxtet connected
+ modules. The first byte is from the CPU board itself.
+
+ Example::
+
+ 101214
+
+ == =======================================
+ 10 CPU board with SD card
+ 12 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active
+ 14 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active
+ == =======================================
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/output
+Date: March 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (RW) Read last written value to the shift registers, in
+ hexadecimal, or write values to the shift registers, also
+ in hexadecimal.
+
+ Example::
+
+ 0102
+
+ == ================================================
+ 01 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the
+ first module's shift register
+ 02 the same for second module
+ == ================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd76cc6d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/olpc-ec/cmd
+Date: Dec 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: devel@lists.laptop.org
+Description:
+
+A generic interface for executing OLPC Embedded Controller commands and
+reading their responses.
+
+To execute a command, write data with the format: CC:N A A A A
+CC is the (hex) command, N is the count of expected reply bytes, and A A A A
+are optional (hex) arguments.
+
+To read the response (if any), read from the generic node after executing
+a command. Hex reply bytes will be returned, *whether or not* they came from
+the immediately previous command.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f75a655c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/nx-crypto/*
+Date: March 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+
+These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in
+arch/powerpc/crypto/nx.
+
+Error Detection
+===============
+
+errors:
+ A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The
+ only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP.
+
+last_error:
+ The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not
+ recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away).
+
+last_error_pid:
+ The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the
+ hcall.
+
+Device Use
+==========
+
+aes_bytes:
+ The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's
+ supported modes.
+
+aes_ops:
+ The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware.
+
+sha256_bytes:
+ The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256.
+
+sha256_ops:
+ The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware.
+
+sha512_bytes:
+ The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512.
+
+sha512_ops:
+ The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6f65a4fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]
+Date: Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+
+The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
+these files in debugfs:
+
+/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
+
+ ==== ====== ====================================
+ info 0444 Lots of driver statistics and infos.
+ ==== ====== ====================================
+
+Example::
+
+ cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..326df1b74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/turris-mox-rwtm/do_sign
+Date: Jun 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:
+
+ ======= ===========================================================
+ (Write) Message to sign with the ECDSA private key stored in
+ device's OTP. The message must be exactly 64 bytes
+ (since this is intended for SHA-512 hashes).
+ (Read) The resulting signature, 136 bytes. This contains the
+ R and S values of the ECDSA signature, both in
+ big-endian format.
+ ======= ===========================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..682e3c09e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/h1_gpio
+Date: April 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Description:
+ As part of Chrome OS's FAFT (Fully Automated Firmware Testing)
+ tests, we need to ensure that the H1 chip is properly setting
+ some GPIO lines. The h1_gpio attribute exposes the state
+ of the lines:
+ - ENTRY_TO_FACT_MODE in BIT(0)
+ - SPI_CHROME_SEL in BIT(1)
+
+ Output will formatted with "0x%02x\n".
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+Date: January 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Description:
+ Write and read raw mailbox commands to the EC.
+
+ You can write a hexadecimal sentence to raw, and that series of
+ bytes will be sent to the EC. Then, you can read the bytes of
+ response by reading from raw.
+
+ For writing, bytes 0-1 indicate the message type, one of enum
+ wilco_ec_msg_type. Byte 2+ consist of the data passed in the
+ request, starting at MBOX[0]. At least three bytes are required
+ for writing, two for the type and at least a single byte of
+ data.
+
+ Example::
+
+ // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date)
+ // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with
+ // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00]
+ $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+ // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is
+ // included after the raw hex.
+ // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...]
+ $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+ 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8...
+
+ Note that the first 16 bytes of the received MBOX[] will be
+ printed, even if some of the data is junk, and skipping bytes
+ 17 to 32. It is up to you to know how many of the first bytes of
+ data are the actual response.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f3a0dc67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+What: /dev/wmi/dell-smbios
+Date: November 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
+Description:
+ Perform SMBIOS calls on supported Dell machines.
+ through the Dell ACPI-WMI interface.
+
+ IOCTL's and buffer formats are defined in:
+ <uapi/linux/wmi.h>
+
+ 1) To perform an SMBIOS call from userspace, you'll need to
+ first determine the minimum size of the calling interface
+ buffer for your machine.
+ Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger
+ objects from the system firmware.
+ Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k.
+
+ To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from
+ the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios.
+
+ 2) After you've determined the minimum size of the calling
+ interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents
+ the structure documented above.
+
+ 3) In the 'length' object store the size of the buffer you
+ determined above and allocated.
+
+ 4) In this buffer object, prepare as necessary for the SMBIOS
+ call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have
+ "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide
+ with the data you are interested in.
+ Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope
+ of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for
+ further documentation on these values.
+
+ 6) Run the call by using ioctl() as described in the header.
+
+ 7) The output will be returned in the buffer object.
+
+ 8) Be sure to free up your allocated object.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a377b6c09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+What: /dev/kmsg
+Date: Mai 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
+Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
+ to the kernel's printk buffer.
+
+ Injecting messages:
+
+ Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in
+ the kernel's printk buffer.
+
+ The logged line can be prefixed with a <N> syslog prefix, which
+ carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal
+ prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog
+ priority and the next 8 bits the syslog facility number.
+
+ If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel
+ log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It
+ is not possible to inject messages from userspace with the
+ facility number LOG_KERN (0), to make sure that the origin of
+ the messages can always be reliably determined.
+
+ Accessing the buffer:
+
+ Every read() from the opened device node receives one record
+ of the kernel's printk buffer.
+
+ The first read() directly following an open() always returns
+ first message in the buffer; there is no kernel-internal
+ persistent state; many readers can concurrently open the device
+ and read from it, without affecting other readers.
+
+ Every read() will receive the next available record. If no more
+ records are available read() will block, or if O_NONBLOCK is
+ used -EAGAIN returned.
+
+ Messages in the record ring buffer get overwritten as whole,
+ there are never partial messages received by read().
+
+ In case messages get overwritten in the circular buffer while
+ the device is kept open, the next read() will return -EPIPE,
+ and the seek position be updated to the next available record.
+ Subsequent reads() will return available records again.
+
+ Unlike the classic syslog() interface, the 64 bit record
+ sequence numbers allow to calculate the amount of lost
+ messages, in case the buffer gets overwritten. And they allow
+ to reconnect to the buffer and reconstruct the read position
+ if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader.
+
+ The device supports seek with the following parameters:
+
+ SEEK_SET, 0
+ seek to the first entry in the buffer
+ SEEK_END, 0
+ seek after the last entry in the buffer
+ SEEK_DATA, 0
+ seek after the last record available at the time
+ the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued.
+
+ Other seek operations or offsets are not supported because of
+ the special behavior this device has. The device allows to read
+ or write only whole variable length messages (records) that are
+ stored in a ring buffer.
+
+ Because of the non-standard behavior also the error values are
+ non-standard. -ESPIPE is returned for non-zero offset. -EINVAL
+ is returned for other operations, e.g. SEEK_CUR. This behavior
+ and values are historical and could not be modified without the
+ risk of breaking userspace.
+
+ The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog
+ prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message
+ sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds,
+ and a flag field. All fields are separated by a ','.
+
+ Future extensions might add more comma separated values before
+ the terminating ';'. Unknown fields and values should be
+ gracefully ignored.
+
+ The human readable text string starts directly after the ';'
+ and is terminated by a '\n'. Untrusted values derived from
+ hardware or other facilities are printed, therefore
+ all non-printable characters and '\' itself in the log message
+ are escaped by "\x00" C-style hex encoding.
+
+ A line starting with ' ', is a continuation line, adding
+ key/value pairs to the log message, which provide the machine
+ readable context of the message, for reliable processing in
+ userspace.
+
+ Example::
+
+ 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
+ SUBSYSTEM=acpi
+ DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
+ 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10
+ 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181
+
+ The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way:
+
+ ============ =================
+ b12:8 block dev_t
+ c127:3 char dev_t
+ n8 netdev ifindex
+ +sound:card0 subsystem:devname
+ ============ =================
+
+ The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a
+ fragment of a line. Note, that these hints about continuation
+ lines are not necessarily correct, and the stream could be
+ interleaved with unrelated messages, but merging the lines in
+ the output usually produces better human readable results. A
+ similar logic is used internally when messages are printed to
+ the console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall.
+
+ By default, kernel tries to avoid fragments by concatenating
+ when it can and fragments are rare; however, when extended
+ console support is enabled, the in-kernel concatenation is
+ disabled and /dev/kmsg output will contain more fragments. If
+ the log consumer performs concatenation, the end result
+ should be the same. In the future, the in-kernel concatenation
+ may be removed entirely and /dev/kmsg users are recommended to
+ implement fragment handling.
+
+Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/devlink-resource-mlxsw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/devlink-resource-mlxsw
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..259ed2948
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/devlink-resource-mlxsw
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+What: /kvd/
+Date: 08-Jan-2018
+KernelVersion: v4.16
+Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com
+Description: The main database in the Spectrum device is a centralized
+ KVD database used for many of the tables used to configure
+ the chip including L2 FDB, L3 LPM, ECMP and more. The KVD
+ is divided into two sections, the first is hash-based table
+ and the second is a linear access table. The division
+ between the linear and hash-based sections is static and
+ require reload before the changes take effect.
+
+What: /kvd/linear
+Date: 08-Jan-2018
+KernelVersion: v4.16
+Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com
+Description: The linear section of the KVD is managed by software as a
+ flat memory accessed using an index.
+
+What: /kvd/hash_single
+Date: 08-Jan-2018
+KernelVersion: v4.16
+Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com
+Description: The hash based section of the KVD is managed by the switch
+ device. Used in case the key size is smaller or equal to
+ 64bit.
+
+What: /kvd/hash_double
+Date: 08-Jan-2018
+KernelVersion: v4.16
+Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com
+Description: The hash based section of the KVD is managed by the switch
+ device. Used in case the key is larger than 64 bit.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2243b72e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+What: security/evm
+Date: March 2011
+Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ EVM protects a file's security extended attributes(xattrs)
+ against integrity attacks. The initial method maintains an
+ HMAC-sha1 value across the extended attributes, storing the
+ value as the extended attribute 'security.evm'.
+
+ EVM supports two classes of security.evm. The first is
+ an HMAC-sha1 generated locally with a
+ trusted/encrypted key stored in the Kernel Key
+ Retention System. The second is a digital signature
+ generated either locally or remotely using an
+ asymmetric key. These keys are loaded onto root's
+ keyring using keyctl, and EVM is then enabled by
+ echoing a value to <securityfs>/evm made up of the
+ following bits:
+
+ === ==================================================
+ Bit Effect
+ === ==================================================
+ 0 Enable HMAC validation and creation
+ 1 Enable digital signature validation
+ 2 Permit modification of EVM-protected metadata at
+ runtime. Not supported if HMAC validation and
+ creation is enabled.
+ 31 Disable further runtime modification of EVM policy
+ === ==================================================
+
+ For example::
+
+ echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm
+
+ will enable HMAC validation and creation
+
+ ::
+
+ echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm
+
+ will enable HMAC and digital signature validation and
+ HMAC creation and disable all further modification of policy.
+
+ ::
+
+ echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm
+
+ will enable digital signature validation, permit
+ modification of EVM-protected metadata and
+ disable all further modification of policy
+
+ Echoing a value is additive, the new value is added to the
+ existing initialization flags.
+
+ For example, after::
+
+ echo 2 ><securityfs>/evm
+
+ another echo can be performed::
+
+ echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm
+
+ and the resulting value will be 3.
+
+ Note that once an HMAC key has been loaded, it will no longer
+ be possible to enable metadata modification. Signaling that an
+ HMAC key has been loaded will clear the corresponding flag.
+ For example, if the current value is 6 (2 and 4 set)::
+
+ echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm
+
+ will set the new value to 3 (4 cleared).
+
+ Loading an HMAC key is the only way to disable metadata
+ modification.
+
+ Until key loading has been signaled EVM can not create
+ or validate the 'security.evm' xattr, but returns
+ INTEGRITY_UNKNOWN. Loading keys and signaling EVM
+ should be done as early as possible. Normally this is
+ done in the initramfs, which has already been measured
+ as part of the trusted boot. For more information on
+ creating and loading existing trusted/encrypted keys,
+ refer to:
+ Documentation/security/keys/trusted-encrypted.rst. Both
+ dracut (via 97masterkey and 98integrity) and systemd (via
+ core/ima-setup) have support for loading keys at boot
+ time.
+
+What: security/integrity/evm/evm_xattrs
+Date: April 2018
+Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the set of extended attributes used to calculate or
+ validate the EVM signature, and allows additional attributes
+ to be added at runtime. Any signatures generated after
+ additional attributes are added (and on files possessing those
+ additional attributes) will only be valid if the same
+ additional attributes are configured on system boot. Writing
+ a single period (.) will lock the xattr list from any further
+ modification.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66bdcd188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What: /dev/gpiochip[0-9]+
+Date: November 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: linux-gpio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The character device files /dev/gpiochip* are the interface
+ between GPIO chips and userspace.
+
+ The ioctl(2)-based ABI is defined and documented in
+ [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h>.
+
+ The following file operations are supported:
+
+ open(2)
+ Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
+
+ ioctl(2)
+ Initiate various actions.
+
+ See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h>
+ for descriptions of all ioctls.
+
+ close(2)
+ Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated
+ with the file descriptor.
+
+Users: TBD
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e35263f97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+What: security/ima/policy
+Date: May 2008
+Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The Trusted Computing Group(TCG) runtime Integrity
+ Measurement Architecture(IMA) maintains a list of hash
+ values of executables and other sensitive system files
+ loaded into the run-time of this system. At runtime,
+ the policy can be constrained based on LSM specific data.
+ Policies are loaded into the securityfs file ima/policy
+ by opening the file, writing the rules one at a time and
+ then closing the file. The new policy takes effect after
+ the file ima/policy is closed.
+
+ IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements
+ for local measurement appraisal.
+
+ ::
+
+ rule format: action [condition ...]
+
+ action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise |
+ audit | hash | dont_hash
+ condition:= base | lsm [option]
+ base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=]
+ [euid=] [fowner=] [fsname=]]
+ lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
+ [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
+ option: [[appraise_type=]] [template=] [permit_directio]
+ [appraise_flag=] [keyrings=]
+ base:
+ func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK]MODULE_CHECK]
+ [FIRMWARE_CHECK]
+ [KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK]
+ [KEXEC_CMDLINE] [KEY_CHECK]
+ mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND]
+ [[^]MAY_EXEC]
+ fsmagic:= hex value
+ fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6)
+ uid:= decimal value
+ euid:= decimal value
+ fowner:= decimal value
+ lsm: are LSM specific
+ option:
+ appraise_type:= [imasig] [imasig|modsig]
+ appraise_flag:= [check_blacklist]
+ Currently, blacklist check is only for files signed with appended
+ signature.
+ keyrings:= list of keyrings
+ (eg, .builtin_trusted_keys|.ima). Only valid
+ when action is "measure" and func is KEY_CHECK.
+ template:= name of a defined IMA template type
+ (eg, ima-ng). Only valid when action is "measure".
+ pcr:= decimal value
+
+ default policy:
+ # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0
+ # SYSFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x62656572
+ # DEBUGFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x64626720
+ # TMPFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x01021994
+ # RAMFS_MAGIC
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x858458f6
+ # DEVPTS_SUPER_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x1cd1
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x1cd1
+ # BINFMTFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x42494e4d
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x42494e4d
+ # SECURITYFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x73636673
+ # SELINUX_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c
+ # CGROUP_SUPER_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x27e0eb
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x27e0eb
+ # NSFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x6e736673
+ dont_appraise fsmagic=0x6e736673
+
+ measure func=BPRM_CHECK
+ measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC
+ measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0
+ measure func=MODULE_CHECK
+ measure func=FIRMWARE_CHECK
+ appraise fowner=0
+
+ The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check,
+ all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files
+ open for read by root in do_filp_open. The default appraisal
+ policy appraises all files owned by root.
+
+ Examples of LSM specific definitions:
+
+ SELinux::
+
+ dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t
+ dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t
+ dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t
+ dont_appraise obj_type=auditd_log_t
+ measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+ measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+
+ Smack::
+
+ measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+
+ Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs::
+
+ measure func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK pcr=4
+ measure func=KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK pcr=5
+
+ Example of appraise rule allowing modsig appended signatures:
+
+ appraise func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK appraise_type=imasig|modsig
+
+ Example of measure rule using KEY_CHECK to measure all keys:
+
+ measure func=KEY_CHECK
+
+ Example of measure rule using KEY_CHECK to only measure
+ keys added to .builtin_trusted_keys or .ima keyring:
+
+ measure func=KEY_CHECK keyrings=.builtin_trusted_keys|.ima
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9606aed33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace
+Date: Aug 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: This folder contains the relevant debugfs files for the
+ hardware trace macro to use. CONFIG_PPC64_HARDWARE_TRACING
+ must be set.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/enable
+Date: Aug 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: Write an integer containing the size in bytes of the memory
+ you want removed from each NUMA node to this file - it must be
+ aligned to the memblock size. This amount of RAM will be removed
+ from each NUMA node in the kernel mappings and the following
+ debugfs files will be created. Once memory is successfully
+ removed from each node, the following files are created. To
+ re-add memory to the kernel, echo 0 into this file (it will be
+ automatically onlined).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>
+Date: Aug 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: This directory contains information about the removed memory
+ from the specific NUMA node.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>/size
+Date: Aug 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: This contains the size of the memory removed from the node.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>/start
+Date: Aug 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: This contains the start address of the removed memory.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>/trace
+Date: Aug 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: This is where the hardware trace macro will output the trace
+ it generates.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e58d64144
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+What: /proc/diskstats
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The /proc/diskstats file displays the I/O statistics
+ of block devices. Each line contains the following 14
+ fields:
+
+ == ===================================
+ 1 major number
+ 2 minor mumber
+ 3 device name
+ 4 reads completed successfully
+ 5 reads merged
+ 6 sectors read
+ 7 time spent reading (ms)
+ 8 writes completed
+ 9 writes merged
+ 10 sectors written
+ 11 time spent writing (ms)
+ 12 I/Os currently in progress
+ 13 time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 14 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ == ===================================
+
+ Kernel 4.18+ appends four more fields for discard
+ tracking putting the total at 18:
+
+ == ===================================
+ 15 discards completed successfully
+ 16 discards merged
+ 17 sectors discarded
+ 18 time spent discarding
+ == ===================================
+
+ Kernel 5.5+ appends two more fields for flush requests:
+
+ == =====================================
+ 19 flush requests completed successfully
+ 20 time spent flushing
+ == =====================================
+
+ For more details refer to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4e31c465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+What: /proc/pid/smaps_rollup
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: Daniel Colascione <dancol@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file provides pre-summed memory information for a
+ process. The format is almost identical to /proc/pid/smaps,
+ except instead of an entry for each VMA in a process,
+ smaps_rollup has a single entry (tagged "[rollup]")
+ for which each field is the sum of the corresponding
+ fields from all the maps in /proc/pid/smaps.
+ Additionally, the fields Pss_Anon, Pss_File and Pss_Shmem
+ are not present in /proc/pid/smaps. These fields represent
+ the sum of the Pss field of each type (anon, file, shmem).
+ For more details, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst
+ and the procfs man page.
+
+ Typical output looks like this::
+
+ 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup]
+ Size: 1192 kB
+ KernelPageSize: 4 kB
+ MMUPageSize: 4 kB
+ Rss: 884 kB
+ Pss: 385 kB
+ Pss_Anon: 301 kB
+ Pss_File: 80 kB
+ Pss_Shmem: 4 kB
+ Shared_Clean: 696 kB
+ Shared_Dirty: 0 kB
+ Private_Clean: 120 kB
+ Private_Dirty: 68 kB
+ Referenced: 884 kB
+ Anonymous: 68 kB
+ LazyFree: 0 kB
+ AnonHugePages: 0 kB
+ ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB
+ Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB
+ Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB
+ Swap: 0 kB
+ SwapPss: 0 kB
+ Locked: 385 kB
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b0254078
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...)
+Date: March 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: tony.luck@intel.com
+Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage.
+
+ Platforms that provide a mechanism to preserve some data
+ across system reboots can register with this driver to
+ provide a generic interface to show records captured in
+ the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part
+ of the console log is captured, but other interesting
+ data can also be saved::
+
+ # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
+
+ $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
+ total 0
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
+
+ Different users of this interface will result in different
+ filename prefixes. Currently two are defined:
+
+ - "dmesg" - saved console log
+ - "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
+
+ Once the information in a file has been read, removing
+ the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
+ device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use::
+
+ $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
+
+ The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/
+ will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
+ soon after boot to free up space ready for the next
+ catastrophe.
+
+ The 'kmsg_bytes' mount option changes the target amount of
+ data saved on each oops/panic. Pstore saves (possibly
+ multiple) files based on the record size of the underlying
+ persistent storage until at least this amount is reached.
+ Default is 10 Kbytes.
+
+ Pstore only supports one backend at a time. If multiple
+ backends are available, the preferred backend may be
+ set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at
+ boot time.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/rtc-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/rtc-cdev
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25910c3c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/rtc-cdev
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What: /dev/rtcX
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The ioctl interface to drivers for real-time clocks (RTCs).
+ Following actions are supported:
+
+ * RTC_RD_TIME, RTC_SET_TIME: Read or set the RTC time. Time
+ format is a Gregorian calendar date and 24 hour wall clock
+ time.
+
+ * RTC_AIE_ON, RTC_AIE_OFF: Enable or disable the alarm interrupt
+ for RTCs that support alarms
+
+ * RTC_ALM_READ, RTC_ALM_SET: Read or set the alarm time for
+ RTCs that support alarms. Can be set upto 24 hours in the
+ future. Requires a separate RTC_AIE_ON call to enable the
+ alarm interrupt. (Prefer to use RTC_WKALM_*)
+
+ * RTC_WKALM_RD, RTC_WKALM_SET: For RTCs that support a more
+ powerful interface, which can issue alarms beyond 24 hours and
+ enable IRQs in the same request.
+
+ * RTC_PIE_ON, RTC_PIE_OFF: Enable or disable the periodic
+ interrupt for RTCs that support periodic interrupts.
+
+ * RTC_UIE_ON, RTC_UIE_OFF: Enable or disable the update
+ interrupt for RTCs that support it.
+
+ * RTC_IRQP_READ, RTC_IRQP_SET: Read or set the frequency for
+ periodic interrupts for RTCs that support periodic interrupts.
+ Requires a separate RTC_PIE_ON call to enable the periodic
+ interrupts.
+
+ * RTC_VL_READ: Read the voltage inputs status of the RTC when
+ supported. The value is a bit field of RTC_VL_*, giving the
+ status of the main and backup voltages.
+
+ * RTC_VL_CLEAR: Clear the voltage status of the RTC. Some RTCs
+ need user interaction when the backup power provider is
+ replaced or charged to be able to clear the status.
+
+ The ioctl() calls supported by the older /dev/rtc interface are
+ also supported by the newer RTC class framework. However,
+ because the chips and systems are not standardized, some PC/AT
+ functionality might not be provided. And in the same way, some
+ newer features -- including those enabled by ACPI -- are exposed
+ by the RTC class framework, but can't be supported by the older
+ driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299e0d1dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+What: /sys/class/ata_...
+Description:
+ Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the
+ system. This allows retrieving various information about ATA
+ objects.
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_port
+-------------------------------
+
+For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of the
+port. The device parent is the ata host device.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/nr_pmp_links
+What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/idle_irq
+Date: May, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org>
+Description:
+ nr_pmp_links: (RO) If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is
+ connected, the number of links behind it.
+
+ idle_irq: (RO) Number of IRQ received by the port while
+ idle [some ata HBA only].
+
+
+What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/port_no
+Date: May, 2013
+KernelVersion: v3.11
+Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) Host local port number. While registering host controller,
+ port numbers are tracked based upon number of ports available on
+ the controller. This attribute is needed by udev for composing
+ persistent links in /dev/disk/by-path.
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_link
+-------------------------------
+
+Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the topology, 15
+ata_link objects are created.
+
+If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is ata_port_id
+of the port. If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is
+ata_port_id of the parent port and Y the PM port.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/hw_sata_spd_limit
+What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/sata_spd_limit
+What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/sata_spd
+Date: May, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org>
+Description:
+ hw_sata_spd_limit: (RO) Maximum speed supported by the
+ connected SATA device.
+
+ sata_spd_limit: (RO) Maximum speed imposed by libata.
+
+ sata_spd: (RO) Current speed of the link
+ eg. 1.5, 3 Gbps etc.
+
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_device
+---------------------------------
+
+Behind each link, up to two ata devices are created.
+The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where:
+- X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected,
+- Y the port of the PM if any, and
+- Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1], only 1 for SATA.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/spdn_cnt
+What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/gscr
+What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/ering
+What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/id
+What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/pio_mode
+What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/xfer_mode
+What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/dma_mode
+What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/class
+Date: May, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org>
+Description:
+ spdn_cnt: (RO) Number of times libata decided to lower the
+ speed of link due to errors.
+
+ gscr: (RO) Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR
+ register. Valid registers are:
+
+ 0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID,
+ 1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV,
+ 2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO,
+ 32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR,
+ 33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN,
+ 64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT,
+ 96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN,
+ 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO
+
+ Only valid if the device is a PM.
+
+ ering: (RO) Formatted output of the error ring of the
+ device.
+
+ id: (RO) Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as
+ described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17. Only valid if
+ the device is not a PM.
+
+ pio_mode: (RO) PIO transfer mode used by the device.
+ Mostly used by PATA devices.
+
+ xfer_mode: (RO) Current transfer mode. Mostly used by
+ PATA devices.
+
+ dma_mode: (RO) DMA transfer mode used by the device.
+ Mostly used by PATA devices.
+
+ class: (RO) Device class. Can be "ata" for disk,
+ "atapi" for packet device, "pmp" for PM, or
+ "none" if no device was found behind the link.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/trim
+Date: May, 2015
+KernelVersion: v4.10
+Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) Shows the DSM TRIM mode currently used by the device. Valid
+ values are:
+
+ unsupported: Drive does not support DSM TRIM
+
+ unqueued: Drive supports unqueued DSM TRIM only
+
+ queued: Drive supports queued DSM TRIM
+
+ forced_unqueued: Drive's queued DSM support is known to
+ be buggy and only unqueued TRIM commands
+ are sent
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e34cdeeeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/stat
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O
+ statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields:
+
+ == ==============================================
+ 1 reads completed successfully
+ 2 reads merged
+ 3 sectors read
+ 4 time spent reading (ms)
+ 5 writes completed
+ 6 writes merged
+ 7 sectors written
+ 8 time spent writing (ms)
+ 9 I/Os currently in progress
+ 10 time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 11 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 12 discards completed
+ 13 discards merged
+ 14 sectors discarded
+ 15 time spent discarding (ms)
+ 16 flush requests completed
+ 17 time spent flushing (ms)
+ == ==============================================
+
+ For more details refer Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat files display the
+ I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the
+ same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat
+ format.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Metadata format for integrity capable block device.
+ E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the block layer should verify the
+ integrity of read requests serviced by devices that
+ support sending integrity metadata.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per
+ 512 bytes of data.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/device_is_integrity_capable
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether a storage device is capable of storing
+ integrity metadata. Set if the device is T10 PI-capable.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/protection_interval_bytes
+Date: July 2015
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Describes the number of data bytes which are protected
+ by one integrity tuple. Typically the device's logical
+ block size.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the block layer should automatically
+ generate checksums for write requests bound for
+ devices that support receiving integrity metadata.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/alignment_offset
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
+ bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
+ with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
+ blocks to the operating system). This parameter
+ indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is
+ offset from the disk's natural alignment.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/alignment_offset
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
+ bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
+ with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
+ blocks to the operating system). This parameter
+ indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition
+ is offset from the disk's natural alignment.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/logical_block_size
+Date: May 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ This is the smallest unit the storage device can
+ address. It is typically 512 bytes.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/physical_block_size
+Date: May 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can
+ write atomically. It is usually the same as the logical
+ block size but may be bigger. One example is SATA
+ drives with 4KB sectors that expose a 512-byte logical
+ block size to the operating system. For stacked block
+ devices the physical_block_size variable contains the
+ maximum physical_block_size of the component devices.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/minimum_io_size
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred
+ minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the
+ device can perform without incurring a performance
+ penalty. For disk drives this is often the physical
+ block size. For RAID arrays it is often the stripe
+ chunk size. A properly aligned multiple of
+ minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for
+ workloads where a high number of I/O operations is
+ desired.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/optimal_io_size
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is
+ the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O. This is
+ rarely reported for disk drives. For RAID arrays it is
+ usually the stripe width or the internal track size. A
+ properly aligned multiple of optimal_io_size is the
+ preferred request size for workloads where sustained
+ throughput is desired. If no optimal I/O size is
+ reported this file contains 0.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges
+Date: January 2010
+Contact:
+Description:
+ Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to
+ merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these
+ attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles
+ being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off
+ this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex
+ merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges
+ with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2,
+ all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 -
+ which enables all types of merge tries.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/discard_alignment
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that support discard functionality may
+ internally allocate space in units that are bigger than
+ the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment
+ parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the
+ device is offset from the internal allocation unit's
+ natural alignment.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/discard_alignment
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that support discard functionality may
+ internally allocate space in units that are bigger than
+ the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment
+ parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the
+ partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's
+ natural alignment.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_granularity
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that support discard functionality may
+ internally allocate space using units that are bigger
+ than the logical block size. The discard_granularity
+ parameter indicates the size of the internal allocation
+ unit in bytes if reported by the device. Otherwise the
+ discard_granularity will be set to match the device's
+ physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 means
+ that the device does not support discard functionality.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_bytes
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that support discard functionality may have
+ internal limits on the number of bytes that can be
+ trimmed or unmapped in a single operation. Some storage
+ protocols also have inherent limits on the number of
+ blocks that can be described in a single command. The
+ discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver
+ to the maximum number of bytes that can be discarded in
+ a single operation. Discard requests issued to the
+ device must not exceed this limit. A discard_max_bytes
+ value of 0 means that the device does not support
+ discard functionality.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_zeroes_data
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Will always return 0. Don't rely on any specific behavior
+ for discards, and don't read this file.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes
+Date: January 2012
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Some devices support a write same operation in which a
+ single data block can be written to a range of several
+ contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe
+ areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID
+ configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many
+ bytes can be written in a single write same command. If
+ write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported
+ by the device.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_zeroes_max_bytes
+Date: November 2016
+Contact: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that support write zeroes operation in which a
+ single request can be issued to zero out the range of
+ contiguous blocks on storage without having any payload
+ in the request. This can be used to optimize writing zeroes
+ to the devices. write_zeroes_max_bytes indicates how many
+ bytes can be written in a single write zeroes command. If
+ write_zeroes_max_bytes is 0, write zeroes is not supported
+ by the device.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/zoned
+Date: September 2016
+Contact: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com>
+Description:
+ zoned indicates if the device is a zoned block device
+ and the zone model of the device if it is indeed zoned.
+ The possible values indicated by zoned are "none" for
+ regular block devices and "host-aware" or "host-managed"
+ for zoned block devices. The characteristics of
+ host-aware and host-managed zoned block devices are
+ described in the ZBC (Zoned Block Commands) and ZAC
+ (Zoned Device ATA Command Set) standards. These standards
+ also define the "drive-managed" zone model. However,
+ since drive-managed zoned block devices do not support
+ zone commands, they will be treated as regular block
+ devices and zoned will report "none".
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nr_zones
+Date: November 2018
+Contact: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com>
+Description:
+ nr_zones indicates the total number of zones of a zoned block
+ device ("host-aware" or "host-managed" zone model). For regular
+ block devices, the value is always 0.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_active_zones
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com>
+Description:
+ For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating
+ "host-managed" or "host-aware"), the sum of zones belonging to
+ any of the zone states: EXPLICIT OPEN, IMPLICIT OPEN or CLOSED,
+ is limited by this value. If this value is 0, there is no limit.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_open_zones
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com>
+Description:
+ For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating
+ "host-managed" or "host-aware"), the sum of zones belonging to
+ any of the zone states: EXPLICIT OPEN or IMPLICIT OPEN,
+ is limited by this value. If this value is 0, there is no limit.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/chunk_sectors
+Date: September 2016
+Contact: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.com>
+Description:
+ chunk_sectors has different meaning depending on the type
+ of the disk. For a RAID device (dm-raid), chunk_sectors
+ indicates the size in 512B sectors of the RAID volume
+ stripe segment. For a zoned block device, either
+ host-aware or host-managed, chunk_sectors indicates the
+ size in 512B sectors of the zones of the device, with
+ the eventual exception of the last zone of the device
+ which may be smaller.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/io_timeout
+Date: November 2018
+Contact: Weiping Zhang <zhangweiping@didiglobal.com>
+Description:
+ io_timeout is the request timeout in milliseconds. If a request
+ does not complete in this time then the block driver timeout
+ handler is invoked. That timeout handler can decide to retry
+ the request, to fail it or to start a device recovery strategy.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b5837765b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+What: /sys/block/etherd*/mac
+Date: Apr, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.12
+Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) The ethernet address of the remote Ata over Ethernet (AoE)
+ device.
+
+What: /sys/block/etherd*/netif
+Date: Apr, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.12
+Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) The names of the network interfaces on the localhost (comma
+ separated) through which we are communicating with the remote
+ AoE device.
+
+What: /sys/block/etherd*/state
+Date: Apr, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.12
+Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) Device status. The state attribute is "up" when the device
+ is ready for I/O and "down" if detected but unusable. The
+ "down,closewait" state shows that the device is still open and
+ cannot come up again until it has been closed. The "up,kickme"
+ state means that the driver wants to send more commands to the
+ target but found out there were already the max number of
+ commands waiting for a response. It will retry again after being
+ kicked by the periodic timer handler routine.
+
+What: /sys/block/etherd*/firmware-version
+Date: Apr, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.12
+Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) Version of the firmware in the target.
+
+What: /sys/block/etherd*/payload
+Date: Dec, 2012
+KernelVersion: v3.10
+Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) The amount of user data transferred (in bytes) inside each AoE
+ command on the network, network headers excluded.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e4bbc5d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/unregister
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ A write to this file causes the backing device or cache to be
+ unregistered. If a backing device had dirty data in the cache,
+ writeback mode is automatically disabled and all dirty data is
+ flushed before the device is unregistered. Caches unregister
+ all associated backing devices before unregistering themselves.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/clear_stats
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Writing to this file resets all the statistics for the device.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a backing device that has cache, a symlink to
+ the bcache/ dir of that cache.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hits
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: integer number of full cache hits,
+ counted per bio. A partial cache hit counts as a miss.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_misses
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: integer number of cache misses.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hit_ratio
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: cache hits as a percentage.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/sequential_cutoff
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: Threshold past which sequential IO will
+ skip the cache. Read and written as bytes in human readable
+ units (i.e. echo 10M > sequntial_cutoff).
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bypassed
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Sum of all reads and writes that have bypassed the cache (due
+ to the sequential cutoff). Expressed as bytes in human
+ readable units.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: When on, writeback caching is enabled and
+ writes will be buffered in the cache. When off, caching is in
+ writethrough mode; reads and writes will be added to the
+ cache but no write buffering will take place.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_running
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: when off, dirty data will not be written
+ from the cache to the backing device. The cache will still be
+ used to buffer writes until it is mostly full, at which point
+ writes transparently revert to writethrough mode. Intended only
+ for benchmarking/testing.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_delay
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: In writeback mode, when dirty data is
+ written to the cache and the cache held no dirty data for that
+ backing device, writeback from cache to backing device starts
+ after this delay, expressed as an integer number of seconds.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_percent
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For backing devices: If nonzero, writeback from cache to
+ backing device only takes place when more than this percentage
+ of the cache is used, allowing more write coalescing to take
+ place and reducing total number of writes sent to the backing
+ device. Integer between 0 and 40.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/synchronous
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, a boolean that allows synchronous mode to be
+ switched on and off. In synchronous mode all writes are ordered
+ such that the cache can reliably recover from unclean shutdown;
+ if disabled bcache will not generally wait for writes to
+ complete but if the cache is not shut down cleanly all data
+ will be discarded from the cache. Should not be turned off with
+ writeback caching enabled.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/discard
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, a boolean allowing discard/TRIM to be turned off
+ or back on if the device supports it.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bucket_size
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, bucket size in human readable units, as set at
+ cache creation time; should match the erase block size of the
+ SSD for optimal performance.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/nbuckets
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, the number of usable buckets.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/tree_depth
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, height of the btree excluding leaf nodes (i.e. a
+ one node tree will have a depth of 0).
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_cache_size
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Number of btree buckets/nodes that are currently cached in
+ memory; cache dynamically grows and shrinks in response to
+ memory pressure from the rest of the system.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/written
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, total amount of data in human readable units
+ written to the cache, excluding all metadata.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_written
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ For a cache, sum of all btree writes in human readable units.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa0fb500e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+What: /sys/block/*/device/sw_activity
+Date: Jun, 2008
+KernelVersion: v2.6.27
+Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Used by drivers which support software controlled activity
+ LEDs.
+
+ It has the following valid values:
+
+ == ========================================================
+ 0 OFF - the LED is not activated on activity
+ 1 BLINK_ON - the LED blinks on every 10ms when activity is
+ detected.
+ 2 BLINK_OFF - the LED is on when idle, and blinks off
+ every 10ms when activity is detected.
+ == ========================================================
+
+ Note that the user must turn sw_activity OFF it they wish to
+ control the activity LED via the em_message file.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/*/device/unload_heads
+Date: Sep, 2008
+KernelVersion: v2.6.28
+Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Hard disk shock protection
+
+ Writing an integer value to this file will take the heads of the
+ respective drive off the platter and block all I/O operations
+ for the specified number of milliseconds.
+
+ - If the device does not support the unload heads feature,
+ access is denied with -EOPNOTSUPP.
+ - The maximal value accepted for a timeout is 30000
+ milliseconds.
+ - A previously set timeout can be cancelled and disk can resume
+ normal operation immediately by specifying a timeout of 0.
+ - Some hard drives only comply with an earlier version of the
+ ATA standard, but support the unload feature nonetheless.
+ There is no safe way Linux can detect these devices, so this
+ is not enabled by default. If it is known that your device
+ does support the unload feature, then you can tell the kernel
+ to enable it by writing -1. It can be disabled again by
+ writing -2.
+ - Values below -2 are rejected with -EINVAL
+
+ For more information, see
+ Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/disk-shock-protection.rst
+
+
+What: /sys/block/*/device/ncq_prio_enable
+Date: Oct, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.10
+Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Write to the file to turn on or off the SATA ncq (native
+ command queueing) support. By default this feature is turned
+ off.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f9f2339b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/name
+Date: January 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description: Device-mapper device name.
+ Read-only string containing mapped device name.
+Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
+
+What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/uuid
+Date: January 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description: Device-mapper device UUID.
+ Read-only string containing DM-UUID or empty string
+ if DM-UUID is not set.
+Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
+
+What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/suspended
+Date: June 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description: Device-mapper device suspend state.
+ Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended.
+ Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute.
+Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
+
+What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/rq_based_seq_io_merge_deadline
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description: Allow control over how long a request that is a
+ reasonable merge candidate can be queued on the request
+ queue. The resolution of this deadline is in
+ microseconds (ranging from 1 to 100000 usecs).
+ Setting this attribute to 0 (the default) will disable
+ request-based DM's merge heuristic and associated extra
+ accounting. This attribute is not applicable to
+ bio-based DM devices so it will only ever report 0 for
+ them.
+
+What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/use_blk_mq
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description: Request-based Device-mapper blk-mq I/O path mode.
+ Contains the value 1 if the device is using blk-mq.
+ Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..627f4eb87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/autoclear
+Date: Aug, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Shows if the device is in autoclear mode or not ( "1" or
+ "0"). Autoclear (if set) indicates that the loopback device will
+ self-distruct after last close.
+
+What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/backing_file
+Date: Aug, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The path of the backing file that the loop device maps its
+ data blocks to.
+
+What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/offset
+Date: Aug, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Start offset (in bytes).
+
+What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/sizelimit
+Date: Aug, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The size (in bytes) that the block device maps, starting
+ from the offset.
+
+What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/partscan
+Date: Aug, 2011
+KernelVersion: v3.10
+Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Shows if automatic partition scanning is enabled for the
+ device or not ("1" or "0"). This can be requested individually
+ per loop device during its setup by setting LO_FLAGS_PARTSCAN in
+ in the ioctl request. By default, no partition tables are
+ scanned.
+
+What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/dio
+Date: Aug, 2015
+KernelVersion: v4.10
+Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Shows if direct IO is being used to access backing file or
+ not ("1 or "0").
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..14a6fe942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/unmap_device
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: To unmap a volume, "normal" or "force" has to be written to:
+ /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/unmap_device
+
+ When "normal" is used, the operation will fail with EBUSY if any process
+ is using the device. When "force" is used, the device is also unmapped
+ when device is in use. All I/Os that are in progress will fail.
+
+ Example::
+
+ # echo "normal" > /sys/block/rnbd0/rnbd/unmap_device
+
+What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/state
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: The file contains the current state of the block device. The state file
+ returns "open" when the device is successfully mapped from the server
+ and accepting I/O requests. When the connection to the server gets
+ disconnected in case of an error (e.g. link failure), the state file
+ returns "closed" and all I/O requests submitted to it will fail with -EIO.
+
+What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/session
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RNBD uses RTRS session to transport the data between client and
+ server. The entry "session" contains the name of the session, that
+ was used to establish the RTRS session. It's the same name that
+ was passed as server parameter to the map_device entry.
+
+What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/mapping_path
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains the path that was passed as "device_path" to the map_device
+ operation.
+
+What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/access_mode
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains the device access mode: ro, rw or migration.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..beef30c04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+What: /sys/block/rssd*/status
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: Asai Thambi S P <asamymuthupa@micron.com>
+Description: This is a read-only file. Indicates the status of the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..14b2bf2e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/disksize
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The disksize file is read-write and specifies the disk size
+ which represents the limit on the *uncompressed* worth of data
+ that can be stored in this disk.
+ Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/initstate
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The initstate file is read-only and shows the initialization
+ state of the device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/reset
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The reset file is write-only and allows resetting the
+ device. The reset operation frees all the memory associated
+ with this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/max_comp_streams
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The max_comp_streams file is read-write and specifies the
+ number of backend's zcomp_strm compression streams (number of
+ concurrent compress operations).
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/comp_algorithm
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The comp_algorithm file is read-write and lets to show
+ available and selected compression algorithms, change
+ compression algorithm selection.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_max
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The mem_used_max file is write-only and is used to reset
+ the counter of maximum memory zram have consumed to store
+ compressed data. For resetting the value, you should write
+ "0". Otherwise, you could see -EINVAL.
+ Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_limit
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The mem_limit file is write-only and specifies the maximum
+ amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data.
+ The limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable
+ the limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compact
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The compact file is write-only and trigger compaction for
+ allocator zrm uses. The allocator moves some objects so that
+ it could free fragment space.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/io_stat
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The io_stat file is read-only and accumulates device's I/O
+ statistics not accounted by block layer. For example,
+ failed_reads, failed_writes, etc. File format is similar to
+ block layer statistics file format.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mm_stat
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The mm_stat file is read-only and represents device's mm
+ statistics (orig_data_size, compr_data_size, etc.) in a format
+ similar to block layer statistics file format.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/debug_stat
+Date: July 2016
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The debug_stat file is read-only and represents various
+ device's debugging info useful for kernel developers. Its
+ format is not documented intentionally and may change
+ anytime without any notice.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/backing_dev
+Date: June 2017
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The backing_dev file is read-write and set up backing
+ device for zram to write incompressible pages.
+ For using, user should enable CONFIG_ZRAM_WRITEBACK.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/idle
+Date: November 2018
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ idle file is write-only and mark zram slot as idle.
+ If system has mounted debugfs, user can see which slots
+ are idle via /sys/kernel/debug/zram/zram<id>/block_state
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/writeback
+Date: November 2018
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The writeback file is write-only and trigger idle and/or
+ huge page writeback to backing device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/bd_stat
+Date: November 2018
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The bd_stat file is read-only and represents backing device's
+ statistics (bd_count, bd_reads, bd_writes) in a format
+ similar to block layer statistics file format.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/writeback_limit_enable
+Date: November 2018
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The writeback_limit_enable file is read-write and specifies
+ eanbe of writeback_limit feature. "1" means eable the feature.
+ No limit "0" is the initial state.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/writeback_limit
+Date: November 2018
+Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The writeback_limit file is read-write and specifies the maximum
+ amount of writeback ZRAM can do. The limit could be changed
+ in run time.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58abacf59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../path
+Date: December 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace
+ object associated with the device object. For example,
+ \_SB_.PCI0.
+
+ This file is not present for device objects representing
+ fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep
+ buttons).
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../modalias
+Date: July 2007
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute indicates the PNP IDs of the device object.
+ That is acpi:HHHHHHHH:[CCCCCCC:]. Where each HHHHHHHH or
+ CCCCCCCC contains device object's PNPID (_HID or _CID).
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hid
+Date: April 2005
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute indicates the hardware ID (_HID) of the
+ device object. For example, PNP0103.
+ This file is present for device objects having the _HID
+ control method.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../description
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the output of the device object's
+ _STR control method, if present.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../adr
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the output of the device object's
+ _ADR control method, which is present for ACPI device
+ objects representing devices having standard enumeration
+ algorithms, such as PCI.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../uid
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the output of the device object's
+ _UID control method, if present.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../eject
+Date: December 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ Writing 1 to this attribute will trigger hot removal of
+ this device object. This file exists for every device
+ object that has _EJ0 method.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../status
+Date: Jan, 2014
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ (RO) Returns the ACPI device status: enabled, disabled or
+ functioning or present, if the method _STA is present.
+
+ The return value is a decimal integer representing the device's
+ status bitmap:
+
+ =========== ==================================================
+ Bit [0] Set if the device is present.
+ Bit [1] Set if the device is enabled and decoding its
+ resources.
+ Bit [2] Set if the device should be shown in the UI.
+ Bit [3] Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared
+ if device failed its diagnostics).
+ Bit [4] Set if the battery is present.
+ Bits [31:5] Reserved (must be cleared)
+ =========== ==================================================
+
+ If bit [0] is clear, then bit 1 must also be clear (a device
+ that is not present cannot be enabled).
+
+ Bit 0 can be clear (not present) with bit [3] set (device is
+ functional). This case is used to indicate a valid device for
+ which no device driver should be loaded.
+
+ More special cases are covered in the ACPI specification.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hrv
+Date: Apr, 2016
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ (RO) Allows users to read the hardware version of non-PCI
+ hardware, if the _HRV control method is present. It is mostly
+ useful for non-PCI devices because lspci can list the hardware
+ version for PCI devices.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7b54677c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/bus/amba/devices/.../driver_override
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: Antonios Motakis <a.motakis@virtualopensystems.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which
+ will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching.
+ When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value
+ written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to
+ the device. The override is specified by writing a string to the
+ driver_override file (echo vfio-amba > driver_override) and may
+ be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override).
+ This returns the device to standard matching rules binding.
+ Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the
+ device from its current driver or make any attempt to
+ automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a
+ matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device will
+ not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to opt-out of
+ driver binding using a driver_override name such as "none".
+ Only a single driver may be specified in the override, there is
+ no support for parsing delimiters.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..721b4aea3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../manuf
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Each BCMA core has it's manufacturer id. See
+ include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values.
+
+What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ There are a few types of BCMA cores, they can be identified by
+ id field.
+
+What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../rev
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ BCMA cores of the same type can still slightly differ depending
+ on their revision. Use it for detailed programming.
+
+What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../class
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Each BCMA core is identified by few fields, including class it
+ belongs to. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf2869c41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/enable
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (RW) Enable/Disable the CTI hardware.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/powered
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Indicate if the CTI hardware is powered.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/ctmid
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Display the associated CTM ID
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/nr_trigger_cons
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Number of devices connected to triggers on this CTI
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/name
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Name of connected device <N>
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_signals
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Input trigger signals from connected device <N>
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_types
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Functional types for the input trigger signals
+ from connected device <N>
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_signals
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Output trigger signals to connected device <N>
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_types
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Functional types for the output trigger signals
+ to connected device <N>
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/inout_sel
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (RW) Select the index for inen and outen registers.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/inen
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (RW) Read or write the CTIINEN register selected by inout_sel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/outen
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (RW) Read or write the CTIOUTEN register selected by inout_sel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/gate
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (RW) Read or write CTIGATE register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/asicctl
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (RW) Read or write ASICCTL register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/intack
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Write the INTACK register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/appset
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (RW) Set CTIAPPSET register to activate channel. Read back to
+ determine current value of register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/appclear
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Write APPCLEAR register to deactivate channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/apppulse
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Write APPPULSE to pulse a channel active for one clock
+ cycle.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/chinstatus
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Read current status of channel inputs.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/choutstatus
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) read current status of channel outputs.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/triginstatus
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) read current status of input trigger signals
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/trigoutstatus
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) read current status of output trigger signals.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_attach
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Attach a CTI input trigger to a CTM channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_detach
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Detach a CTI input trigger from a CTM channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_attach
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Attach a CTI output trigger to a CTM channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_detach
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Detach a CTI output trigger from a CTM channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_enable
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (RW) Enable CTIGATE for single channel (Write) or list enabled
+ channels through the gate (R).
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_disable
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Disable CTIGATE for single channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_set
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Activate a single channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_clear
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Deactivate a single channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_pulse
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Pulse a single channel - activate for a single clock cycle.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_filtered
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) List of output triggers filtered across all connections.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trig_filter_enable
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (RW) Enable or disable trigger output signal filtering.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_inuse
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) show channels with at least one attached trigger signal.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_free
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) show channels with no attached trigger signals.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_sel
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (RW) Write channel number to select a channel to view, read to
+ see selected channel number.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_in
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Read to see input triggers connected to selected view
+ channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_out
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Read) Read to see output triggers connected to selected view
+ channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_reset
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion 5.7
+Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
+Description: (Write) Clear all channel / trigger programming.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a383f6a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/enable_sink
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple
+ source for a single sink.
+
+ ex::
+
+ echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the
+ formatter after a defined number of words have been stored
+ following the trigger event. The number of 32-bit words written
+ into the Trace RAM following the trigger event is equal to the
+ value stored in this register+1 (from ARM ETB-TRM).
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rdp
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Defines the depth, in words, of the trace RAM in powers of
+ 2. The value is read directly from HW register RDP, 0x004.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/sts
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB status register. The value
+ is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rrp
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Read Pointer register
+ that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB
+ interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP,
+ 0x014.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rwp
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Write Pointer register
+ that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from
+ the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly
+ from HW register RWP, 0x018.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/trg
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is
+ read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ctl
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Control register. The value
+ is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffsr
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Status
+ register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR,
+ 0x300.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffcr
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Control
+ register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR,
+ 0x304.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..651602a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_source
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry.
+ Enabling a source implies the source has been configured
+ properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path
+ of coresight components linking the source to the sink is
+ configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_idx
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to
+ work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_acctype
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies
+ characteristics about the address comparator being configure,
+ for example the access type, the kind of instruction to trace,
+ processor contect ID to trigger on, etc. Individual fields in
+ the access type register may vary on the version of the trace
+ entity.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_range
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the range of
+ addresses to trigger on. Inclusion or exclusion is specificed
+ in the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_single
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single
+ address to trigger on, highly influenced by the configuration
+ options of the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_start
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single
+ address to start tracing on, highly influenced by the
+ configuration options of the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_stop
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single
+ address to stop tracing on, highly influenced by the
+ configuration options of the corresponding access type register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_idx
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Specifies the counter to work on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter event register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_val
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter value register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_val
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter reload value register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the
+ counter reload event register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_idx
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Specifies the index of the context ID register to be
+ selected.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_mask
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Mask to apply to all the context ID comparator.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_pid
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used with the ctxid_idx, specify with context ID to trigger
+ on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines which event triggers a trace.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/etmsr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Gives access to the ETM status register, which holds
+ programming information and status on certains events.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/fifofull_level
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Number of byte left in the fifo before considering it full.
+ Depending on the tracer's version, can also hold threshold for
+ data suppression.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mode
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Interface with the driver's 'mode' field, controlling
+ various aspect of the trace entity such as time stamping,
+ context ID size and cycle accurate tracing. Driver specific
+ and bound to change depending on the driver.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_addr_cmp
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible
+ on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit,
+ as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a
+ trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/reset
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
+ to its boot configuration.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 1 to state 2.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_13_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 1 to state 3.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_21_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 2 to state 1.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_23_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 2 to state 3.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_31_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 3 to state 1.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_32_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition
+ from state 3 to state 2.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/curr_seq_state
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Holds the current state of the sequencer.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Holds the trace synchronization frequency value - must be
+ programmed with the various implementation behavior in mind.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/timestamp_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines an event that requests the insertion of a timestamp
+ into the trace stream.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/traceid
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream
+ coming from this trace entity.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/trigger_event
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Define the event that controls the trigger.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cpu
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Holds the cpu number this tracer is affined to.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmccr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Configuration Code register
+ (0x004). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmccer
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Configuration Code Extension
+ register (0x1e8). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmscr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM System Configuration
+ register (0x014). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmidr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM ID register (0x1e4). The
+ value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmcr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Main Control register (0x000).
+ The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtraceidr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace ID register (0x200).
+ The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmteevr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Enable Event register
+ (0x020). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtsscr
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Start/Stop Conrol
+ register (0x018). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr1
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Conrol #1
+ register (0x024). The value is read directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr2
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Conrol #2
+ register (0x01c). The value is read directly from the HW.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..881f0cd99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
@@ -0,0 +1,510 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/enable_source
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry.
+ Enabling a source implies the source has been configured
+ properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path
+ of coresight components linking the source to the sink is
+ configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cpu
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_pe_cmp
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are
+ available for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_addr_cmp
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are
+ available for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_cntr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of counters that are available for
+ tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ext_inp
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numcidc
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are
+ available for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numvmidc
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available
+ for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nrseqstate
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are
+ implemented.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_resource
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are
+ available for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ss_cmp
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that
+ are available for tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/reset
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
+ to its boot configuration.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mode
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls various modes supported by this ETM, for example
+ P0 instruction tracing, branch broadcast, cycle counting and
+ context ID tracing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/pe
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls which PE to trace.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls the tracing of arbitrary events from bank 0 to 3.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event_instren
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls the behavior of the events in bank 0 to 3.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event_ts
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls the insertion of global timestamps in the trace
+ streams.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/syncfreq
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls how often trace synchronization requests occur.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cyc_threshold
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Sets the threshold value for cycle counting.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/bb_ctrl
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls which regions in the memory map are enabled to
+ use branch broadcasting.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event_vinst
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls instruction trace filtering.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/s_exlevel_vinst
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) In Secure state, each bit controls whether instruction
+ tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ns_exlevel_vinst
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) In non-secure state, each bit controls whether instruction
+ tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to
+ work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_instdatatype
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls what type of comparison the trace unit performs.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_single
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used to setup single address comparator values.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_range
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used to setup address range comparator values.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which sequensor.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_state
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Use this to set, or read, the sequencer state.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_event
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer state to a specific state.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_reset_event
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer to state 0 when a programmed event
+ occurs.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntr_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which counter unit to work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntrldvr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) This sets or returns the reload count value of the
+ specific counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntr_val
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) This sets or returns the current count value of the
+ specific counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntr_ctrl
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls the operation of the selected counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/res_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which resource selection unit to work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/res_ctrl
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Controls the selection of the resources in the trace unit.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ctxid_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which context ID comparator to work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ctxid_pid
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Get/Set the context ID comparator value to trigger on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ctxid_masks
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 context ID comparator value
+ registers (if implemented).
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vmid_idx
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select which virtual machine ID comparator to work with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vmid_val
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Get/Set the virtual machine ID comparator value to
+ trigger on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vmid_masks
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 virtual machine ID comparator value
+ registers (if implemented).
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_exlevel_s_ns
+Date: December 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Set the Exception Level matching bits for secure and
+ non-secure exception levels.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vinst_pe_cmp_start_stop
+Date: December 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Access the start stop control register for PE input
+ comparators.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_cmp_view
+Date: December 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the current settings for the selected address
+ comparator.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_idx
+Date: December 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Select the single shot control register to access.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_ctrl
+Date: December 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Access the selected single shot control register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_status
+Date: December 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the current value of the selected single shot
+ status register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_pe_ctrl
+Date: December 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Access the selected single show PE comparator control
+ register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcoslsr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304).
+ The value it taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdcr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register
+ (0x310). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdsr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register
+ (0x314). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trclsr
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register
+ (0xFB4). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcauthstatus
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register
+ (0xFB8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevid
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device ID Register
+ (0xFC8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevtype
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device Type Register
+ (0xFCC). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr0
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register
+ (0xFE0). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr1
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register
+ (0xFE4). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr2
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register
+ (0xFE8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr3
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register
+ (0xFEC). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcconfig
+Date: February 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.07
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace configuration register
+ (0x010) as currently set by SW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trctraceid
+Date: February 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.07
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace ID register (0x040).
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr0
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0).
+ The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr1
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4).
+ The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr2
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address,
+ VMID, context ID and instuction address in the trace unit
+ (0x1E8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr3
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns the value associated with various resources
+ available to the trace unit. See the Trace Macrocell
+ architecture specification for more details (0x1E8).
+ The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr4
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0).
+ The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr5
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4).
+ The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr8
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction
+ trace stream. (0x180). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr9
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit
+ can use (0x184). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr10
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit
+ can use (0x188). The value is taken directly from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr11
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the
+ trace unit can use (0x18C). The value is taken directly from
+ the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr12
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that
+ the trace unit can use (0x190). The value is taken directly
+ from the HW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr13
+Date: April 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.01
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys
+ that the trace unit can use (0x194). The value is taken
+ directly from the HW.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d75acda5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/funnel_ctrl
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Enables the slave ports and defines the hold time of the
+ slave ports.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/priority
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Defines input port priority order.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..53e1f4815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/enable_source
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace macrocell.
+ Enabling the trace macrocell implies it has been configured
+ properly and a sink has been identified for it. The path
+ of coresight components linking the source to the sink is
+ configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/hwevent_enable
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Provides access to the HW event enable register, used in
+ conjunction with HW event bank select register.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/hwevent_select
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Gives access to the HW event block select register
+ (STMHEBSR) in order to configure up to 256 channels. Used in
+ conjunction with "hwevent_enable" register as described above.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/port_enable
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Provides access to the stimulus port enable register
+ (STMSPER). Used in conjunction with "port_select" described
+ below.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/port_select
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Used to determine which bank of stimulus port bit in
+ register STMSPER (see above) apply to.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/status
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) List various control and status registers. The specific
+ layout and content is driver specific.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/traceid
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream
+ coming from this trace entity.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6aa527296
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/trigger_cntr
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the
+ formatter after a defined number of words have been stored
+ following the trigger event. Additional interface for this
+ driver are expected to be added as it matures.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rsz
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Defines the size, in 32-bit words, of the local RAM buffer.
+ The value is read directly from HW register RSZ, 0x004.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/sts
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC status register. The value
+ is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rrp
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Read Pointer register
+ that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB
+ interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP,
+ 0x014.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rwp
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Write Pointer register
+ that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from
+ the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly
+ from HW register RWP, 0x018.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/trg
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is
+ read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ctl
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Control register. The value
+ is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffsr
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Status
+ register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR,
+ 0x300.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffcr
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Control
+ register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR,
+ 0x304.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/mode
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Mode register, which
+ indicate the mode the device has been configured to enact. The
+ The value is read directly from the MODE register, 0x028.
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/devid
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (Read) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC.
+ The value is read directly from the DEVID register, 0xFC8,
+
+What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/buffer_size
+Date: December 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
+Description: (RW) Size of the trace buffer for TMC-ETR when used in SYSFS
+ mode. Writable only for TMC-ETR configurations. The value
+ should be aligned to the kernel pagesize.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..566bd99fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Count data of Count Y represented as a string.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/ceiling
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Count value ceiling for Count Y. This is the upper limit for the
+ respective counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/floor
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Count value floor for Count Y. This is the lower limit for the
+ respective counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Count mode for channel Y. The ceiling and floor values for
+ Count Y are used by the count mode where required. The following
+ count modes are available:
+
+ normal:
+ Counting is continuous in either direction.
+
+ range limit:
+ An upper or lower limit is set, mimicking limit switches
+ in the mechanical counterpart. The upper limit is set to
+ the Count Y ceiling value, while the lower limit is set
+ to the Count Y floor value. The counter freezes at
+ count = ceiling when counting up, and at count = floor
+ when counting down. At either of these limits, the
+ counting is resumed only when the count direction is
+ reversed.
+
+ non-recycle:
+ The counter is disabled whenever a counter overflow or
+ underflow takes place. The counter is re-enabled when a
+ new count value is loaded to the counter via a preset
+ operation or direct write.
+
+ modulo-n:
+ A count value boundary is set between the Count Y floor
+ value and the Count Y ceiling value. The counter is
+ reset to the Count Y floor value at count = ceiling when
+ counting up, while the counter is set to the Count Y
+ ceiling value at count = floor when counting down; the
+ counter does not freeze at the boundary points, but
+ counts continuously throughout.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode_available
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise_available
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/function_available
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action_available
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Discrete set of available values for the respective Count Y
+ configuration are listed in this file. Values are delimited by
+ newline characters.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/direction
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute that indicates the count direction of Count
+ Y. Two count directions are available: forward and backward.
+
+ Some counter devices are able to determine the direction of
+ their counting. For example, quadrature encoding counters can
+ determine the direction of movement by evaluating the leading
+ phase of the respective A and B quadrature encoding signals.
+ This attribute exposes such count directions.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/enable
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Whether channel Y counter is enabled. Valid attribute values are
+ boolean.
+
+ This attribute is intended to serve as a pause/unpause mechanism
+ for Count Y. Suppose a counter device is used to count the total
+ movement of a conveyor belt: this attribute allows an operator
+ to temporarily pause the counter, service the conveyor belt,
+ and then finally unpause the counter to continue where it had
+ left off.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute that indicates whether excessive noise is
+ present at the channel Y counter inputs.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/function
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Count function mode of Count Y; count function evaluation is
+ triggered by conditions specified by the Count Y signalZ_action
+ attributes. The following count functions are available:
+
+ increase:
+ Accumulated count is incremented.
+
+ decrease:
+ Accumulated count is decremented.
+
+ pulse-direction:
+ Rising edges on signal A updates the respective count.
+ The input level of signal B determines direction.
+
+ quadrature x1 a:
+ If direction is forward, rising edges on quadrature pair
+ signal A updates the respective count; if the direction
+ is backward, falling edges on quadrature pair signal A
+ updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding
+ determines the direction.
+
+ quadrature x1 b:
+ If direction is forward, rising edges on quadrature pair
+ signal B updates the respective count; if the direction
+ is backward, falling edges on quadrature pair signal B
+ updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding
+ determines the direction.
+
+ quadrature x2 a:
+ Any state transition on quadrature pair signal A updates
+ the respective count. Quadrature encoding determines the
+ direction.
+
+ quadrature x2 b:
+ Any state transition on quadrature pair signal B updates
+ the respective count. Quadrature encoding determines the
+ direction.
+
+ quadrature x4:
+ Any state transition on either quadrature pair signals
+ updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding
+ determines the direction.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/name
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of
+ Count Y. If possible, this should match the name of the
+ respective channel as it appears in the device datasheet.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If the counter device supports preset registers -- registers
+ used to load counter channels to a set count upon device-defined
+ preset operation trigger events -- the preset count for channel
+ Y is provided by this attribute.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset_enable
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Whether channel Y counter preset operation is enabled. Valid
+ attribute values are boolean.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Action mode of Count Y for Signal Z. This attribute indicates
+ the condition of Signal Z that triggers the count function
+ evaluation for Count Y. The following action modes are
+ available:
+
+ none:
+ Signal does not trigger the count function. In
+ Pulse-Direction count function mode, this Signal is
+ evaluated as Direction.
+
+ rising edge:
+ Low state transitions to high state.
+
+ falling edge:
+ High state transitions to low state.
+
+ both edges:
+ Any state transition.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/name
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of
+ the Counter. This should match the name of the device as it
+ appears in its respective datasheet.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/num_counts
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute that indicates the total number of Counts
+ belonging to the Counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/num_signals
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute that indicates the total number of Signals
+ belonging to the Counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/signal
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Signal data of Signal Y represented as a string.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/name
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of
+ Signal Y. If possible, this should match the name of the
+ respective signal as it appears in the device datasheet.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eac32180c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute that indicates whether a differential
+ encoder cable fault (not connected or loose wires) is detected
+ for the respective channel of Signal Y. Valid attribute values
+ are boolean. Detection must first be enabled via the
+ corresponding cable_fault_enable attribute.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault_enable
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Whether detection of differential encoder cable faults for the
+ respective channel of Signal Y is enabled. Valid attribute
+ values are boolean.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/filter_clock_prescaler
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Filter clock factor for input Signal Y. This prescaler value
+ affects the inputs of both quadrature pair signals.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Active level of index input Signal Y; irrelevant in
+ non-synchronous load mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity_available
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode_available
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Discrete set of available values for the respective Signal Y
+ configuration are listed in this file.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Configure the counter associated with Signal Y for
+ non-synchronous or synchronous load mode. Synchronous load mode
+ cannot be selected in non-quadrature (Pulse-Direction) clock
+ mode.
+
+ non-synchronous:
+ A logic low level is the active level at this index
+ input. The index function (as enabled via preset_enable)
+ is performed directly on the active level of the index
+ input.
+
+ synchronous:
+ Intended for interfacing with encoder Index output in
+ quadrature clock mode. The active level is configured
+ via index_polarity. The index function (as enabled via
+ preset_enable) is performed synchronously with the
+ quadrature clock on the active level of the index input.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d2e7b363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler_available
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Discrete set of available values for the respective Count Y
+ configuration are listed in this file. Values are delimited by
+ newline characters.
+
+What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Configure the prescaler value associated with Count Y.
+ On the FlexTimer, the counter clock source passes through a
+ prescaler (i.e. a counter). This acts like a clock
+ divider.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..12a733fe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../type
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware.
+ This attribute is present for all subchannel types.
+
+What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the module alias as reported with uevents.
+ It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all
+ subchannel types.
+
+What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids
+Date: December 2002
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this
+ subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem
+ during subchannel recognition.
+
+ Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
+Users: s390-tools, HAL
+
+What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom
+Date: December 2002
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the
+ channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O
+ layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily
+ in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem).
+
+ Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
+Users: s390-tools, HAL
+
+What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../driver_override
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This file allows the driver for a device to be specified. When
+ specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written
+ to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the
+ device. The override is specified by writing a string to the
+ driver_override file (echo vfio-ccw > driver_override) and
+ may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override).
+ This returns the device to standard matching rules binding.
+ Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the
+ device from its current driver or make any attempt to
+ automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a
+ matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device
+ will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to
+ opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as
+ "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override,
+ there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
+ Note that unlike the mechanism of the same name for pci, this
+ file does not allow to override basic matching rules. I.e.,
+ the driver must still match the subchannel type of the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b0265ab17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/type
+Date: Aug 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns type of DFL FIU of the device. Now DFL
+ supports 2 FIU types, 0 for FME, 1 for PORT.
+
+ Format: 0x%x
+
+What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/feature_id
+Date: Aug 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns feature identifier local to its DFL FIU
+ type.
+
+ Format: 0x%x
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63a32ddcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/format
+Date: April 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits
+ that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu.
+ (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format).
+
+ Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
+ perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
+ below::
+
+ event = "config:0-11" - event ID
+ evtype = "config:12-15" - event type
+ portid = "config:16-23" - event source
+
+ For example::
+
+ fab_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+
+ It shows this fab_mmio_read is a fabric type (0x02) event with
+ 0x06 local event id for overall monitoring (portid=0xff).
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/cpumask
+Date: April 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. This file always returns cpu which the PMU is bound
+ for access to all fme pmu performance monitoring events.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/events
+Date: April 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe performance monitoring
+ events specific to fme. Each attribute in this group describes
+ a single performance monitoring event supported by this fme pmu.
+ The name of the file is the name of the event.
+ (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events).
+
+ All supported performance monitoring events are listed below.
+
+ Basic events (evtype=0x00)::
+
+ clock = "event=0x00,evtype=0x00,portid=0xff"
+
+ Cache events (evtype=0x01)::
+
+ cache_read_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_read_miss = "event=0x01,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_write_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_write_miss = "event=0x03,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_hold_request = "event=0x05,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_data_write_port_contention =
+ "event=0x06,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_tag_write_port_contention =
+ "event=0x07,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_tx_req_stall = "event=0x08,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_rx_req_stall = "event=0x09,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_eviction = "event=0x0a,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+
+ Fabric events (evtype=0x02)::
+
+ fab_pcie0_read = "event=0x00,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_pcie0_write = "event=0x01,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_pcie1_read = "event=0x02,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_pcie1_write = "event=0x03,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_upi_read = "event=0x04,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_upi_write = "event=0x05,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_mmio_write = "event=0x07,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_port_pcie0_read = "event=0x00,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_pcie0_write = "event=0x01,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_pcie1_read = "event=0x02,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_pcie1_write = "event=0x03,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_upi_read = "event=0x04,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_upi_write = "event=0x05,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_mmio_write = "event=0x07,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+
+ VTD events (evtype=0x03)::
+
+ vtd_port_read_transaction = "event=0x00,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_write_transaction = "event=0x01,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_devtlb_read_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_devtlb_write_hit = "event=0x03,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_devtlb_4k_fill = "event=0x04,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_devtlb_2m_fill = "event=0x05,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_devtlb_1g_fill = "event=0x06,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+
+ VTD SIP events (evtype=0x04)::
+
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_4k_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_2m_hit = "event=0x01,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_1g_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_slpwc_l3_hit = "event=0x03,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_slpwc_l4_hit = "event=0x04,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_rcc_hit = "event=0x05,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_4k_miss = "event=0x06,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_2m_miss = "event=0x07,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_1g_miss = "event=0x08,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_slpwc_l3_miss = "event=0x09,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_slpwc_l4_miss = "event=0x0a,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_rcc_miss = "event=0x0b,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..505f080d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions
+ /sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles
+
+Date: 2013/01/08
+
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+
+Description: Generic performance monitoring events
+
+ A collection of performance monitoring events that may be
+ supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored
+ using the 'perf(1)' tool.
+
+ The contents of each file would look like:
+
+ event=0xNNNN
+
+ where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the
+ "raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's
+ "basename".
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>
+Date: 2014/02/24
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Per-pmu performance monitoring events specific to the running system
+
+ Each file (except for some of those with a '.' in them, '.unit'
+ and '.scale') in the 'events' directory describes a single
+ performance monitoring event supported by the <pmu>. The name
+ of the file is the name of the event.
+
+ File contents:
+
+ <term>[=<value>][,<term>[=<value>]]...
+
+ Where <term> is one of the terms listed under
+ /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/format/ and <value> is
+ a number is base-16 format with a '0x' prefix (lowercase only).
+ If a <term> is specified alone (without an assigned value), it
+ is implied that 0x1 is assigned to that <term>.
+
+ Examples (each of these lines would be in a seperate file):
+
+ event=0x2abc
+ event=0x423,inv,cmask=0x3
+ domain=0x1,offset=0x8,starting_index=0xffff
+ domain=0x1,offset=0x8,core=?
+
+ Each of the assignments indicates a value to be assigned to a
+ particular set of bits (as defined by the format file
+ corresponding to the <term>) in the perf_event structure passed
+ to the perf_open syscall.
+
+ In the case of the last example, a value replacing "?" would
+ need to be provided by the user selecting the particular event.
+ This is referred to as "event parameterization". Event
+ parameters have the format 'param=?'.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>.unit
+Date: 2014/02/24
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Perf event units
+
+ A string specifying the English plural numerical unit that <event>
+ (once multiplied by <event>.scale) represents.
+
+ Example:
+
+ Joules
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>.scale
+Date: 2014/02/24
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Perf event scaling factors
+
+ A string representing a floating point value expressed in
+ scientific notation to be multiplied by the event count
+ recieved from the kernel to match the unit specified in the
+ <event>.unit file.
+
+ Example:
+
+ 2.3283064365386962890625e-10
+
+ This is provided to avoid performing floating point arithmetic
+ in the kernel.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df7ccc1b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format
+Date: January 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Attribute group to describe the magic bits that go into
+ perf_event_attr::config[012] for a particular pmu.
+ Each attribute of this group defines the 'hardware' bitmask
+ we want to export, so that userspace can deal with sane
+ name/value pairs.
+
+ Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes
+ define overlapping bit ranges. For example::
+
+ attr1 = 'config:0-23'
+ attr2 = 'config:0-7'
+ attr3 = 'config:12-35'
+
+ Example: 'config1:1,6-10,44'
+ Defines contents of attribute that occupies bits 1,6-10,44 of
+ perf_event_attr::config1.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..de390a010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/format
+Date: September 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits
+ that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu.
+ (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format).
+
+ Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
+ perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
+ below::
+
+ chip = "config:16-31"
+ core = "config:16-31"
+ domain = "config:0-3"
+ lpar = "config:0-15"
+ offset = "config:32-63"
+ vcpu = "config:16-31"
+
+ For example::
+
+ PM_PB_CYC = "domain=1,offset=0x80,chip=?,lpar=0x0"
+
+ In this event, '?' after chip specifies that
+ this value will be provided by user while running this event.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ Provides access to the binary "24x7 catalog" provided by the
+ hypervisor on POWER7 and 8 systems. This catalog lists events
+ available from the powerpc "hv_24x7" pmu. Its format is
+ documented here:
+ https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jmesmon/catalog-24x7/master/hv-24x7-catalog.h
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_length
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ A number equal to the length in bytes of the catalog. This is
+ also extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_version
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ Exposes the "version" field of the 24x7 catalog. This is also
+ extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry.
+
+What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/sockets
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: read only
+ This sysfs interface exposes the number of sockets present in the
+ system.
+
+What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/chipspersocket
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: read only
+ This sysfs interface exposes the number of chips per socket
+ present in the system.
+
+What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/coresperchip
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: read only
+ This sysfs interface exposes the number of cores per chip
+ present in the system.
+
+What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/cpumask
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: read only
+ This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to make
+ HCALLs to retrieve hv-24x7 pmu event counter data.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_descs/<event-name>
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ Provides the description of a particular event as provided by
+ the firmware. If firmware does not provide a description, no
+ file will be created.
+
+ Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for
+ events in the events/ dir.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_long_descs/<event-name>
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ Provides the "long" description of a particular event as
+ provided by the firmware. If firmware does not provide a
+ description, no file will be created.
+
+ Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for
+ events in the events/ dir.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..12e2bf927
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/format
+Date: September 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits
+ that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu.
+ (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format).
+
+ Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
+ perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
+ below::
+
+ counter_info_version = "config:16-23"
+ length = "config:24-31"
+ partition_id = "config:32-63"
+ request = "config:0-31"
+ sibling_part_id = "config:32-63"
+ hw_chip_id = "config:32-63"
+ offset = "config:32-63"
+ phys_processor_idx = "config:32-63"
+ secondary_index = "config:0-15"
+ starting_index = "config:32-63"
+
+ For example::
+
+ processor_core_utilization_instructions_completed = "request=0x94,
+ phys_processor_idx=?,counter_info_version=0x8,
+ length=8,offset=0x18"
+
+ In this event, '?' after phys_processor_idx specifies this value
+ this value will be provided by user while running this event.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/collect_privileged
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ '0' if the hypervisor is configured to forbid access to event
+ counters being accumulated by other guests and to physical
+ domain event counters.
+
+ '1' if that access is allowed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/ga
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "GA" events (listed
+ in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h).
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/expanded
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "EXPANDED" events (listed
+ in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h).
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/lab
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "LAB" events (listed
+ in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h).
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/version
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ A number indicating the version of the gpci interface that the
+ hypervisor reports supporting.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/kernel_version
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description:
+ A number indicating the latest version of the gpci interface
+ that the kernel is aware of.
+
+What: /sys/devices/hv_gpci/cpumask
+Date: October 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: read only
+ This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to make
+ HCALLs to retrieve hv-gpci pmu event counter data.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fe787cc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+What: /sys/bus/fcoe/
+Date: August 2012
+KernelVersion: TBD
+Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
+Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces.
+
+Attributes:
+
+ ctlr_create:
+ 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
+ <ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a
+ fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any
+ per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's
+ 'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login
+ process.
+
+ ctlr_destroy:
+ 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
+ fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the
+ fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected
+ FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated
+ for this fcoe_ctlr_device and any structures associated
+ with it, this includes the scsi_host.
+
+What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/ctlr_X
+Date: March 2012
+KernelVersion: TBD
+Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
+Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus.
+ The FCoE Controller now has a three stage creation process.
+ 1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE
+ Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin
+ discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by
+ writing it's name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file.
+
+Attributes:
+
+ fcf_dev_loss_tmo:
+ Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing
+ this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all
+ FCFs discovered by this controller.
+
+ mode:
+ Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
+ modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller
+ is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is
+ initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted.
+ If a FCoE Controller is started in 'VN2VN' mode then
+ FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE
+ Controller only supports one mode at a time.
+
+ enabled:
+ Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
+ 0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1
+ to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller.
+
+ lesb/link_fail:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
+
+ lesb/vlink_fail:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
+ failure count.
+
+ lesb/miss_fka:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
+ Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA).
+
+ lesb/symb_err:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
+
+ lesb/err_block:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
+
+ lesb/fcs_error:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
+ Services error count.
+
+Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0)
+
+What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/fcf_X
+Date: March 2012
+KernelVersion: TBD
+Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
+Description: 'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel
+ Forwarder, which is a FCoE switch that can accept FCoE
+ (Ethernet) packets, unpack them, and forward the embedded
+ Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take
+ outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to
+ be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment.
+
+Attributes:
+
+ fabric_name:
+ Identifies the fabric that the FCF services.
+
+ switch_name:
+ Identifies the FCF.
+
+ priority:
+ The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same
+ fabric.
+
+ selected:
+ 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use;
+ 0 indicates that the switch will not be used.
+
+ fc_map:
+ The Fibre Channel MAP
+
+ vfid:
+ The Virtual Fabric ID
+
+ mac:
+ The FCF's MAC address
+
+ fka_period:
+ The FIP Keep-Alive period
+
+ fabric_state: The internal kernel state
+
+ - "Unknown" - Initialization value
+ - "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric
+ - "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF
+ - "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system
+
+ dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout period for this FCF.
+
+Notes: A device loss infrastructure similar to the FC Transport's
+ is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a
+ link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count
+ used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a
+ "Disconnected" state until either the timer expires and the
+ FCF becomes "Deleted" or the FCF is rediscovered and becomes
+ "Connected."
+
+
+Users: The first user of this interface will be the fcoeadm application,
+ which is commonly packaged in the fcoe-utils package.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d14821418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/rescan
+Date: May 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description:
+ Initiates a FSI master scan for all connected slave devices
+ on its links.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/break
+Date: May 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description:
+ Sends an FSI BREAK command on a master's communication
+ link to any connnected slaves. A BREAK resets connected
+ device's logic and preps it to receive further commands
+ from the master.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/slave@00:00/term
+Date: May 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description:
+ Sends an FSI terminate command from the master to its
+ connected slave. A terminate resets the slave's state machines
+ that control access to the internally connected engines. In
+ addition the slave freezes its internal error register for
+ debugging purposes. This command is also needed to abort any
+ ongoing operation in case of an expired 'Master Time Out'
+ timer.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/slave@00:00/raw
+Date: May 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description:
+ Provides a means of reading/writing a 32 bit value from/to a
+ specified FSI bus address.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../cfam_reset
+Date: Sept 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description:
+ Provides a means of resetting the cfam that is attached to the
+ FSI device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf3c6af6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/.../bind
+Date: December 2016
+Contact: stuart.yoder@nxp.com
+Description:
+ Writing a device location to this file will cause
+ the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at
+ this location. The format for the location is Object.Id
+ and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/.
+
+ For example::
+
+ # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind
+
+What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/.../unbind
+Date: December 2016
+Contact: stuart.yoder@nxp.com
+Description:
+ Writing a device location to this file will cause the
+ driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at
+ this location. The format for the location is Object.Id
+ and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/.
+
+ For example::
+
+ # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b1b282a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hsi
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com>
+Description:
+ High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a
+ serial interface mainly used for connecting application
+ engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular
+ handsets.
+ The bus will be populated with devices (hsi_clients) representing
+ the protocols available in the system. Bus drivers implement
+ those protocols.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hsi/devices/.../modalias
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com>
+Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent
+ Format: hsi:<hsi_client device name>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-bq32k b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-bq32k
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..398b258fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-bq32k
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../trickle_charge_bypass
+Date: Jan 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com>
+Description: Attribute for enable/disable the trickle charge bypass
+ The trickle_charge_bypass attribute allows the userspace to
+ enable/disable the Trickle charge FET bypass.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42dfc9399
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../device
+Date: February 2011
+Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ show what device is attached
+
+ ======= ======================
+ NONE no device
+ USB USB device is attached
+ UART UART is attached
+ CHARGER Charger is attaced
+ JIG JIG is attached
+ ======= ======================
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch
+Date: February 2011
+Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ show or set the state of manual switch
+
+ ======= ==============================
+ VAUDIO switch to VAUDIO path
+ UART switch to UART path
+ AUDIO switch to AUDIO path
+ DHOST switch to DHOST path
+ AUTO switch automatically by device
+ ======= ==============================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a251b7f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../heading0_input
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.36?
+Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
+Description: Reports the current heading from the compass as a floating
+ point value in degrees.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../power_state
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.36?
+Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
+Description: Sets the power state of the device. 0 sets the device into
+ sleep mode, 1 wakes it up.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../calibration
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.36?
+Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
+Description: Sets the calibration on or off (1 = on, 0 = off). See the
+ chip data sheet.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b62230b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_hvled[n]
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the controlling backlight device for high-voltage current
+ sink HVLED[n] (n = 1, 2) (0, 1).
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_lvled[n]
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the controlling led device for low-voltage current sink
+ LVLED[n] (n = 1..5) (0..3).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6c69eb80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/.../idle_state
+Date: January 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: Robert Shearman <robert.shearman@att.com>
+Description:
+ Value that exists only for mux devices that can be
+ written to control the behaviour of the multiplexer on
+ idle. Possible values:
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ -2 disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used
+ channel, which is useful when there is a device
+ with an address that conflicts with another
+ device on another mux on the same parent bus.
+ -1 leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal
+ setting in terms of I2C operations and is the
+ default mode.
+ 0..<nchans> set the mux to a predetermined channel,
+ which is useful if there is one channel that is
+ used almost always, and you want to reduce the
+ latency for normal operations after rare
+ transactions on other channels
+ =========== ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f4a26623
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ An I3C bus. This directory will contain one sub-directory per
+ I3C device present on the bus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/current_master
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Expose the master that owns the bus (<bus-id>-<master-pid>) at
+ the time this file is read. Note that bus ownership can change
+ overtime, so there's no guarantee that when the read() call
+ returns, the value returned is still valid.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/mode
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ I3C bus mode. Can be "pure", "mixed-fast" or "mixed-slow". See
+ the I3C specification for a detailed description of what each
+ of these modes implies.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/i3c_scl_frequency
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The frequency (expressed in Hz) of the SCL signal when
+ operating in I3C SDR mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/i2c_scl_frequency
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The frequency (expressed in Hz) of the SCL signal when
+ operating in I2C mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/dynamic_address
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Dynamic address assigned to the master controller. This
+ address may change if the bus is re-initialized.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/bcr
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ BCR stands for Bus Characteristics Register and express the
+ device capabilities in term of speed, maximum read/write
+ length, etc. See the I3C specification for more details.
+ This entry describes the BCR of the master controller driving
+ the bus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/dcr
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ DCR stands for Device Characteristics Register and express the
+ device capabilities in term of exposed features. See the I3C
+ specification for more details.
+ This entry describes the DCR of the master controller driving
+ the bus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/pid
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ PID stands for Provisional ID and is used to uniquely identify
+ a device on a bus. This PID contains information about the
+ vendor, the part and an instance ID so that several devices of
+ the same type can be connected on the same bus.
+ See the I3C specification for more details.
+ This entry describes the PID of the master controller driving
+ the bus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/hdrcap
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device.
+ Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated
+ by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl".
+ See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR
+ modes.
+
+ This entry describes the HDRCAP of the master controller
+ driving the bus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ An I3C device present on I3C bus identified by <bus-id>. Note
+ that all devices are represented including the master driving
+ the bus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/dynamic_address
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Dynamic address assigned to device <bus-id>-<device-pid>. This
+ address may change if the bus is re-initialized.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/bcr
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ BCR stands for Bus Characteristics Register and express the
+ device capabilities in term of speed, maximum read/write
+ length, etc. See the I3C specification for more details.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/dcr
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ DCR stands for Device Characteristics Register and express the
+ device capabilities in term of exposed features. See the I3C
+ specification for more details.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/pid
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ PID stands for Provisional ID and is used to uniquely identify
+ a device on a bus. This PID contains information about the
+ vendor, the part and an instance ID so that several devices of
+ the same type can be connected on the same bus.
+ See the I3C specification for more details.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/hdrcap
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device.
+ Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated
+ by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl".
+
+ See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR
+ modes.
+
+What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/<bus-id>-<device-pid>
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ These directories are just symbolic links to
+ /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..53f07fc41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -0,0 +1,1804 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware chip or device accessed by one communication port.
+ Corresponds to a grouping of sensor channels. X is the IIO
+ index of the device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ An event driven driver of data capture to an in kernel buffer.
+ May be provided by a device driver that also has an IIO device
+ based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or
+ provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g.
+ periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer).
+
+ Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not
+ generalize well and hence are not documented in this file.
+ X is the IIO index of the trigger.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Directory of attributes relating to the buffer for the device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/name
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Description of the physical chip / device for device X.
+ Typically a part number.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/current_timestamp_clock
+KernelVersion: 4.5
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ String identifying current posix clock used to timestamp
+ buffered samples and events for device X.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_sampling_frequency
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Some devices have internal clocks. This parameter sets the
+ resulting sampling frequency. In many devices this
+ parameter has an effect on input filters etc. rather than
+ simply controlling when the input is sampled. As this
+ affects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs
+ direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the
+ relevant directories. If it affects all of the above
+ then it is to be found in the base device directory.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_sampling_frequency_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_sampling_frequency_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ When the internal sampling clock can only take a specific set of
+ frequencies, we can specify the available values with:
+
+ - a small discrete set of values like "0 2 4 6 8"
+ - a range with minimum, step and maximum frequencies like
+ "[min step max]"
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware dependent ADC oversampling. Controls the sampling ratio
+ of the digital filter if available.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio_available
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware dependent values supported by the oversampling filter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) voltage measurement from
+ channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not
+ correspond to externally available input one of the named
+ versions may be used. The number must always be specified and
+ unique to allow association with event codes. Units after
+ application of scale and offset are millivolts.
+
+ Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both
+ channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase
+ component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature
+ component.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled) differential voltage measurement equivalent to
+ channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the
+ physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are
+ separately available. In differential only parts, then all that
+ is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application
+ of scale and offset are millivolts.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) current measurement from
+ channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not
+ correspond to externally available input one of the named
+ versions may be used. The number must always be specified and
+ unique to allow association with event codes. Units after
+ application of scale and offset are milliamps.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_powerY_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.5
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) power measurement from
+ channel Y. The number must always be specified and
+ unique to allow association with event codes. Units after
+ application of scale and offset are milliwatts.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after
+ application of scale and offset are nanofarads.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-capacitanceZ_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw differential capacitance measurement equivalent to
+ channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the
+ physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are
+ separately available. In differential only parts, then all that
+ is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application
+ of scale and offset are nanofarads.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_ambient_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) temperature measurement.
+ If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature
+ sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g.
+ a gyroscope axis). The ambient and object modifiers distinguish
+ between ambient (reference) and distant temperature for contact-
+ less measurements. Units after application of scale and offset
+ are milli degrees Celsius.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_input
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Scaled temperature measurement in milli degrees Celsius.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Acceleration in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned
+ but should match other such assignments on device).
+ Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units
+ after application of scale and offset are m/s^2.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Gravity in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned
+ but should match other such assignments on device).
+ Units after application of scale and offset are m/s^2.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.17
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Angle of rotation. Units after application of scale and offset
+ are radians.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_y_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Relative position in direction x or y on a pad (may be
+ arbitrarily assigned but should match other such assignments on
+ device).
+ Units after application of scale and offset are milli percents
+ from the pad's size in both directions. Should be calibrated by
+ the consumer.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Angular velocity about axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily
+ assigned). Has all the equivalent parameters as per voltageY.
+ Units after application of scale and offset are radians per
+ second.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Inclination raw reading about axis x, y or z (may be
+ arbitrarily assigned). Data converted by application of offset
+ and scale to degrees.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Magnetic field along axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily
+ assigned). Data converted by application of offset
+ then scale to Gauss.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.36
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Highest value since some reset condition. These
+ attributes allow access to this and are otherwise
+ the direct equivalent of the <type>Y[_name]_raw attributes.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_xyz_squared_peak_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.36
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of
+ the underlying value in the specified directions.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after
+ application of scale and offset are kilopascal.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_input
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_input
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Scaled pressure measurement from channel Y, in kilopascal.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.14
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw humidity measurement of air. Units after application of
+ scale and offset are milli percent.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_input
+KernelVersion: 3.14
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Scaled humidity measurement in milli percent.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_X_mean_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Averaged raw measurement from channel X. The number of values
+ used for averaging is device specific. The converting rules for
+ normal raw values also applies to the averaged raw values.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_i_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_q_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_i_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_offset
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_offset
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If known for a device, offset to be added to <type>[Y]_raw prior
+ to scaling by <type>[Y]_scale in order to obtain value in the
+ <type> units as specified in <type>[Y]_raw documentation.
+ Not present if the offset is always 0 or unknown. If Y or
+ axis <x|y|z> is not present, then the offset applies to all
+ in channels of <type>.
+ May be writable if a variable offset can be applied on the
+ device. Note that this is different to calibbias which
+ is for devices (or drivers) that apply offsets to compensate
+ for variation between different instances of the part, typically
+ adjusted by using some hardware supported calibration procedure.
+ Calibbias is applied internally, offset is applied in userspace
+ to the _raw output.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_i_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_q_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_i_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_x_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_y_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_z_scale
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If known for a device, scale to be applied to <type>Y[_name]_raw
+ post addition of <type>[Y][_name]_offset in order to obtain the
+ measured value in <type> units as specified in
+ <type>[Y][_name]_raw documentation. If shared across all in
+ channels then Y and <x|y|z> are not present and the value is
+ called <type>[Y][_name]_scale. The peak modifier means this
+ value is applied to <type>Y[_name]_peak_raw values.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibbias
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production
+ inaccuracies).
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_calibscale
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware applied calibration scale factor (assumed to fix
+ production inaccuracies). If shared across all channels,
+ <type>_calibscale is used.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Gender of the user (e.g.: male, female) used by some pedometers
+ to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity
+ type.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender_available
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Lists all available gender values (e.g.: male, female).
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibheight
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibheight
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibheight
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibheight
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Height of the user (in meters) used by some pedometers
+ to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity
+ type.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibweight
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Weight of the user (in kg). It is needed by some pedometers
+ to compute the calories burnt by the user.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageX_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageX_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale_available
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If a discrete set of scale values is available, they
+ are listed in this attribute.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_hardwaregain
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels,
+ <type>_hardwaregain is used.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hardwaregain_available
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Lists all available hardware applied gain factors. Shared across all
+ channels.
+
+What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
+What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
+What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If a known or controllable low pass filter is applied
+ to the underlying data channel, then this parameter
+ gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz.
+
+What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency
+What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency
+What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If a known or controllable high pass filter is applied
+ to the underlying data channel, then this parameter
+ gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for
+ channel Y. The number must always be specified and
+ unique if the output corresponds to a single channel.
+ While DAC like devices typically use out_voltage,
+ a continuous frequency generating device, such as
+ a DDS or PLL should use out_altvoltage.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY&Z_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY&Z_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for an aggregate of
+ channel Y, channel Z, etc. This interface is available in cases
+ where a single output sets the value for multiple channels
+ simultaneously.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the output powerdown mode.
+ DAC output stage is disconnected from the amplifier and
+ 1kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 1kOhm resistor,
+ 2.5kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 2.5kOhm resistor,
+ 6kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 6kOhm resistor,
+ 20kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 20kOhm resistor,
+ 90kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 90kOhm resistor,
+ 100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor,
+ 125kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 125kOhm resistor,
+ 500kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 500kOhm resistor,
+ 640kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 640kOhm resistor,
+ three_state: left floating.
+ For a list of available output power down options read
+ outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the
+ mode is shared across all outputs.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode_available
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode_available
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Lists all available output power down modes.
+ If Y is not present the mode is shared across all outputs.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing 1 causes output Y to enter the power down mode specified
+ by the corresponding outY_powerdown_mode. DAC output stage is
+ disconnected from the amplifier. Clearing returns to normal
+ operation. Y may be suppressed if all outputs are controlled
+ together.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Output frequency for channel Y in Hz. The number must always be
+ specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single
+ channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_phase
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Phase in radians of one frequency/clock output Y
+ (out_altvoltageY) relative to another frequency/clock output
+ (out_altvoltageZ) of the device X. The number must always be
+ specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single
+ channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Configuration of which hardware generated events are passed up
+ to user-space.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Event generated when channel passes a threshold in the specified
+ (_rising|_falling) direction. If the direction is not specified,
+ then either the device will report an event which ever direction
+ a single threshold value is passed in (e.g.
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_value) or
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_rising_value and
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take
+ different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds
+ or neither.
+
+ Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
+ to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary
+ depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
+ sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of
+ these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may
+ have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when
+ a given event type is enabled at a future point (and not those for
+ whatever event was previously enabled).
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_falling_en
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the rate of
+ change (1st differential) in the specified (_rising|_falling)
+ direction. If the direction is not specified, then either the
+ device will report an event which ever direction a single
+ threshold value is passed in (e.g.
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_value) or
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_rising_value and
+ <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take
+ different values, but the device can only enable both rate of
+ change thresholds or neither.
+
+ Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
+ to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may
+ vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
+ sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of
+ these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may
+ have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when
+ a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for
+ whatever event was previously enabled).
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_falling_value
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
+ against for the events enabled by
+ <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en.
+
+ If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
+ direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
+ threshold value applies to both directions.
+
+ The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
+ value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
+ and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_peak_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_supply_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_temp_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_scale
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity_scale
+KernelVersion: 3.21
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the conversion factor from the standard units
+ to device specific units used to set the event trigger
+ threshold.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_either_hysteresis
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the hysteresis of threshold that the device is comparing
+ against for the events enabled by
+ <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_(rising|falling)]_hysteresis.
+ If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
+ direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
+ hysteresis value applies to both directions.
+
+ For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for
+ this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to
+ normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value
+ attribute. E.g. if in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_value is set to 1200
+ and in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_hysteresis is set to 50. The event
+ will get activated once in_voltage0_raw goes above 1200 and will become
+ deactivated again once the value falls below 1150.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_falling_value
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the
+ device is comparing against for the events enabled by
+ <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en.
+
+ If separate attributes exist for the two directions,
+ but direction is not specified for this attribute,
+ then a single threshold value applies to both directions.
+ The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
+ value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
+ and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_period
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_either_period
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Period of time (in seconds) for which the condition must be
+ met before an event is generated. If direction is not
+ specified then this period applies to both directions.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If a low pass filter can be applied to the event generation
+ this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz.
+ A value of zero disables the filter.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db
+What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db
+What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If a high pass filter can be applied to the event generation
+ this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz.
+ A value of zero disables the filter.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_en
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Enables or disables activity events. Depending on direction
+ an event is generated when sensor ENTERS or LEAVES a given state.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Confidence value (in units as percentage) to be used
+ for deciding when an event should be generated. E.g for
+ running: If the confidence value reported by the sensor
+ is greater than in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value
+ then the sensor ENTERS running state. Conversely, if the
+ confidence value reported by the sensor is lower than
+ in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value then the sensor
+ is LEAVING running state.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_falling_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_rising_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_en
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the
+ magnitude of the channel is compared to the threshold, not its
+ signed value.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_raw_mag_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_mag_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_mag_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_mag_rising_value
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The value to which the magnitude of the channel is compared. If
+ number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of
+ this type.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_en
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the absolute
+ change in value. E.g. for steps: a step change event is
+ generated each time the user takes N steps, where N is set using
+ in_steps_change_value.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_value
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the value of change threshold that the
+ device is comparing against for the events enabled by
+ <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling|]_en. E.g. for steps:
+ if set to 3, a step change event will be generated every 3
+ steps.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given
+ in /sys/class/iio/triggerY/name.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Number of scans contained by the buffer.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger
+ if first device and appropriate.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/scan_elements
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be
+ captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_en
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Scan element control for triggered data capture.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_type
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_type
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer
+ and hence the form in which it is read from user-space.
+ Form is [be|le]:[s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift].
+ be or le specifies big or little endian. s or u specifies if
+ signed (2's complement) or unsigned. bits is the number of bits
+ of data and storagebits is the space (after padding) that it
+ occupies in the buffer. shift if specified, is the shift that
+ needs to be applied prior to masking out unused bits. Some
+ devices put their data in the middle of the transferred elements
+ with additional information on both sides. Note that some
+ devices will have additional information in the unused bits
+ so to get a clean value, the bits value must be used to mask
+ the buffer output value appropriately. The storagebits value
+ also specifies the data alignment. So s48/64>>2 will be a
+ signed 48 bit integer stored in a 64 bit location aligned to
+ a 64 bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2
+ and apply a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result.
+ For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended
+ appropriately.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type_available
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values,
+ this attribute lists them.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_index
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_index
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A single positive integer specifying the position of this
+ scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on
+ what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space
+ to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction
+ with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present,
+ and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage
+ format.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_still_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_walking_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_jogging_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_running_input
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the confidence for an activity
+ expressed in units as percentage.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the amount of quadrature error
+ present in the device at a given time.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_accelX_power_mode
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the chip power mode.
+ low_noise: reduce noise level from ADC,
+ low_power: enable low current consumption.
+ For a list of available output power modes read
+ in_accel_power_mode_available.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the energy value reported by the
+ device (e.g.: human activity sensors report energy burnt by the
+ user). Units after application of scale are Joules.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the measured distance to an object
+ or the distance covered by the user since the last reboot while
+ activated. Units after application of scale are meters.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/store_eeprom
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing '1' stores the current device configuration into
+ on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will
+ automatically load the saved configuration.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximityY_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Proximity measurement indicating that some
+ object is near the sensor, usually by observing
+ reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted.
+
+ Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion
+ to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements
+ indicate closer objects, and vice versa. Units after
+ application of scale and offset are meters.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_mean_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_ir_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_clear_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Illuminance measurement, units after application of scale
+ and offset are lux.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_ir_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_both_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_uv_raw
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_duv_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Unit-less light intensity. Modifiers both and ir indicate
+ that measurements contain visible and infrared light
+ components or just infrared light, respectively. Modifier
+ uv indicates that measurements contain ultraviolet light
+ components. Modifier duv indicates that measurements
+ contain deep ultraviolet light components.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_uvindex_input
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ UV light intensity index measuring the human skin's response to
+ different wavelength of sunlight weighted according to the
+ standardised CIE Erythemal Action Spectrum. UV index values range
+ from 0 (low) to >=11 (extreme).
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_integration_time
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_integration_time
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_integration_time
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_integration_time
+KernelVersion: 3.12
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in
+ seconds. If shared across all channels of a given type,
+ <type>_integration_time is used.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_integration_time
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Number of seconds in which to compute speed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_quaternion_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw value of quaternion components using a format
+ x y z w. Here x, y, and z component represents the axis about
+ which a rotation will occur and w component represents the
+ amount of rotation.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw value of rotation from true/magnetic north measured with
+ or without compensation from tilt sensors.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_i_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_q_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw current measurement from channel X. Units are in milliamps
+ after application of scale and offset. If no offset or scale is
+ present, output should be considered as processed with the
+ unit in milliamps.
+
+ Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both
+ channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase
+ component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature
+ component.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_en
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_en
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Activates a device feature that runs in firmware/hardware.
+ E.g. for steps: the pedometer saves power while not used;
+ when activated, it will count the steps taken by the user in
+ firmware and export them through in_steps_input.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_input
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the number of steps taken by the user
+ since the last reboot while activated.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_input
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_raw
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to read the current speed value of the
+ user (which is the norm or magnitude of the velocity vector).
+ Units after application of scale are m/s.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_count
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the number of steps that must occur within
+ in_steps_filter_debounce_time for the pedometer to decide the
+ consumer is making steps.
+
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_time
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies number of seconds in which we compute the steps
+ that occur in order to decide if the consumer is making steps.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/watermark
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan
+ elements to wait for.
+
+ Poll will block until the watermark is reached.
+
+ Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested
+ read amount or the low water mark is available.
+
+ Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the
+ buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This
+ allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read
+ the available samples after the timeout expires and thus have a
+ maximum delay guarantee.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/data_available
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A read-only value indicating the bytes of data available in the
+ buffer. In the case of an output buffer, this indicates the
+ amount of empty space available to write data to. In the case of
+ an input buffer, this indicates the amount of data available for
+ reading.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_enabled
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A read-only boolean value that indicates if the hardware fifo is
+ currently enabled or disabled. If the device does not have a
+ hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+ The hardware fifo is enabled when the buffer is enabled if the
+ current hardware fifo watermark level is set and other current
+ device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples
+ data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo
+ will not enabled).
+
+ If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware
+ fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will
+ flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non
+ blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the
+ device buffer will also force a flush.
+
+ When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a
+ trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings
+ guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device
+ buffer.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:device*/buffer/hwfifo_timeout
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A read/write property to provide capability to delay reporting of
+ samples till a timeout is reached. This allows host processors to
+ sleep, while the sensor is storing samples in its internal fifo.
+ The maximum timeout in seconds can be specified by setting
+ hwfifo_timeout.The current delay can be read by reading
+ hwfifo_timeout. A value of 0 means that there is no timeout.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only entry that contains a single integer specifying the
+ current watermark level for the hardware fifo. If the device
+ does not have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+ The watermark level for the hardware fifo is set by the driver
+ based on the value set by the user in buffer/watermark but
+ taking into account hardware limitations (e.g. most hardware
+ buffers are limited to 32-64 samples, some hardware buffers
+ watermarks are fixed or have minimum levels). A value of 0
+ means that the hardware watermark is unset.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_min
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level
+ for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
+ have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+
+ If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one,
+ then the hardware watermark will remain unset.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_max
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level
+ for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
+ have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+
+ If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this
+ one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_available
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A list of positive integers specifying the available watermark
+ levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it
+ is not present it means that all the values between
+ hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported.
+
+ If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than
+ hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this
+ list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the
+ hardware fifo watermark level.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_calibemissivity
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_calibemissivity
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_calibemissivity
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_object_calibemissivity
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The emissivity ratio of the surface in the field of view of the
+ contactless temperature sensor. Emissivity varies from 0 to 1,
+ with 1 being the emissivity of a black body.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_oversampling_ratio
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_oversampling_ratio
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_oversampling_ratio
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware applied number of measurements for acquiring one
+ data point. The HW will do <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio
+ measurements and return the average value as output data. Each
+ value resulted from <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio measurements
+ is considered as one sample for <type>[_name]_sampling_frequency.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_co2_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_ethanol_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_ethanol_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_h2_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_h2_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_o2_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_o2_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_voc_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_voc_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) reading of a substance. Units
+ after application of scale and offset are percents.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistance_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistanceX_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistance_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistanceX_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) resistance reading that can be processed
+ into an ohm value.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/heater_enable
+KernelVersion: 4.1.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ '1' (enable) or '0' (disable) specifying the enable
+ of heater function. Same reading values apply.
+
+ This ABI is especially applicable for humidity sensors
+ to heatup the device and get rid of any condensation
+ in some humidity environment
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_ph_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.5
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) pH reading of a substance as a negative
+ base-10 logarithm of hydrodium ions in a litre of water.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/mount_matrix
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_mount_matrix
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_mount_matrix
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_mount_matrix
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_mount_matrix
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Mounting matrix for IIO sensors. This is a rotation matrix which
+ informs userspace about sensor chip's placement relative to the
+ main hardware it is mounted on.
+
+ Main hardware placement is defined according to the local
+ reference frame related to the physical quantity the sensor
+ measures.
+
+ Given that the rotation matrix is defined in a board specific
+ way (platform data and / or device-tree), the main hardware
+ reference frame definition is left to the implementor's choice
+ (see below for a magnetometer example).
+
+ Applications should apply this rotation matrix to samples so
+ that when main hardware reference frame is aligned onto local
+ reference frame, then sensor chip reference frame is also
+ perfectly aligned with it.
+
+ Matrix is a 3x3 unitary matrix and typically looks like
+ [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Identity matrix
+ [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and main hardware
+ are perfectly aligned with each other.
+
+ For example, a mounting matrix for a magnetometer sensor informs
+ userspace about sensor chip's ORIENTATION relative to the main
+ hardware.
+
+ More specifically, main hardware orientation is defined with
+ respect to the LOCAL EARTH GEOMAGNETIC REFERENCE FRAME where :
+
+ * Y is in the ground plane and positive towards magnetic North ;
+ * X is in the ground plane, perpendicular to the North axis and
+ positive towards the East ;
+ * Z is perpendicular to the ground plane and positive upwards.
+
+ An implementor might consider that for a hand-held device, a
+ 'natural' orientation would be 'front facing camera at the top'.
+ The main hardware reference frame could then be described as :
+
+ * Y is in the plane of the screen and is positive towards the
+ top of the screen ;
+ * X is in the plane of the screen, perpendicular to Y axis, and
+ positive towards the right hand side of the screen ;
+ * Z is perpendicular to the screen plane and positive out of the
+ screen.
+
+ Another example for a quadrotor UAV might be :
+
+ * Y is in the plane of the propellers and positive towards the
+ front-view camera;
+ * X is in the plane of the propellers, perpendicular to Y axis,
+ and positive towards the starboard side of the UAV ;
+ * Z is perpendicular to propellers plane and positive upwards.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_electricalconductivity_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) electric conductivity reading that
+ can be processed to siemens per meter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ Raw counter device counts from channel Y. For quadrature
+ counters, multiplication by an available [Y]_scale results in
+ the counts of a single quadrature signal phase from channel Y.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_indexY_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ Raw counter device index value from channel Y. This attribute
+ provides an absolute positional reference (e.g. a pulse once per
+ revolution) which may be used to home positional systems as
+ required.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_count_direction_available
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ A list of possible counting directions which are:
+
+ - "up" : counter device is increasing.
+ - "down": counter device is decreasing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_count_direction
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ Raw counter device counters direction for channel Y.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_phaseY_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Raw (unscaled) phase difference reading from channel Y
+ that can be processed to radians.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm1_input
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm1_input
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm2p5_input
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm2p5_input
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm4_input
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm4_input
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm10_input
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm10_input
+KernelVersion: 4.22
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Mass concentration reading of particulate matter in ug / m3.
+ pmX consists of particles with aerodynamic diameter less or
+ equal to X micrometers.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_illuminance_period_available
+Date: November 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ List of valid periods (in seconds) for which the light intensity
+ must be above the threshold level before interrupt is asserted.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_filter_notch_center_frequency
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Center frequency in Hz for a notch filter. Used i.e. for line
+ noise suppression.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_thermocouple_type
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ One of the following thermocouple types: B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_calibambient
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_object_calibambient
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Calibrated ambient temperature for object temperature
+ calculation in milli degrees Celsius.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Unscaled light intensity according to CIE 1931/DIN 5033 color space.
+ Units after application of scale are nano nanowatts per square meter.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47e34f865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "adxl372-devX-peak"
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The adxl372 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger,
+ which sets the device in a mode in which it will record only the peak acceleration
+ sensed over the set period of time in the events sysfs.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99847a913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmc150_accel-any-motion-devX"
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The BMC150 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger,
+ which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer
+ only when there is any motion.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7192 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7192
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f8315202c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7192
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/ac_excitation_en
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute, if available, is used to enable the AC
+ excitation mode found on some converters. In ac excitation mode,
+ the polarity of the excitation voltage is reversed on
+ alternate cycles, to eliminate DC errors.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bridge_switch_en
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute, if available, is used to close or open the
+ bridge power down switch found on some converters.
+ In bridge applications, such as strain gauges and load cells,
+ the bridge itself consumes the majority of the current in the
+ system. To minimize the current consumption of the system,
+ the bridge can be disconnected (when it is not being used
+ using the bridge_switch_en attribute.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltagex_sys_calibration
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Initiates the system calibration procedure. This is done on a
+ single channel at a time. Write '1' to start the calibration.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage2-voltage2_shorted_raw
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Measure voltage from AIN2 pin connected to AIN(+)
+ and AIN(-) shorted.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltagex_sys_calibration_mode_available
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reading returns a list with the possible calibration modes.
+ There are two available options:
+ "zero_scale" - calibrate to zero scale
+ "full_scale" - calibrate to full scale
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltagex_sys_calibration_mode
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Sets up the calibration mode used in the system calibration
+ procedure. Reading returns the current calibration mode.
+ Writing sets the system calibration mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c2a07f7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_invert
+Date: October 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se>
+Description:
+ The DAC is used to find the peak level of an alternating
+ voltage input signal by a binary search using the output
+ of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so::
+
+ _
+ | \
+ input +------>-------|+ \
+ | \
+ .-------. | }---.
+ | | | / |
+ | dac|-->--|- / |
+ | | |_/ |
+ | | |
+ | | |
+ | irq|------<-------'
+ | |
+ '-------'
+
+ The boolean invert attribute (0/1) should be set when the
+ input signal is centered around the maximum value of the
+ dac instead of zero. The envelope detector will search
+ from below in this case and will also invert the result.
+
+ The edge/level of the interrupt is also switched to its
+ opposite value.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_compare_interval
+Date: October 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se>
+Description:
+ Number of milliseconds to wait for the comparator in each
+ step of the binary search for the input peak level. Needs
+ to relate to the frequency of the input signal.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b01150af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_sensing_mode
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2.0
+Contact: source@cogentembedded.com
+Description:
+ Program sensor type for threshold detector inputs.
+ Could be either "GND-Open" or "Supply-Open" mode. Y is a
+ threshold detector input channel. Channels 0..7, 8..15, 16..23
+ and 24..31 has common sensor types.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_value
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2.0
+Contact: source@cogentembedded.com
+Description:
+ Channel Y low voltage threshold. If sensor input voltage goes lower then
+ this value then the threshold falling event is pushed.
+ Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the low voltage threshold
+ is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes.
+ Channels 0..31 have common low threshold values, but could have different
+ sensing_modes.
+
+ The low voltage threshold range is between 2..21V.
+ Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and
+ can not be odd.
+
+ If falling threshold results hysteresis to odd value then rising
+ threshold is automatically subtracted by one.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_value
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2.0
+Contact: source@cogentembedded.com
+Description:
+ Channel Y high voltage threshold. If sensor input voltage goes higher then
+ this value then the threshold rising event is pushed.
+ Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the high voltage threshold
+ is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes.
+
+ Channels 0..31 have common high threshold values, but could have different
+ sensing_modes.
+
+ The high voltage threshold range is between 3..22V.
+ Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and
+ can not be odd.
+
+ If rising threshold results hysteresis to odd value then falling
+ threshold is automatically appended by one.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max9611 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max9611
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d2d2b094
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max9611
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_power_shunt_resistor
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description: The value of the shunt resistor used to compute power drain on
+ common input voltage pin (RS+). In Ohms.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_shunt_resistor
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description: The value of the shunt resistor used to compute current flowing
+ between RS+ and RS- voltage sense inputs. In Ohms.
+
+These attributes describe a single physical component, exposed as two distinct
+attributes as it is used to calculate two different values: power load and
+current flowing between RS+ and RS- inputs.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1975c7a1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_polarity
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com
+Description:
+ The STM32 ADC can be configured to use external trigger sources
+ (e.g. timers, pwm or exti gpio). Then, it can be tuned to start
+ conversions on external trigger by either:
+
+ - "rising-edge"
+ - "falling-edge"
+ - "both-edges".
+
+ Reading returns current trigger polarity.
+
+ Writing value before enabling conversions sets trigger polarity.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_polarity_available
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com
+Description:
+ List all available trigger_polarity settings.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d512f8656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_VOC_short_raw
+Date: September 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com>
+Description:
+ Get the raw calibration VOC value from the sensor.
+ This value has little application outside of calibration.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bac3d0d48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_count_mode_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_noise_error_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_quadrature_mode_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_index_index_polarity_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_index_synchronous_mode_available
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ Discrete set of available values for the respective counter
+ configuration are listed in this file.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_count_mode
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ Count mode for channel Y. Four count modes are available:
+ normal, range limit, non-recycle, and modulo-n. The preset value
+ for channel Y is used by the count mode where required.
+
+ Normal:
+ Counting is continuous in either direction.
+
+ Range Limit:
+ An upper or lower limit is set, mimicking limit switches
+ in the mechanical counterpart. The upper limit is set to
+ the preset value, while the lower limit is set to 0. The
+ counter freezes at count = preset when counting up, and
+ at count = 0 when counting down. At either of these
+ limits, the counting is resumed only when the count
+ direction is reversed.
+
+ Non-recycle:
+ Counter is disabled whenever a 24-bit count overflow or
+ underflow takes place. The counter is re-enabled when a
+ new count value is loaded to the counter via a preset
+ operation or write to raw.
+
+ Modulo-N:
+ A count boundary is set between 0 and the preset value.
+ The counter is reset to 0 at count = preset when
+ counting up, while the counter is set to the preset
+ value at count = 0 when counting down; the counter does
+ not freeze at the bundary points, but counts
+ continuously throughout.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_noise_error
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ Read-only attribute that indicates whether excessive noise is
+ present at the channel Y count inputs in quadrature clock mode;
+ irrelevant in non-quadrature clock mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_preset
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ If the counter device supports preset registers, the preset
+ count for channel Y is provided by this attribute.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_quadrature_mode
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ Configure channel Y counter for non-quadrature or quadrature
+ clock mode. Selecting non-quadrature clock mode will disable
+ synchronous load mode. In quadrature clock mode, the channel Y
+ scale attribute selects the encoder phase division (scale of 1
+ selects full-cycle, scale of 0.5 selects half-cycle, scale of
+ 0.25 selects quarter-cycle) processed by the channel Y counter.
+
+ Non-quadrature:
+ The filter and decoder circuit are bypassed. Encoder A
+ input serves as the count input and B as the UP/DOWN
+ direction control input, with B = 1 selecting UP Count
+ mode and B = 0 selecting Down Count mode.
+
+ Quadrature:
+ Encoder A and B inputs are digitally filtered and
+ decoded for UP/DN clock.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_set_to_preset_on_index
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ Whether to set channel Y counter with channel Y preset value
+ when channel Y index input is active, or continuously count.
+ Valid attribute values are boolean.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_indexY_index_polarity
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ Active level of channel Y index input; irrelevant in
+ non-synchronous load mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_indexY_synchronous_mode
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
+ Configure channel Y counter for non-synchronous or synchronous
+ load mode. Synchronous load mode cannot be selected in
+ non-quadrature clock mode.
+
+ Non-synchronous:
+ A logic low level is the active level at this index
+ input. The index function (as enabled via
+ set_to_preset_on_index) is performed directly on the
+ active level of the index input.
+
+ Synchronous:
+ Intended for interfacing with encoder Index output in
+ quadrature clock mode. The active level is configured
+ via index_polarity. The index function (as enabled via
+ set_to_preset_on_index) is performed synchronously with
+ the quadrature clock on the active level of the index
+ input.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..adf24c401
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibrate
+Date: July 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing '1' will perform a FOC (Fast Online Calibration). The
+ corresponding calibration offsets can be read from `*_calibbias`
+ entries.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/location
+Date: July 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute returns a string with the physical location where
+ the motion sensor is placed. For example, in a laptop a motion
+ sensor can be located on the base or on the lid. Current valid
+ values are 'base' and 'lid'.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/id
+Date: September 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is exposed by the CrOS EC sensors driver and
+ represents the sensor ID as exposed by the EC. This ID is used
+ by the Android sensor service hardware abstraction layer (sensor
+ HAL) through the Android container on ChromeOS.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-dpot-dac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-dpot-dac
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..580e93f37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-dpot-dac
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw_available
+Date: October 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se>
+Description:
+ The range of available values represented as the minimum value,
+ the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in square brackets.
+ Example: [0 1 256]
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..91439d6d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_spi_clk_freq
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Contact: arnaud.pouliquen@st.com
+Description:
+ For audio purpose only.
+
+ Used by audio driver to set/get the spi input frequency.
+
+ This is mandatory if DFSDM is slave on SPI bus, to
+ provide information on the SPI clock frequency during runtime
+ Notice that the SPI frequency should be a multiple of sample
+ frequency to ensure the precision.
+
+ if DFSDM input is SPI master:
+
+ Reading SPI clkout frequency,
+ error on writing
+
+ If DFSDM input is SPI Slave:
+
+ Reading returns value previously set.
+ Writing value before starting conversions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40df5c9fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity
+Date: January 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range.
+ default 31
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_max_range
+Date: January 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Show or set the maximum range between the sensor and the
+ first object echoed in meters. Default value is 6.020.
+ This setting limits the time the driver is waiting for a
+ echo.
+
+ Showing the range of available values is represented as the
+ minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed
+ in square brackets.
+
+ Example::
+
+ [0.043 0.043 11.008]
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dma-buffer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dma-buffer
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d526e6571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dma-buffer
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length_align_bytes
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ DMA buffers tend to have a alignment requirement for the
+ buffers. If this alignment requirement is not met samples might
+ be dropped from the buffer.
+
+ This property reports the alignment requirements in bytes.
+ This means that the buffer size in bytes needs to be a integer
+ multiple of the number reported by this file.
+
+ The alignment requirements in number of sample sets will depend
+ on the enabled channels and the bytes per channel. This means
+ that the alignment requirement in samples sets might change
+ depending on which and how many channels are enabled. Whereas
+ the alignment requirement reported in bytes by this property
+ will remain static and does not depend on which channels are
+ enabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d065cda7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_feedback_clk_present
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_reference_clk_present
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_a_present
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_b_present
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_test_present
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/vcxo_clk_present
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
+
+ '1' means that the clock in question is present.
+
+ '0' means that the clock is missing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the
+ pllY is locked.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sync_dividers
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing '1' triggers the clock distribution synchronization
+ functionality. All dividers are reset and the channels start
+ with their predefined phase offsets (out_altvoltageY_phase).
+ Writing this file has the effect as driving the external
+ /SYNC pin low.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1254457a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_resolution
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Stores channel Y frequency resolution/channel spacing in Hz.
+ The value given directly influences the MODULUS used by
+ the fractional-N PLL. It is assumed that the algorithm
+ that is used to compute the various dividers, is able to
+ generate proper values for multiples of channel spacing.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_refin_frequency
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Sets channel Y REFin frequency in Hz. In some clock chained
+ applications, the reference frequency used by the PLL may
+ change during runtime. This attribute allows the user to
+ adjust the reference frequency accordingly.
+ The value written has no effect until out_altvoltageY_frequency
+ is updated. Consider to use out_altvoltageY_powerdown to power
+ down the PLL and its RFOut buffers during REFin changes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..544548ee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Stores the PLL frequency in Hz for channel Y.
+ Reading returns the actual frequency in Hz.
+ The ADF4371 has an integrated VCO with fundamendal output
+ frequency ranging from 4000000000 Hz 8000000000 Hz.
+
+ out_altvoltage0_frequency:
+ A divide by 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or circuit generates
+ frequencies from 62500000 Hz to 8000000000 Hz.
+ out_altvoltage1_frequency:
+ This channel duplicates the channel 0 frequency
+ out_altvoltage2_frequency:
+ A frequency doubler generates frequencies from
+ 8000000000 Hz to 16000000000 Hz.
+ out_altvoltage3_frequency:
+ A frequency quadrupler generates frequencies from
+ 16000000000 Hz to 32000000000 Hz.
+
+ Note: writes to one of the channels will affect the frequency of
+ all the other channels, since it involves changing the VCO
+ fundamental output frequency.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_name
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y::
+
+ out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x
+ out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x
+ out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x
+ out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute allows the user to power down the PLL and it's
+ RFOut buffers.
+ Writing 1 causes the specified channel to power down.
+ Clearing returns to normal operation.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e98209c91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmg160-any-motion-devX"
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The BMG160 gyro kernel module provides an additional trigger,
+ which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer
+ only when there is any motion.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66b621f10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw
+Date: May 2016
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
+Description:
+ Get measured values from the ADC for these stages. Y is the
+ specific stage number corresponding to datasheet stage names
+ as follows:
+
+ == ==========
+ 1 LED2
+ 2 ALED2/LED3
+ 3 LED1
+ 4 ALED1/LED4
+ == ==========
+
+ Note that channels 5 and 6 represent LED2-ALED2 and LED1-ALED1
+ respectively which simply helper channels containing the
+ calculated difference in the value of stage 1 - 2 and 3 - 4.
+ The values are expressed in 24-bit twos complement.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_offset
+Date: May 2016
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
+Description:
+ Get and set the offset cancellation DAC setting for these
+ stages. The values are expressed in 5-bit sign-magnitude.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_resistance
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_capacitance
+Date: May 2016
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
+Description:
+ Get and set the resistance and the capacitance settings for the
+ Transimpedance Amplifier during the associated stage.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw
+Date: May 2016
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
+Description:
+ Get and set the LED current for the specified LED active during
+ this stage. Y is the specific stage number.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b72bb6255
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw_available
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Controls the heater device within the humidity sensor to get
+ rid of excess condensation.
+
+ Valid control values are 0 = OFF, and 1 = ON.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b78af5f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw_available
+KernelVersion: 5.3.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Controls the heater device within the humidity sensor to get
+ rid of excess condensation.
+
+ Valid control values are 0 = OFF, and 1 = ON.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0bf1fd4f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production
+ inaccuracies). Values represent a real physical offset expressed
+ in SI units (m/s^2 for accelerometer and rad/s for gyroscope).
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_calibbias_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_calibbias_available
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Range of available values for hardware offset. Values in SI
+ units (m/s^2 for accelerometer and rad/s for gyroscope).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e86747c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_start
+Date: March 2019
+KernelVersion: 3.1.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Frequency sweep start frequency in Hz.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_increment
+Date: March 2019
+KernelVersion: 3.1.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Frequency increment in Hz (step size) between consecutive
+ frequency points along the sweep.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_points
+Date: March 2019
+KernelVersion: 3.1.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Number of frequency points (steps) in the frequency sweep.
+ This value, in conjunction with the
+ out_altvoltageY_frequency_start and the
+ out_altvoltageY_frequency_increment, determines the frequency
+ sweep range for the sweep operation.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_settling_cycles
+Date: March 2019
+KernelVersion: 3.1.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Number of output excitation cycles (settling time cycles)
+ that are allowed to pass through the unknown impedance,
+ after each frequency increment, and before the ADC is triggered
+ to perform a conversion sequence of the response signal.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ina2xx-adc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ina2xx-adc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8916f7ec6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ina2xx-adc
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_allow_async_readout
+Date: December 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ By default (value '0'), the capture thread checks for the Conversion
+ Ready Flag to being set prior to committing a new value to the sample
+ buffer. This synchronizes the in-chip conversion rate with the
+ in-driver readout rate at the cost of an additional register read.
+
+ Writing '1' will remove the polling for the Conversion Ready Flags to
+ save the additional i2c transaction, which will improve the bandwidth
+ available for reading data. However, samples can be occasionally skipped
+ or repeated, depending on the beat between the capture and conversion
+ rates.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_shunt_resistor
+Date: December 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The value of the shunt resistor may be known only at runtime fom an
+ eeprom content read by a client application. This attribute allows to
+ set its value in ohms.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d009cfbbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_agc_gain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_agc_gain_bias
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This sensor has an automatic gain control (agc) loop
+ which sets the analog signal levels at an optimum
+ level by controlling programmable gain amplifiers. The
+ criteria for optimal gain is determined by the sensor.
+
+ Return the actual gain value as an integer in [0; 65536]
+ range when read from.
+
+ The agc gain read when measuring crosstalk shall be
+ written into in_proximity0_agc_gain_bias.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_a
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_b
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_a
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_b
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The sensor is able to perform correction of distance
+ measurements due to changing temperature and ambient
+ light conditions. It can be programmed to correct for
+ a second order error polynomial.
+
+ Phase data has to be collected when temperature and
+ ambient light are modulated independently.
+
+ Then a least squares curve fit to a second order
+ polynomial has to be generated from the data. The
+ resultant curves have the form ax^2 + bx + c.
+
+ From those two curves, a and b coefficients shall be
+ stored in in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_a and
+ in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_b for temperature and
+ in in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_a and
+ in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_b for ambient light.
+
+ Those values must be integer in [0; 8355840] range.
+
+ Finally, the c constant is set by the sensor
+ internally.
+
+ The value stored in sensor is displayed when read from.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..220206a20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/proximity_on_chip_ambient_infrared_suppression
+Date: January 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ From ISL29018 Data Sheet (FN6619.4, Oct 8, 2012) regarding the
+ infrared suppression:
+
+ Scheme 0, makes full n (4, 8, 12, 16) bits (unsigned) proximity
+ detection. The range of Scheme 0 proximity count is from 0 to
+ 2^n. Logic 1 of this bit, Scheme 1, makes n-1 (3, 7, 11, 15)
+ bits (2's complementary) proximity_less_ambient detection. The
+ range of Scheme 1 proximity count is from -2^(n-1) to 2^(n-1).
+ The sign bit is extended for resolutions less than 16. While
+ Scheme 0 has wider dynamic range, Scheme 1 proximity detection
+ is less affected by the ambient IR noise variation.
+
+ == =============================================
+ 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient
+ 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection
+ == =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22c5ea670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Event generated when channel passes one of the four thresholds
+ in each direction (rising|falling) and a zone change occurs.
+ The corresponding light zone can be read from
+ in_illuminance0_zone.
+
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_threshY_hysteresis
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the hysteresis for thresholds Y, that is,
+ threshY_hysteresis = threshY_raising - threshY_falling
+
+What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_raising_value
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
+ against for the events enabled by
+ in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en (0..255), where Y in 0..3.
+
+ Note that threshY_falling must be less than or equal to
+ threshY_raising.
+
+ These thresholds correspond to the eight zone-boundary
+ registers (boundaryY_{low,high}) and define the five light
+ zones.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_zone
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the current light zone (0..4) as defined by the
+ in_illuminance0_threshY_{falling,rising} thresholds.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get output current for channel Y (0..255), that is,
+ out_currentY_currentZ_raw, where Z is the current zone.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_currentZ_raw
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the output current for channel out_currentY when in zone
+ Z (0..255), where Y in 0..2 and Z in 0..4.
+
+ These values correspond to the ALS-mapper target registers for
+ ALS-mapper Y + 1.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f130cdb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ir_small_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Unit-less infrared intensity. The intensity is measured from 1
+ dark photodiode. "small" indicate the surface area capturing
+ infrared.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ir_large_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Unit-less infrared intensity. The intensity is measured from 4
+ dark photodiodes. "large" indicate the surface area capturing
+ infrared.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_large_raw
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Unit-less light intensity with more diodes.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2583 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2583
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2e19964e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2583
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance_calibrate
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This property causes an internal calibration of the als gain trim
+ value which is later used in calculating illuminance in lux.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance_lux_table
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This property gets/sets the table of coefficients
+ used in calculating illuminance in lux.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance_input_target
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This property is the known externally illuminance (in lux).
+ It is used in the process of calibrating the device accuracy.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2798b258
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance0_calibrate
+KernelVersion: 3.3-rc1
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Causes an internal calibration of the als gain trim
+ value which is later used in calculating illuminance in lux.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_proximity0_calibrate
+KernelVersion: 3.3-rc1
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Causes a recalculation and adjustment to the
+ proximity_thresh_rising_value.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..13f099ef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/meas_conf
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/meas_conf_available
+KernelVersion: 4.5
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Current configuration and available configurations
+ for the bias current.
+
+ ============ ============================================
+ normal Normal measurement configurations (default)
+ positivebias Positive bias configuration
+ negativebias Negative bias configuration
+ disabled Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic
+ sensor and enables temperature sensor.
+ ============ ============================================
+
+ Note:
+ The effect of this configuration may vary
+ according to the device. For exact documentation
+ check the device's datasheet.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d47e548e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/battery_low
+KernelVersion: 4.1.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the
+ battery level supplied to sensor is below 2.25V.
+ This ABI is available for tsys02d, htu21, ms8607
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb53737aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix
+KernelVersion: 3.4.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix
+ is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like
+ [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be
+ easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their
+ positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix
+ [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly
+ aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-potentiometer-mcp4531 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-potentiometer-mcp4531
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a91fbe39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-potentiometer-mcp4531
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistance_raw_available
+Date: October 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se>
+Description:
+ The range of available values represented as the minimum value,
+ the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in square brackets.
+ Example: [0 1 256]
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2172f3bb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_nearlevel
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Near level for proximity sensors. This is a single integer
+ value that tells user space when an object should be
+ considered close to the device. If the value read from the
+ sensor is above or equal to the value in this file an object
+ should typically be considered near.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c59d95346
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input
+Date: March 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com>
+Description:
+ Get the current distance in meters of storm (1km steps)
+ 1000-40000 = distance in meters
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity
+Date: March 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com>
+Description:
+ Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range.
+ 18 = indoors (default)
+ 14 = outdoors
+
+What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/noise_level_tripped
+Date: May 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com>
+Description:
+ When 1 the noise level is over the trip level and not reporting
+ valid data
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9712f390
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_auto_enable
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Contaminants build-up in the measurement chamber or optical
+ elements deterioration leads to sensor drift.
+
+ One can compensate for sensor drift by using automatic self
+ calibration procedure (asc).
+
+ Writing 1 or 0 to this attribute will respectively activate or
+ deactivate asc.
+
+ Upon reading current asc status is returned.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_forced_value
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Contaminants build-up in the measurement chamber or optical
+ elements deterioration leads to sensor drift.
+
+ One can compensate for sensor drift by using forced
+ recalibration (frc). This is useful in case there's known
+ co2 reference available nearby the sensor.
+
+ Picking value from the range [400 1 2000] and writing it to the
+ sensor will set frc.
+
+ Upon reading current frc value is returned. Note that after
+ power cycling default value (i.e 400) is returned even though
+ internally sensor had recalibrated itself.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..06e1c2725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/start_cleaning
+Date: December 2018
+KernelVersion: 5.0
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing 1 starts sensor self cleaning. Internal fan accelerates
+ to its maximum speed and keeps spinning for about 10 seconds in
+ order to blow out accumulated dust.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/cleaning_period
+Date: January 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Sensor is capable of triggering self cleaning periodically.
+ Period can be changed by writing a new value here. Upon reading
+ the current one is returned. Units are seconds.
+
+ Writing 0 disables periodical self cleaning entirely.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/cleaning_period_available
+Date: January 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The range of available values in seconds represented as the
+ minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in
+ square brackets.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ac775901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity3_comb_raw
+Date: February 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: Daniel Campello <campello@chromium.org>
+Description:
+ Proximity measurement indicating that some object is
+ near the combined sensor. The combined sensor presents
+ proximity measurements constructed by hardware by
+ combining measurements taken from a given set of
+ physical sensors.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5ef6d8e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_oc
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Open-circuit fault. The detection of open-circuit faults,
+ such as those caused by broken thermocouple wires.
+ Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
+
+ === =======================================================
+ '1' An open circuit such as broken thermocouple wires
+ has been detected.
+ '0' No open circuit or broken thermocouple wires are detected
+ === =======================================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_ovuv
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Overvoltage or Undervoltage Input Fault. The internal circuitry
+ is protected from excessive voltages applied to the thermocouple
+ cables by integrated MOSFETs at the T+ and T- inputs, and the
+ BIAS output. These MOSFETs turn off when the input voltage is
+ negative or greater than VDD.
+
+ Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
+
+ === =======================================================
+ '1' The input voltage is negative or greater than VDD.
+ '0' The input voltage is positive and less than VDD (normal
+ state).
+ === =======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c4a4497c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/master_mode_available
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
+Description:
+ Reading returns the list possible master modes which are:
+
+
+ - "reset"
+ The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is
+ used as trigger output (TRGO).
+ - "enable"
+ The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used
+ as trigger output.
+ - "update"
+ The update event is selected as trigger output.
+ For instance a master timer can then be used
+ as a prescaler for a slave timer.
+ - "compare_pulse"
+ The trigger output send a positive pulse
+ when the CC1IF flag is to be set.
+ - "OC1REF"
+ OC1REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC2REF"
+ OC2REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC3REF"
+ OC3REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC4REF"
+ OC4REF signal is used as trigger output.
+
+ Additional modes (on TRGO2 only):
+
+ - "OC5REF"
+ OC5REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC6REF"
+ OC6REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "compare_pulse_OC4REF":
+ OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
+ - "compare_pulse_OC6REF":
+ OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
+ - "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
+ OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
+ - "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_f":
+ OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate
+ pulses.
+ - "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
+ OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
+ - "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_f":
+ OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate
+ pulses.
+
+ ::
+
+ +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+
+ | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2)
+ +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +-->
+ | | || +---------+
+ +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+
+ | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX
+ +-----------+-+ | | Control +-->
+ . | | +---------+
+ . | | .
+ +-----------v-+ OC6REF | .
+ | Ch6 compare +---------+>
+ +-------------+
+
+ Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r"::
+
+ X
+ X X
+ X . . X
+ X . . X
+ X . . X
+ count X . . . . X
+ . . . .
+ . . . .
+ +---------------+
+ OC4REF | . . |
+ +-+ . . +-+
+ . +---+ .
+ OC6REF . | | .
+ +-------+ +-------+
+ +-+ +-+
+ TRGO2 | | | |
+ +-+ +---+ +---------+
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/master_mode
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
+Description:
+ Reading returns the current master modes.
+ Writing set the master mode
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
+Description:
+ Reading returns the current sampling frequency.
+ Writing an value different of 0 set and start sampling.
+ Writing 0 stop sampling.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_preset
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
+Description:
+ Reading returns the current preset value.
+ Writing sets the preset value.
+ When counting up the counter starts from 0 and fires an
+ event when reach preset value.
+ When counting down the counter start from preset value
+ and fire event when reach 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_enable_mode_available
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
+Description:
+ Reading returns the list possible enable modes.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_enable_mode
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
+Description:
+ Configure the device counter enable modes, in all case
+ counting direction is set by in_count0_count_direction
+ attribute and the counter is clocked by the internal clock.
+
+ always:
+ Counter is always ON.
+
+ gated:
+ Counting is enabled when connected trigger signal
+ level is high else counting is disabled.
+
+ triggered:
+ Counting is enabled on rising edge of the connected
+ trigger, and remains enabled for the duration of this
+ selected mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_trigger_mode_available
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
+Description:
+ Reading returns the list possible trigger modes.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_trigger_mode
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
+Description:
+ Configure the device counter trigger mode
+ counting direction is set by in_count0_count_direction
+ attribute and the counter is clocked by the connected trigger
+ rising edges.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04ac62305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_now
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This file is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone trigger
+ driver. Writing this file with any value triggers an event
+ driven driver, associated with this trigger, to capture data
+ into an in kernel buffer. This approach can be valuable during
+ automated testing or in situations, where other trigger methods
+ are not applicable. For example no RTC or spare GPIOs.
+ X is the IIO index of the trigger.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The name attribute holds a description string for the current
+ trigger. In order to associate the trigger with an IIO device
+ one should write this name string to
+ /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceY/trigger/current_trigger.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio_sysfs_trigger/add_trigger
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone
+ driver and it is used to activate the creation of a new trigger.
+ In order to achieve this, one should write a positive integer
+ into the associated file, which will serve as the id of the
+ trigger. If the trigger with the specified id is already present
+ in the system, an invalid argument message will be returned.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio_sysfs_trigger/remove_trigger
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute is used to unregister and delete a previously
+ created trigger from the list of available triggers. In order to
+ achieve this, one should write a positive integer into the
+ associated file, representing the id of the trigger that needs
+ to be removed. If the trigger can't be found, an invalid
+ argument message will be returned to the user.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..491ead804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_conversion_mode
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the hardware conversion mode used. The three
+ available modes are "normal", "high-speed" and "low-power",
+ where the last is the default mode.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_conversion_mode
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the hardware conversion mode used within DAC.
+ The two available modes are "high-power" and "low-power",
+ where "low-power" mode is the default mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7b2278fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/masters/*
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure output ports for STP masters. Writing -1
+ disables a master; any
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_port
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RO) Output port type:
+
+ == =========================
+ 0 not present,
+ 1 MSU (Memory Storage Unit)
+ 2 CTP (Common Trace Port)
+ 4 PTI (MIPI PTI).
+ == =========================
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_drop
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Data retention policy setting: keep (0) or drop (1)
+ incoming data while output port is in reset.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_null
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) STP NULL packet generation: enabled (1) or disabled (0).
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_flush
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Force flush data from byte packing buffer for the output
+ port.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_reset
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RO) Output port is in reset (1).
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_smcfreq
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) STP sync packet frequency for the port. Specifies the
+ number of clocks between mainenance packets.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a74252e58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/wrap
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer wrapping. 1 == wrapping enabled.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/mode
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure MSC operating mode:
+
+ - "single", for contiguous buffer mode (high-order alloc);
+ - "multi", for multiblock mode;
+ - "ExI", for DCI handler mode;
+ - "debug", for debug mode;
+ - any of the currently loaded buffer sinks.
+
+ If operating mode changes, existing buffer is deallocated,
+ provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled,
+ otherwise the write will fail.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/nr_pages
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer size for "single" or "multi" modes.
+
+ In single mode, this is a single number of pages, has to be
+ power of 2. In multiblock mode, this is a comma-separated list
+ of numbers of pages for each window to be allocated. Number of
+ windows is not limited.
+
+ Writing to this file deallocates existing buffer (provided
+ there are no active users and tracing is not enabled) and then
+ allocates a new one.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/win_switch
+Date: May 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Trigger window switch for the MSC's buffer, in
+ multi-window mode. In "multi" mode, accepts writes of "1", thereby
+ triggering a window switch for the buffer. Returns an error in any
+ other operating mode or attempts to write something other than "1".
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/stop_on_full
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure whether trace stops when the last available window
+ becomes full (1/y/Y) or wraps around and continues until the next
+ window becomes available again (0/n/N).
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df0b24fd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/mode
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure PTI output width. Currently supported values
+ are 4, 8, 12, 16.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/freerunning_clock
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) 0: PTI trace clock acts as a strobe which only toggles
+ when there is trace data to send. 1: PTI trace clock is a
+ free-running clock.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/clock_divider
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Configure PTI port clock divider:
+ - 0: Intel TH clock rate,
+ - 1: 1/2 Intel TH clock rate,
+ - 2: 1/4 Intel TH clock rate,
+ - 3: 1/8 Intel TH clock rate.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1f667104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-<device><id>/active
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RW) Writes of 1 or 0 enable or disable trace output to this
+ output device. Reads return current status. Requires that the
+ correstponding output port driver be loaded.
+
+What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/port
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description: (RO) Port number, corresponding to this output device on the
+ switch (GTH) or "unassigned" if the corresponding output
+ port driver is not loaded.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77947c509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org>
+Description: Hardware chip or device hosting the MEN chameleon bus
+
+What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/revision
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org>
+Description: The FPGA's revision number
+
+What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/minor
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org>
+Description: The FPGA's minor number
+
+What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/model
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org>
+Description: The FPGA's model number
+
+What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/name
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org>
+Description: The FPGA's name
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..da86efc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/
+Date: January 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This folder contains statistics about global and per
+ MDIO bus address statistics.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/transfers
+Date: January 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Total number of transfers for this MDIO bus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/errors
+Date: January 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Total number of transfer errors for this MDIO bus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/writes
+Date: January 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Total number of write transactions for this MDIO bus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/reads
+Date: January 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Total number of read transactions for this MDIO bus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/transfers_<addr>
+Date: January 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Total number of transfers for this MDIO bus address.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/errors_<addr>
+Date: January 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Total number of transfer errors for this MDIO bus address.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/writes_<addr>
+Date: January 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Total number of write transactions for this MDIO bus address.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/reads_<addr>
+Date: January 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Total number of read transactions for this MDIO bus address.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7057e5741
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/bus/media/devices/.../model
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the device model name in UTF-8. The device version is
+ is not be appended to the model name.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e9a105fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../modalias
+Date: March 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.10
+Contact: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
+ linux-mei@linux.intel.com
+Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent
+ Format: mei:<mei device name>:<device uuid>:<protocol version>
+
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../name
+Date: May 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client device name
+ Format: string
+
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../uuid
+Date: May 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client device uuid
+ Format: xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx
+
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../version
+Date: Aug 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client protocol version
+ Format: %d
+
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../max_conn
+Date: Nov 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client maximum number of connections
+ Format: %d
+
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../fixed
+Date: Nov 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client fixed address, if any
+ Format: %d
+
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../vtag
+Date: Nov 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.9
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client vtag support status
+ Format: %d
+
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../max_len
+Date: Nov 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client maximum message length
+ Format: %d
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mmc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..519f028d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mmc
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+What: /sys/bus/mmc/devices/.../rev
+Date: October 2017
+Contact: Jin Qian <jinqian@android.com>
+Description: Extended CSD revision number
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..38cc03e40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/description
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Provides information about the physical location of the
+ device. Hardware attached via USB, for instance,
+ might return <1-1.1:1.0>
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/interface
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the type of peripheral interface the device uses.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ If the network interface controller is attached via USB, a dci
+ directory is created that allows applications to read and
+ write the controller's DCI registers.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/arb_address
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to set an arbitrary DCI register address an
+ application wants to read from or write to.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/arb_value
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to read and write the DCI register whose address
+ is stored in arb_address.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_hi
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to check and configure the MAC address.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_lo
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to check and configure the MAC address.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_mi
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to check and configure the MAC address.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_filter
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to check and configure the MEP filter address.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash0
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash1
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash2
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash3
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/ni_state
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the current network interface state.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/node_address
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the current node address.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/node_position
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the current node position.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/packet_bandwidth
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the configured packet bandwidth.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/sync_ep
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Triggers the controller's synchronization process for a certain
+ endpoint.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ For every channel of the device a directory is created, whose
+ name is dictated by the HDM. This enables an application to
+ collect information about the channel's capabilities and
+ configure it.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/available_datatypes
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the data types the channel can transport.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/available_directions
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the directions the channel is capable of.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/number_of_packet_buffers
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packet buffers the channel can
+ handle.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/number_of_stream_buffers
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of streaming buffers the channel can
+ handle.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/size_of_packet_buffer
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the size of a packet buffer the channel can
+ handle.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/size_of_stream_buffer
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the size of a streaming buffer the channel can
+ handle.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_number_of_buffers
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is to read back the configured number of buffers of
+ the channel.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_buffer_size
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is to read back the configured buffer size of the channel.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_direction
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is to read back the configured direction of the channel.
+ The following strings will be accepted::
+
+ 'tx',
+ 'rx'
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_datatype
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is to read back the configured data type of the channel.
+ The following strings will be accepted::
+
+ 'control',
+ 'async',
+ 'sync',
+ 'isoc_avp'
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_subbuffer_size
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is to read back the configured subbuffer size of
+ the channel.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_packets_per_xact
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is to read back the configured number of packets per
+ transaction of the channel. This is only applicable when
+ connected via USB.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/channel_starving
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether channel ran out of buffers.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/drivers/most_core/components
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to retrieve a list of registered components.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/bus/most/drivers/most_core/links
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
+Description:
+ This is used to retrieve a list of established links.
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a6d61b44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_description
+Date: March 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (Read) Moxtet module description. Format: string
+
+What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_id
+Date: March 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (Read) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x
+
+What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_name
+Date: March 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (Read) Moxtet module name. Format: string
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63ef0b9ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+For all of the nmem device attributes under ``nfit/*``, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware
+Interface Table (NFIT)' section in the ACPI specification
+(http://www.uefi.org/specifications) for more details.
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/serial
+Date: Jun, 2015
+KernelVersion: v4.2
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Serial number of the NVDIMM (non-volatile dual in-line
+ memory module), assigned by the module vendor.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/handle
+Date: Apr, 2015
+KernelVersion: v4.2
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The address (given by the _ADR object) of the device on its
+ parent bus of the NVDIMM device containing the NVDIMM region.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/device
+Date: Apr, 2015
+KernelVersion: v4.1
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Device id for the NVDIMM, assigned by the module vendor.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/rev_id
+Date: Jun, 2015
+KernelVersion: v4.2
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Revision of the NVDIMM, assigned by the module vendor.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/phys_id
+Date: Apr, 2015
+KernelVersion: v4.2
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Handle (i.e., instance number) for the SMBIOS (system
+ management BIOS) Memory Device structure describing the NVDIMM
+ containing the NVDIMM region.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/flags
+Date: Jun, 2015
+KernelVersion: v4.2
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The flags in the NFIT memory device sub-structure indicate
+ the state of the data on the nvdimm relative to its energy
+ source or last "flush to persistence".
+
+ The attribute is a translation of the 'NVDIMM State Flags' field
+ in section 5.2.25.3 'NVDIMM Region Mapping' Structure of the
+ ACPI specification 6.2.
+
+ The health states are "save_fail", "restore_fail", "flush_fail",
+ "not_armed", "smart_event", "map_fail" and "smart_notify".
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/format
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/format1
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/formats
+Date: Apr, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.7
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The interface codes indicate support for persistent memory
+ mapped directly into system physical address space and / or a
+ block aperture access mechanism to the NVDIMM media.
+ The 'formats' attribute displays the number of supported
+ interfaces.
+
+ This layout is compatible with existing libndctl binaries that
+ only expect one code per-dimm as they will ignore
+ nmemX/nfit/formats and nmemX/nfit/formatN.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/vendor
+Date: Apr, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.7
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Vendor id of the NVDIMM.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/dsm_mask
+Date: May, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.7
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The bitmask indicates the supported device specific control
+ functions relative to the NVDIMM command family supported by the
+ device
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/family
+Date: Apr, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.7
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Displays the NVDIMM family command sets. Values
+ 0, 1, 2 and 3 correspond to NVDIMM_FAMILY_INTEL,
+ NVDIMM_FAMILY_HPE1, NVDIMM_FAMILY_HPE2 and NVDIMM_FAMILY_MSFT
+ respectively.
+
+ See the specifications for these command families here:
+ http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_DSM_Interface-V1.6.pdf
+ https://github.com/HewlettPackard/hpe-nvm/blob/master/Documentation/
+ https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt604741"
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/id
+Date: Apr, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.7
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) ACPI specification 6.2 section 5.2.25.9, defines an
+ identifier for an NVDIMM, which refelects the id attribute.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_vendor
+Date: Apr, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.7
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Sub-system vendor id of the NVDIMM non-volatile memory
+ subsystem controller.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_rev_id
+Date: Apr, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.7
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Sub-system revision id of the NVDIMM non-volatile memory subsystem
+ controller, assigned by the non-volatile memory subsystem
+ controller vendor.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_device
+Date: Apr, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.7
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Sub-system device id for the NVDIMM non-volatile memory
+ subsystem controller, assigned by the non-volatile memory
+ subsystem controller vendor.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/revision
+Date: Jun, 2015
+KernelVersion: v4.2
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) ACPI NFIT table revision number.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/scrub
+Date: Sep, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.9
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RW) This shows the number of full Address Range Scrubs (ARS)
+ that have been completed since driver load time. Userspace can
+ wait on this using select/poll etc. A '+' at the end indicates
+ an ARS is in progress
+
+ Writing a value of 1 triggers an ARS scan.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/hw_error_scrub
+Date: Sep, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.9
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Provides a way to toggle the behavior between just adding
+ the address (cache line) where the MCE happened to the poison
+ list and doing a full scrub. The former (selective insertion of
+ the address) is done unconditionally.
+
+ This attribute can have the following values written to it:
+
+ '0': Switch to the default mode where an exception will only
+ insert the address of the memory error into the poison and
+ badblocks lists.
+ '1': Enable a full scrub to happen if an exception for a memory
+ error is received.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/dsm_mask
+Date: Jun, 2017
+KernelVersion: v4.13
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The bitmask indicates the supported bus specific control
+ functions. See the section named 'NVDIMM Root Device _DSMs' in
+ the ACPI specification.
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/firmware_activate_noidle
+Date: Apr, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RW) The Intel platform implementation of firmware activate
+ support exposes an option let the platform force idle devices in
+ the system over the activation event, or trust that the OS will
+ do it. The safe default is to let the platform force idle
+ devices since the kernel is already in a suspend state, and on
+ the chance that a driver does not properly quiesce bus-mastering
+ after a suspend callback the platform will handle it. However,
+ the activation might abort if, for example, platform firmware
+ determines that the activation time exceeds the max PCI-E
+ completion timeout. Since the platform does not know whether the
+ OS is running the activation from a suspend context it aborts,
+ but if the system owner trusts driver suspend callback to be
+ sufficient then 'firmware_activation_noidle' can be
+ enabled to bypass the activation abort.
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/regionX/nfit/range_index
+Date: Jun, 2015
+KernelVersion: v4.2
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RO) A unique number provided by the BIOS to identify an address
+ range. Used by NVDIMM Region Mapping Structure to uniquely refer
+ to this structure. Value of 0 is reserved and not used as an
+ index.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bff84a168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: nvdimm
+Date: July 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
+Description:
+
+The libnvdimm sub-system implements a common sysfs interface for
+platform nvdimm resources. See Documentation/driver-api/nvdimm/.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af31e5a22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/bus/tee/devices/optee-ta-<uuid>/
+Date: May 2020
+KernelVersion 5.8
+Contact: op-tee@lists.trustedfirmware.org
+Description:
+ OP-TEE bus provides reference to registered drivers under this directory. The <uuid>
+ matches Trusted Application (TA) driver and corresponding TA in secure OS. Drivers
+ are free to create needed API under optee-ta-<uuid> directory.
+
+What: /sys/bus/tee/devices/optee-ta-<uuid>/need_supplicant
+Date: November 2023
+KernelVersion: 6.7
+Contact: op-tee@lists.trustedfirmware.org
+Description:
+ Allows to distinguish whether an OP-TEE based TA/device requires user-space
+ tee-supplicant to function properly or not. This attribute will be present for
+ devices which depend on tee-supplicant to be running.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0aa02bf2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/flags
+Date: Apr, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org,
+Description:
+ (RO) Report flags indicating various states of a
+ papr-pmem NVDIMM device. Each flag maps to a one or
+ more bits set in the dimm-health-bitmap retrieved in
+ response to H_SCM_HEALTH hcall. The details of the bit
+ flags returned in response to this hcall is available
+ at 'Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst' . Below are
+ the flags reported in this sysfs file:
+
+ * "not_armed"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents will not
+ survive a power cycle.
+ * "flush_fail"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents
+ couldn't be flushed during last
+ shut-down event.
+ * "restore_fail"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents
+ couldn't be restored during NVDIMM
+ initialization.
+ * "encrypted"
+ NVDIMM contents are encrypted.
+ * "smart_notify"
+ There is health event for the NVDIMM.
+ * "scrubbed"
+ Indicating that contents of the
+ NVDIMM have been scrubbed.
+ * "locked"
+ Indicating that NVDIMM contents cant
+ be modified until next power cycle.
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/perf_stats
+Date: May, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org,
+Description:
+ (RO) Report various performance stats related to papr-scm NVDIMM
+ device. This attribute is only available for NVDIMM devices
+ that support reporting NVDIMM performance stats. Each stat is
+ reported on a new line with each line composed of a
+ stat-identifier followed by it value. Below are currently known
+ dimm performance stats which are reported:
+
+ * "CtlResCt" : Controller Reset Count
+ * "CtlResTm" : Controller Reset Elapsed Time
+ * "PonSecs " : Power-on Seconds
+ * "MemLife " : Life Remaining
+ * "CritRscU" : Critical Resource Utilization
+ * "HostLCnt" : Host Load Count
+ * "HostSCnt" : Host Store Count
+ * "HostSDur" : Host Store Duration
+ * "HostLDur" : Host Load Duration
+ * "MedRCnt " : Media Read Count
+ * "MedWCnt " : Media Write Count
+ * "MedRDur " : Media Read Duration
+ * "MedWDur " : Media Write Duration
+ * "CchRHCnt" : Cache Read Hit Count
+ * "CchWHCnt" : Cache Write Hit Count
+ * "FastWCnt" : Fast Write Count
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77ad9ec3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind
+Date: December 2003
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device location to this file will cause
+ the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at
+ this location. This is useful for overriding default
+ bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
+ That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example::
+
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+
+ (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind
+Date: December 2003
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device location to this file will cause the
+ driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at
+ this location. This may be useful when overriding default
+ bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
+ That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example::
+
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+
+ (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id
+Date: December 2003
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to
+ dynamically add a new device ID to a PCI device driver.
+ This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
+ was included in the driver's static device ID support
+ table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
+ VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM PPPP. That is Vendor ID,
+ Device ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID,
+ Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID
+ and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional.
+ Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id
+Date: February 2009
+Contact: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
+ that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
+ The format for the device ID is:
+ VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM. That is Vendor ID, Device
+ ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, Class,
+ and Class Mask. The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are
+ required, the rest are optional. After successfully
+ removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
+ device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
+ match the driver to the device. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and
+ re-discover previously removed devices.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_bus
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a zero value to this attribute disallows MSI and
+ MSI-X for any future drivers of the device. If the device
+ is a bridge, MSI and MSI-X will be disallowed for future
+ drivers of all child devices under the bridge. Drivers
+ must be reloaded for the new setting to take effect.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/
+Date: September, 2011
+Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set
+ of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi
+ irq vector allocated to that device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N>
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
+Description:
+ This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by
+ the file is in (msi vs. msix)
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../pci_bus/.../rescan
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ force a rescan of the bus and all child buses,
+ and re-discover devices removed earlier from this
+ part of the device tree.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all
+ child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier
+ from this part of the device tree.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset
+Date: July 2009
+Contact: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Some devices allow an individual function to be reset
+ without affecting other functions in the same device.
+ For devices that have this support, a file named reset
+ will be present in sysfs. Writing 1 to this file
+ will perform reset.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../vpd
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Ben Hutchings <bwh@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ A file named vpd in a device directory will be a
+ binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the
+ device. It should follow the VPD format defined in
+ PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider
+ that some devices may have malformatted data. If the
+ underlying VPD has a writable section then the
+ corresponding section of this file will be writable.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfnN
+Date: March 2009
+Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
+ capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it.
+ The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
+ Virtual Function whose index is N (0...MaxVFs-1).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../dep_link
+Date: March 2009
+Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
+ capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it,
+ and this device has vendor specific dependencies with others.
+ The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of
+ Physical Function this device depends on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../physfn
+Date: March 2009
+Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This symbolic link appears when a device is a Virtual Function.
+ The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
+ Physical Function this device associates with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module
+Date: June 2009
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver
+ module that manages the hotplug slot.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+ given name (SMBIOS type 41 string or ACPI _DSM string) of
+ the PCI device. The attribute will be created only
+ if the firmware has given a name to the PCI device.
+ ACPI _DSM string name will be given priority if the
+ system firmware provides SMBIOS type 41 string also.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+ firmware assigned name of the PCI device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+ given instance (SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) of the
+ PCI device. The attribute will be created only if the firmware
+ has given an instance number to the PCI device.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+ firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI
+ device that can help in understanding the firmware
+ intended order of the PCI device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../acpi_index
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+ given instance (ACPI _DSM instance number) of the PCI device.
+ The attribute will be created only if the firmware has given
+ an instance number to the PCI device. ACPI _DSM instance number
+ will be given priority if the system firmware provides SMBIOS
+ type 41 device type instance also.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+ firmware assigned instance number of the PCI
+ device that can help in understanding the firmware
+ intended order of the PCI device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../d3cold_allowed
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
+Description:
+ d3cold_allowed is bit to control whether the corresponding PCI
+ device can be put into D3Cold state. If it is cleared, the
+ device will never be put into D3Cold state. If it is set, the
+ device may be put into D3Cold state if other requirements are
+ satisfied too. Reading this attribute will show the current
+ value of d3cold_allowed bit. Writing this attribute will set
+ the value of d3cold_allowed bit.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_totalvfs
+Date: November 2012
+Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV.
+ Userspace applications can read this file to determine the
+ maximum number of Virtual Functions (VFs) a PCIe physical
+ function (PF) can support. Typically, this is the value reported
+ in the PF's SR-IOV extended capability structure's TotalVFs
+ element. Drivers have the ability at probe time to reduce the
+ value read from this file via the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs()
+ function.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_numvfs
+Date: November 2012
+Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV.
+ Userspace applications can read and write to this file to
+ determine and control the enablement or disablement of Virtual
+ Functions (VFs) on the physical function (PF). A read of this
+ file will return the number of VFs that are enabled on this PF.
+ A number written to this file will enable the specified
+ number of VFs. A userspace application would typically read the
+ file and check that the value is zero, and then write the number
+ of VFs that should be enabled on the PF; the value written
+ should be less than or equal to the value in the sriov_totalvfs
+ file. A userspace application wanting to disable the VFs would
+ write a zero to this file. The core ensures that valid values
+ are written to this file, and returns errors when values are not
+ valid. For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs
+ is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10
+ when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../driver_override
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which
+ will override standard static and dynamic ID matching. When
+ specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written
+ to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the
+ device. The override is specified by writing a string to the
+ driver_override file (echo pci-stub > driver_override) and
+ may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override).
+ This returns the device to standard matching rules binding.
+ Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the
+ device from its current driver or make any attempt to
+ automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a
+ matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device
+ will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to
+ opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as
+ "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override,
+ there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../numa_node
+Date: Oct 2014
+Contact: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the NUMA node to which the PCI device is
+ attached, or -1 if the node is unknown. The initial value
+ comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware
+ source. If that is missing or incorrect, this file can be
+ written to override the node. In that case, please report
+ a firmware bug to the system vendor. Writing to this file
+ taints the kernel with TAINT_FIRMWARE_WORKAROUND, which
+ reduces the supportability of your system.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../revision
+Date: November 2016
+Contact: Emil Velikov <emil.l.velikov@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the revision field of the PCI device.
+ The value comes from device config space. The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_drivers_autoprobe
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Bodong Wang<bodong@mellanox.com>
+Description:
+ This file is associated with the PF of a device that
+ supports SR-IOV. It determines whether newly-enabled VFs
+ are immediately bound to a driver. It initially contains
+ 1, which means the kernel automatically binds VFs to a
+ compatible driver immediately after they are enabled. If
+ an application writes 0 to the file before enabling VFs,
+ the kernel will not bind VFs to a driver.
+
+ A typical use case is to write 0 to this file, then enable
+ VFs, then assign the newly-created VFs to virtual machines.
+ Note that changing this file does not affect already-
+ enabled VFs. In this scenario, the user must first disable
+ the VFs, write 0 to sriov_drivers_autoprobe, then re-enable
+ the VFs.
+
+ This is similar to /sys/bus/pci/drivers_autoprobe, but
+ affects only the VFs associated with a specific PF.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/size
+Date: November 2017
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description:
+ If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this
+ file contains the total amount of memory that the device
+ provides (in decimal).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/available
+Date: November 2017
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description:
+ If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this
+ file contains the amount of memory that has not been
+ allocated (in decimal).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/published
+Date: November 2017
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description:
+ If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this
+ file contains a '1' if the memory has been published for
+ use outside the driver that owns the device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/clkpm
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l0s_aspm
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_aspm
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_1_aspm
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_2_aspm
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_1_pcipm
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_2_pcipm
+Date: October 2019
+Contact: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
+Description: If ASPM is supported for an endpoint, these files can be
+ used to disable or enable the individual power management
+ states. Write y/1/on to enable, n/0/off to disable.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..860db5303
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+PCIe Device AER statistics
+--------------------------
+
+These attributes show up under all the devices that are AER capable. These
+statistical counters indicate the errors "as seen/reported by the device".
+Note that this may mean that if an endpoint is causing problems, the AER
+counters may increment at its link partner (e.g. root port) because the
+errors may be "seen" / reported by the link partner and not the
+problematic endpoint itself (which may report all counters as 0 as it never
+saw any problems).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_correctable
+Date: July 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19.0
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com
+Description: List of correctable errors seen and reported by this
+ PCI device using ERR_COR. Note that since multiple errors may
+ be reported using a single ERR_COR message, thus
+ TOTAL_ERR_COR at the end of the file may not match the actual
+ total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
+
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable
+ Receiver Error 2
+ Bad TLP 0
+ Bad DLLP 0
+ RELAY_NUM Rollover 0
+ Replay Timer Timeout 0
+ Advisory Non-Fatal 0
+ Corrected Internal Error 0
+ Header Log Overflow 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_COR 2
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_fatal
+Date: July 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19.0
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com
+Description: List of uncorrectable fatal errors seen and reported by this
+ PCI device using ERR_FATAL. Note that since multiple errors may
+ be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus
+ TOTAL_ERR_FATAL at the end of the file may not match the actual
+ total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
+
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal
+ Undefined 0
+ Data Link Protocol 0
+ Surprise Down Error 0
+ Poisoned TLP 0
+ Flow Control Protocol 0
+ Completion Timeout 0
+ Completer Abort 0
+ Unexpected Completion 0
+ Receiver Overflow 0
+ Malformed TLP 0
+ ECRC 0
+ Unsupported Request 0
+ ACS Violation 0
+ Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
+ MC Blocked TLP 0
+ AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
+ TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_nonfatal
+Date: July 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19.0
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com
+Description: List of uncorrectable nonfatal errors seen and reported by this
+ PCI device using ERR_NONFATAL. Note that since multiple errors
+ may be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus
+ TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL at the end of the file may not match the
+ actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
+
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal
+ Undefined 0
+ Data Link Protocol 0
+ Surprise Down Error 0
+ Poisoned TLP 0
+ Flow Control Protocol 0
+ Completion Timeout 0
+ Completer Abort 0
+ Unexpected Completion 0
+ Receiver Overflow 0
+ Malformed TLP 0
+ ECRC 0
+ Unsupported Request 0
+ ACS Violation 0
+ Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
+ MC Blocked TLP 0
+ AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
+ TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0
+
+PCIe Rootport AER statistics
+----------------------------
+
+These attributes show up under only the rootports (or root complex event
+collectors) that are AER capable. These indicate the number of error messages as
+"reported to" the rootport. Please note that the rootports also transmit
+(internally) the ERR_* messages for errors seen by the internal rootport PCI
+device, so these counters include them and are thus cumulative of all the error
+messages on the PCI hierarchy originating at that root port.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_stats/aer_rootport_total_err_cor
+Date: July 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19.0
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com
+Description: Total number of ERR_COR messages reported to rootport.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_stats/aer_rootport_total_err_fatal
+Date: July 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19.0
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com
+Description: Total number of ERR_FATAL messages reported to rootport.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_stats/aer_rootport_total_err_nonfatal
+Date: July 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19.0
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com
+Description: Total number of ERR_NONFATAL messages reported to rootport.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f85db86d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_version
+Date: September 2020
+Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Version of AudioDSP firmware ASoC catpt driver is
+ communicating with.
+
+ Format: %d.%d.%d.%d, type:major:minor:build.
+
+What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_info
+Date: September 2020
+Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Detailed AudioDSP firmware build information including
+ build hash and log-providers hash. This information is
+ obtained during initial handshake with firmware.
+ Format: %s.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92a94e106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/model
+Date: March 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 model for logical drive
+ Y of controller X.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/rev
+Date: March 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 revision for logical
+ drive Y of controller X.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/unique_id
+Date: March 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 83 serial number for logical
+ drive Y of controller X.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/vendor
+Date: March 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 vendor for logical drive
+ Y of controller X.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/block:cciss!cXdY
+Date: March 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: A symbolic link to /sys/block/cciss!cXdY
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/rescan
+Date: August 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Kicks of a rescan of the controller to discover logical
+ drive topology changes.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/lunid
+Date: August 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the 8-byte LUN ID used to address logical
+ drive Y of controller X.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/raid_level
+Date: August 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the RAID level of logical drive Y of
+ controller X.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/usage_count
+Date: August 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y
+ of controller X.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/resettable
+Date: February 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Value of 1 indicates the controller can honor the reset_devices
+ kernel parameter. Value of 0 indicates reset_devices cannot be
+ honored. This is to allow, for example, kexec tools to be able
+ to warn the user if they designate an unresettable device as
+ a dump device, as kdump requires resetting the device in order
+ to work reliably.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/transport_mode
+Date: July 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Value of "simple" indicates that the controller has been placed
+ in "simple mode". Value of "performant" indicates that the
+ controller has been placed in "performant mode".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c90d97a80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ehci_hcd/.../companion
+ /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbN/../companion
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.21
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ PCI-based EHCI USB controllers (i.e., high-speed USB-2.0
+ controllers) are often implemented along with a set of
+ "companion" full/low-speed USB-1.1 controllers. When a
+ high-speed device is plugged in, the connection is routed
+ to the EHCI controller; when a full- or low-speed device
+ is plugged in, the connection is routed to the companion
+ controller.
+
+ Sometimes you want to force a high-speed device to connect
+ at full speed, which can be accomplished by forcing the
+ connection to be routed to the companion controller.
+ That's what this file does. Writing a port number to the
+ file causes connections on that port to be routed to the
+ companion controller, and writing the negative of a port
+ number returns the port to normal operation.
+
+ For example: To force the high-speed device attached to
+ port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed::
+
+ echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
+
+ To return the port to high-speed operation::
+
+ echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
+
+ Reading the file gives the list of ports currently forced
+ to the companion controller.
+
+ Note: Some EHCI controllers do not have companions; they
+ may contain an internal "transaction translator" or they
+ may be attached directly to a "rate-matching hub". This
+ mechanism will not work with such controllers. Also, it
+ cannot be used to force a port on a high-speed hub to
+ connect at full speed.
+
+ Note: When this file was first added, it appeared in a
+ different sysfs directory. The location given above is
+ correct for 2.6.35 (and probably several earlier kernel
+ versions as well).
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d08f28dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/janz-cmodio/.../modulbus_number
+Date: May 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Value representing the HEX switch S2 of the janz carrier board CMOD-IO or CAN-PCI2
+
+ Read-only: value of the configuration switch (0..15)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0088aba4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc
+Date: June 2017
+Contact: Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ xHCI compatible USB host controllers (i.e. super-speed
+ USB3 controllers) are often implemented with the Debug
+ Capability (DbC). It can present a debug device which
+ is fully compliant with the USB framework and provides
+ the equivalent of a very high performance full-duplex
+ serial link for debug purpose.
+
+ The DbC debug device shares a root port with xHCI host.
+ When the DbC is enabled, the root port will be assigned
+ to the Debug Capability. Otherwise, it will be assigned
+ to xHCI.
+
+ Writing "enable" to this attribute will enable the DbC
+ functionality and the shared root port will be assigned
+ to the DbC device. Writing "disable" to this attribute
+ will disable the DbC functionality and the shared root
+ port will roll back to the xHCI.
+
+ Reading this attribute gives the state of the DbC. It
+ can be one of the following states: disabled, enabled,
+ initialized, connected, configured and stalled.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..194ca700e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../driver_override
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which
+ will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching.
+ When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value
+ written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind
+ to the device. The override is specified by writing a string
+ to the driver_override file (echo vfio-platform > \
+ driver_override) and may be cleared with an empty string
+ (echo > driver_override). This returns the device to standard
+ matching rules binding. Writing to driver_override does not
+ automatically unbind the device from its current driver or make
+ any attempt to automatically load the specified driver. If no
+ driver with a matching name is currently loaded in the kernel,
+ the device will not bind to any driver. This also allows
+ devices to opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override
+ name such as "none". Only a single driver may be specified in
+ the override, there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../numa_node
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the NUMA node to which the platform device
+ is attached. It won't be visible if the node is unknown. The
+ value comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware
+ source. Initial users for this file would be devices like
+ arm smmu which are populated by arm64 acpi_iort.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..634ea207a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii
+Description:
+ For each RapidIO device, the RapidIO subsystem creates files in
+ an individual subdirectory with the following name format of
+ device_name "nn:d:iiii", where:
+
+ ==== ========================================================
+ nn two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the
+ device resides
+ d device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch
+ iiii four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for
+ switches
+ ==== ========================================================
+
+ For example, below is a list of device directories that
+ represents a typical RapidIO network with one switch, one host,
+ and two agent endpoints, as it is seen by the enumerating host
+ (with destID = 1)::
+
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001
+
+ NOTE:
+ An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a
+ sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1
+ is not shown in the list.
+
+Attributes Common for All RapidIO Devices
+-----------------------------------------
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/did
+Date: Nov, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.15
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) returns the device identifier
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/vid
+Date: Nov, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.15
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) returns the device vendor identifier
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/device_rev
+Date: Nov, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.15
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) returns the device revision level
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_did
+Date: Nov, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.15
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) returns identifier for the assembly containing the device
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_rev
+Date: Nov, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.15
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) returns revision level of the assembly containing the
+ device
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_vid
+Date: Nov, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.15
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) returns vendor identifier of the assembly containing the
+ device
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/destid
+Date: Mar, 2011
+KernelVersion: v2.6.3
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) returns device destination ID assigned by the enumeration
+ routine
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/lprev
+Date: Mar, 2011
+KernelVersion: v2.6.39
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) returns name of previous device (switch) on the path to the
+ device that that owns this attribute
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/modalias
+Date: Jul, 2013
+KernelVersion: v3.11
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) returns the device modalias
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/config
+Date: Nov, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.15
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) Binary attribute to read from and write to the device
+ configuration registers using the RapidIO maintenance
+ transactions. This attribute is similar in behaviour to the
+ "config" attribute of PCI devices and provides an access to the
+ RapidIO device registers using standard file read and write
+ operations.
+
+RapidIO Switch Device Attributes
+--------------------------------
+
+RapidIO switches have additional attributes in sysfs. RapidIO subsystem supports
+common and device-specific sysfs attributes for switches. Because switches are
+integrated into the RapidIO subsystem, it offers a method to create
+device-specific sysfs attributes by specifying a callback function that may be
+set by the switch initialization routine during enumeration or discovery
+process.
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/routes
+Date: Nov, 2005
+KernelVersion: v2.6.15
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) reports switch routing information in "destID port" format.
+ This attribute reports only valid routing table entries, one
+ line for each entry.
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/destid
+Date: Mar, 2011
+KernelVersion: v2.6.3
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) device destination ID of the associated device that defines
+ a route to the switch
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/hopcount
+Date: Mar, 2011
+KernelVersion: v2.6.39
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) number of hops on the path to the switch
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/lnext
+Date: Mar, 2011
+KernelVersion: v2.6.39
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) returns names of devices linked to the switch except one of
+ a device linked to the ingress port (reported as "lprev"). This
+ is an array names with number of lines equal to number of ports
+ in switch. If a switch port has no attached device, returns
+ "null" instead of a device name.
+
+Device-specific Switch Attributes
+---------------------------------
+
+IDT_GEN2-
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/errlog
+Date: Oct, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) reads contents of device error log until it is empty.
+
+RapidIO Bus Attributes
+----------------------
+
+What: /sys/bus/rapidio/scan
+Date: May, 2013
+KernelVersion: v3.11
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (WO) Allows to trigger enumeration discovery process from user
+ space. To initiate an enumeration or discovery process on
+ specific mport device, a user needs to write mport_ID (not
+ RapidIO destination ID) into this file. The mport_ID is a
+ sequential number (0 ... RIO_MAX_MPORTS) assigned to the mport
+ device. For example, for a machine with a single RapidIO
+ controller, mport_ID for that controller always will be 0. To
+ initiate RapidIO enumeration/discovery on all available mports a
+ user must write '-1' (or RIO_MPORT_ANY) into this attribute
+ file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..417a2fe21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/add
+Date: Oct, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+ (WO) Add rbd block device.
+
+ Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [<snap name>]
+
+ Example::
+
+ $ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add
+
+ The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image
+ read/write. A <dev-id> will be assigned for any registered block
+ device. If snapshot is used, it will be mapped read-only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove
+Date: Oct, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+ (WO) Remove rbd block device.
+
+ Usage: <dev-id> [force]
+
+ Example::
+
+ $ echo 2 > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
+
+ Optional "force" argument which when passed will wait for
+ running requests and then unmap the image. Requests sent to the
+ driver after initiating the removal will be failed. (August
+ 2016, since 4.9.)
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major
+Date: Dec, 2013
+KernelVersion: v3.14
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+ (WO) Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
+ parameter set to true.
+
+ Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present, this
+ should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use
+ /sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is available
+ will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major
+Date: Dec, 2013
+KernelVersion: v3.14
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+ (WO) Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
+ parameter set to true.
+
+ Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present, this
+ should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use
+ /sys/bus/rbd/remove if /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major is
+ available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/supported_features
+Date: Mar, 2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+ (RO) Displays the features supported by the rbd module so that
+ userspace can generate meaningful error messages and spell out
+ unsupported features that need to be disabled.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/size
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/major
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/client_id
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/name
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/refresh
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/current_snap
+Date: Oct, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.37
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+
+ ============== ================================================
+ size (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block
+ device.
+
+ major (RO) The block device major number.
+
+ client_id (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned
+ for this specific session.
+
+ pool (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd
+ image resides. An rbd image name is unique
+ within its pool.
+
+ name (RO) The name of the rbd image.
+
+ refresh (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image
+ header data and set all relevant data structures
+ accordingly.
+
+ current_snap (RO) The current snapshot for which the device
+ is mapped.
+ ============== ================================================
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool_id
+Date: Jul, 2012
+KernelVersion: v3.6
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+ (RO) The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool. This is a
+ permanent attribute of the pool. A pool's id will never change.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/image_id
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/features
+Date: Oct, 2012
+KernelVersion: v3.7
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+ ========= ===============================================
+ image_id (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd
+ image format 1 this is empty.)
+
+ features (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits
+ for this image.
+ ========= ===============================================
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/parent
+Date: Nov, 2012
+KernelVersion: v3.8
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+ (RO) Information identifying the chain of parent images in a
+ layered rbd image. Entries are separated by empty lines.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/minor
+Date: Dec, 2013
+KernelVersion: v3.14
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+ (RO) The block device minor number.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/snap_id
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/config_info
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/cluster_fsid
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/client_addr
+Date: Aug, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.9
+Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+ ============ ================================================
+ snap_id (RO) The current snapshot's id.
+
+ config_info (RO) The string written into
+ /sys/bus/rbd/add{,_single_major}.
+
+ cluster_fsid (RO) The ceph cluster UUID.
+
+ client_addr (RO) The ceph unique client
+ entity_addr_t (address + nonce). The format is
+ <address>:<port>/<nonce>: '1.2.3.4:1234/5678' or
+ '[1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8]:1234/5678'.
+ ============ ================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..990fcc420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+ Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+ processor. Channels are identified with a (textual) name,
+ which is maximum 32 bytes long (defined as RPMSG_NAME_SIZE in
+ rpmsg.h).
+
+ This sysfs entry contains the name of this channel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../src
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+ Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+ processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address,
+ and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity
+ starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with
+ a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when
+ inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core
+ dispatches them to the listening entity (a kernel driver).
+
+ This sysfs entry contains the src (local) rpmsg address
+ of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address
+ wasn't assigned (can happen if no driver exists for this
+ channel).
+
+What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../dst
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+ Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+ processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address,
+ and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity
+ starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with
+ a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when
+ inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core
+ dispatches them to the listening entity.
+
+ This sysfs entry contains the dst (remote) rpmsg address
+ of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address
+ wasn't assigned (can happen if the kernel driver that
+ is attached to this channel is exposing a service to the
+ remote processor. This make it a local rpmsg server,
+ and it is listening for inbound messages that may be sent
+ from any remote rpmsg client; it is not bound to a single
+ remote entity).
+
+What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../announce
+Date: June 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description:
+ Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+ processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see
+ /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local
+ ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg
+ address.
+
+ A channel is first created when an entity, whether local
+ or remote, starts listening on it for messages (and is thus
+ called an rpmsg server).
+
+ When that happens, a "name service" announcement is sent
+ to the other processor, in order to let it know about the
+ creation of the channel (this way remote clients know they
+ can start sending messages).
+
+ This sysfs entry tells us whether the channel is a local
+ server channel that is announced (values are either
+ true or false).
+
+What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../driver_override
+Date: April 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote
+ processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see
+ /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local
+ ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg
+ address.
+
+ The listening entity (or client) which communicates with a
+ remote processor is referred as rpmsg driver. The rpmsg device
+ and rpmsg driver are matched based on rpmsg device name and
+ rpmsg driver ID table.
+
+ This sysfs entry allows the rpmsg driver for a rpmsg device
+ to be specified which will override standard OF, ID table
+ and name matching.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50e80238f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/active
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ On reading represents the current state of the bus. If it
+ contains a "0" the bus is stopped and connected devices are
+ expected to not do anything because their watchdog triggered.
+ When the file contains a "1" the bus is operated and periodically
+ does a push-pull cycle to write and read data from the
+ connected devices.
+
+ When writing a "0" or "1" the bus moves to the described state.
+
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_add
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Write-only file. Write
+
+ <type> <inbytes> <outbytes> <statustype>
+
+ to add a new device dynamically. <type> is the name that is used to match
+ to a driver (similar to the platform bus). <inbytes> and <outbytes> define
+ the length of the input and output shift register in bytes respectively.
+
+ <statustype> defines the 4 bit device type that is check to identify connection
+ problems.
+
+ The new device is added to the end of the existing chain.
+
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_remove
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Write-only file. A single write removes the last device in the siox chain.
+
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/poll_interval_ns
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Defines the interval between two poll cycles in nano seconds.
+ Note this is rounded to jiffies on writing. On reading the current value
+ is returned.
+
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/connected
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Read-only value. "0" means the Yth device on siox bus X isn't "connected" i.e.
+ communication with it is not ensured. "1" signals a working connection.
+
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/inbytes
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Read-only value reporting the inbytes value provided to siox-X/device_add
+
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/status_errors
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Counts the number of time intervals when the read status byte doesn't yield the
+ expected value.
+
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/type
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Read-only value reporting the type value provided to siox-X/device_add.
+
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/watchdog
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Read-only value reporting if the watchdog of the siox device is
+ active. "0" means the watchdog is not active and the device is expected to
+ be operational. "1" means the watchdog keeps the device in reset.
+
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/watchdog_errors
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Read-only value reporting the number to time intervals when the
+ watchdog was active.
+
+What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/outbytes
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Read-only value reporting the outbytes value provided to siox-X/device_add.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..46ef038d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/revision
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_stop_modes
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_freq
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_gears
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_col
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_frame_rate
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_row
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/dynamic_shape
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/err_threshold
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/max_clk_freq
+
+Date: April 2020
+
+Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+ Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com>
+ Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
+
+Description: SoundWire Master-N DisCo properties.
+ These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification
+ for SoundWire. They define various properties of the Master
+ and are used by the bus to configure the Master. clk_stop_modes
+ is a bitmask for simplifications and combines the
+ clock-stop-mode0 and clock-stop-mode1 properties.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d324aa0b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../status
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../device_number
+
+Date: September 2020
+
+Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+ Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com>
+ Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
+
+Description: SoundWire Slave status
+
+ These properties report the Slave status, e.g. if it
+ is UNATTACHED or not, and in the latter case show the
+ device_number. This status information is useful to
+ detect devices exposed by platform firmware but not
+ physically present on the bus, and conversely devices
+ not exposed in platform firmware but enumerated.
+
+What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/mipi_revision
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/wake_capable
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/test_mode_capable
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/clk_stop_mode1
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/simple_clk_stop_capable
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/clk_stop_timeout
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/ch_prep_timeout
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/reset_behave
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/high_PHY_capable
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/paging_support
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/bank_delay_support
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/p15_behave
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/master_count
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/source_ports
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/sink_ports
+
+Date: May 2020
+
+Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+ Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com>
+ Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
+
+Description: SoundWire Slave DisCo properties.
+ These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification
+ for SoundWire. They define various properties of the
+ SoundWire Slave and are used by the bus to configure
+ the Slave
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/max_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/min_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/words
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/BRA_flow_controlled
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/simple_ch_prep_sm
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/imp_def_interrupts
+
+Date: May 2020
+
+Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+ Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com>
+ Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
+
+Description: SoundWire Slave Data Port-0 DisCo properties.
+ These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification
+ for the SoundWire. They define various properties of the
+ Data port 0 are used by the bus to configure the Data Port 0.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/min_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/words
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/type
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_grouping
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/simple_ch_prep_sm
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/ch_prep_timeout
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/imp_def_interrupts
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/min_ch
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_ch
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/channels
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/ch_combinations
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_async_buffer
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/block_pack_mode
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/port_encoding
+
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/min_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/words
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/type
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_grouping
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/simple_ch_prep_sm
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/ch_prep_timeout
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/imp_def_interrupts
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/min_ch
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_ch
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/channels
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/ch_combinations
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_async_buffer
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/block_pack_mode
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/port_encoding
+
+Date: May 2020
+
+Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+ Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com>
+ Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
+
+Description: SoundWire Slave Data Source/Sink Port-N DisCo properties.
+ These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification
+ for SoundWire. They define various properties of the
+ Source/Sink Data port N and are used by the bus to configure
+ the Data Port N.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b4ab9e4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/boot_acl
+Date: Jun 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.17
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: Holds a comma separated list of device unique_ids that
+ are allowed to be connected automatically during system
+ startup (e.g boot devices). The list always contains
+ maximum supported number of unique_ids where unused
+ entries are empty. This allows the userspace software
+ to determine how many entries the controller supports.
+ If there are multiple controllers, each controller has
+ its own ACL list and size may be different between the
+ controllers.
+
+ System BIOS may have an option "Preboot ACL" or similar
+ that needs to be selected before this list is taken into
+ consideration.
+
+ Software always updates a full list in each write.
+
+ If a device is authorized automatically during boot its
+ boot attribute is set to 1.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/iommu_dma_protection
+Date: Mar 2019
+KernelVersion: 4.21
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This attribute tells whether the system uses IOMMU
+ for DMA protection. Value of 1 means IOMMU is used 0 means
+ it is not (DMA protection is solely based on Thunderbolt
+ security levels).
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/security
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This attribute holds current Thunderbolt security level
+ set by the system BIOS. Possible values are:
+
+ ======= ==================================================
+ none All devices are automatically authorized
+ user Devices are only authorized based on writing
+ appropriate value to the authorized attribute
+ secure Require devices that support secure connect at
+ minimum. User needs to authorize each device.
+ dponly Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No
+ PCIe tunnels are created.
+ usbonly Automatically tunnel USB controller of the
+ connected Thunderbolt dock (and Display Port). All
+ PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed.
+ ======= ==================================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This attribute is used to authorize Thunderbolt devices
+ after they have been connected. If the device is not
+ authorized, no devices such as PCIe and Display port are
+ available to the system.
+
+ Contents of this attribute will be 0 when the device is not
+ yet authorized.
+
+ Possible values are supported:
+
+ == ===========================================
+ 1 The device will be authorized and connected
+ == ===========================================
+
+ When key attribute contains 32 byte hex string the possible
+ values are:
+
+ == ========================================================
+ 1 The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and
+ the device is authorized.
+ 2 Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the
+ challenge response from device is valid, the device is
+ authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if
+ the device did not contain a key at all, and
+ EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match.
+ == ========================================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../boot
+Date: Jun 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.17
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This attribute contains 1 if Thunderbolt device was already
+ authorized on boot and 0 otherwise.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../generation
+Date: Jan 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Christian Kellner <christian@kellner.me>
+Description: This attribute contains the generation of the Thunderbolt
+ controller associated with the device. It will contain 4
+ for USB4.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../key
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: When a devices supports Thunderbolt secure connect it will
+ have this attribute. Writing 32 byte hex string changes
+ authorization to use the secure connection method instead.
+ Writing an empty string clears the key and regular connection
+ method can be used again.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../device
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This attribute contains id of this device extracted from
+ the device DROM.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../device_name
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This attribute contains name of this device extracted from
+ the device DROM.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../rx_speed
+Date: Jan 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: This attribute reports the device RX speed per lane.
+ All RX lanes run at the same speed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../rx_lanes
+Date: Jan 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: This attribute reports number of RX lanes the device is
+ using simultaneusly through its upstream port.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../tx_speed
+Date: Jan 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: This attribute reports the TX speed per lane.
+ All TX lanes run at the same speed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../tx_lanes
+Date: Jan 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: This attribute reports number of TX lanes the device is
+ using simultaneusly through its upstream port.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../vendor
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This attribute contains vendor id of this device extracted
+ from the device DROM.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../vendor_name
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This attribute contains vendor name of this device extracted
+ from the device DROM.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../unique_id
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This attribute contains unique_id string of this device.
+ This is either read from hardware registers (UUID on
+ newer hardware) or based on UID from the device DROM.
+ Can be used to uniquely identify particular device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_version
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: If the device has upgradeable firmware the version
+ number is available here. Format: %x.%x, major.minor.
+ If the device is in safe mode reading the file returns
+ -ENODATA instead as the NVM version is not available.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_authenticate
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM
+ area (through non_activeX NVMem device), the
+ authentication procedure is started by writing to
+ this file.
+ If everything goes well, the device is
+ restarted with the new NVM firmware. If the image
+ verification fails an error code is returned instead.
+
+ This file will accept writing values "1" or "2"
+
+ - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage
+ area and authenticate the image in one action.
+ - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image
+ and flush it to the storage area.
+
+ When read holds status of the last authentication
+ operation if an error occurred during the process. This
+ is directly the status value from the DMA configuration
+ based mailbox before the device is power cycled. Writing
+ 0 here clears the status.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/key
+Date: Jan 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This contains name of the property directory the XDomain
+ service exposes. This entry describes the protocol in
+ question. Following directories are already reserved by
+ the Apple XDomain specification:
+
+ ======== ===============================================
+ network IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt
+ targetdm Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ extdisp External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ ======== ===============================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/modalias
+Date: Jan 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent for
+ the XDomain service. Format: tbtsvc:kSpNvNrN
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcid
+Date: Jan 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This contains XDomain protocol identifier the XDomain
+ service supports.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcvers
+Date: Jan 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This contains XDomain protocol version the XDomain
+ service supports.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcrevs
+Date: Jan 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This contains XDomain software version the XDomain
+ service supports.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcstns
+Date: Jan 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description: This contains XDomain service specific settings as
+ bitmask. Format: %x
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/device
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: Retimer device identifier read from the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/nvm_authenticate
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM
+ area (through non_activeX NVMem device), the
+ authentication procedure is started by writing 1 to
+ this file. If everything goes well, the device is
+ restarted with the new NVM firmware. If the image
+ verification fails an error code is returned instead.
+
+ When read holds status of the last authentication
+ operation if an error occurred during the process.
+ Format: %x.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/nvm_version
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: Holds retimer NVM version number. Format: %x.%x, major.minor.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/vendor
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: Retimer vendor identifier read from the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_authenticate_on_disconnect
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
+Description: For supported devices, automatically authenticate the new Thunderbolt
+ image when the device is disconnected from the host system.
+
+ This file will accept writing values "1" or "2"
+
+ - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage
+ area and prepare the device for authentication on disconnect.
+ - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image
+ and flush it to the storage area.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..205d9c91e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../active
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows if the mode is active or not. The attribute can be used
+ for entering/exiting the mode. Entering/exiting modes is
+ supported as synchronous operation so write(2) to the attribute
+ does not return until the enter/exit mode operation has
+ finished. The attribute is notified when the mode is
+ entered/exited so poll(2) on the attribute wakes up.
+ Entering/exiting a mode will also generate uevent KOBJ_CHANGE.
+
+ Valid values are boolean.
+
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../description
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows description of the mode. The description is optional for
+ the drivers, just like with the Billboard Devices.
+
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../mode
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The index number of the mode returned by Discover Modes USB
+ Power Delivery command. Depending on the alternate mode, the
+ mode index may be significant.
+
+ With some alternate modes (SVIDs), the mode index is assigned
+ for specific functionality in the specification for that
+ alternate mode.
+
+ With other alternate modes, the mode index values are not
+ assigned, and can not be therefore used for identification. When
+ the mode index is not assigned, identifying the alternate mode
+ must be done with either mode VDO or the description.
+
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../svid
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The Standard or Vendor ID (SVID) assigned by USB-IF for this
+ alternate mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../vdo
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the VDO in hexadecimal returned by Discover Modes command
+ for this mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..948fec412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What: /sys/bus/umc/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The Wireless Host Controller Interface (WHCI)
+ specification describes a PCI-based device with
+ multiple capabilities; the UWB Multi-interface
+ Controller (UMC).
+
+ The umc bus presents each of the individual
+ capabilties as a device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The ID of this capability, with 0 being the radio
+ controller capability.
+
+What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../version
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The specification version this capability's hardware
+ interface complies with.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73eb23bc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/INTERFACE/authorized
+Date: August 2015
+Description:
+ This allows to authorize (1) or deauthorize (0)
+ individual interfaces instead a whole device
+ in contrast to the device authorization.
+ If a deauthorized interface will be authorized
+ so the driver probing must be triggered manually
+ by writing INTERFACE to /sys/bus/usb/drivers_probe
+ This allows to avoid side-effects with drivers
+ that need multiple interfaces.
+
+ A deauthorized interface cannot be probed or claimed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default
+Date: August 2015
+Description:
+ This is used as value that determines if interfaces
+ would be authorized by default.
+ The value can be 1 or 0. It's by default 1.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Authorized devices are available for use by device
+ drivers, non-authorized one are not. By default, wired
+ USB devices are authorized.
+
+ Certified Wireless USB devices are not authorized
+ initially and should be (by writing 1) after the
+ device has been authenticated.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_cdid
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+ A devices's CDID, as 16 space-separated hex octets.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_ck
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+ Write the device's connection key (CK) to start the
+ authentication of the device. The CK is 16
+ space-separated hex octets.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_disconnect
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+ Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect
+ (equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device).
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id
+Date: October 2011
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to
+ dynamically add a new device ID to a USB device driver.
+ This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
+ was included in the driver's static device ID support
+ table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
+ idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct
+ The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the
+ rest is optional. The `Ref*` tuple can be used to tell the
+ driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as
+ it is used for the reference device.
+ Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+
+ Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from
+ an already supported device (0458:704c)::
+
+ # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+
+ Reading from this file will list all dynamically added
+ device IDs in the same format, with one entry per
+ line. For example::
+
+ # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ 8086 10f5
+ dead beef 06
+ f00d cafe
+
+ The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to
+ sysfs restrictions.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/.../new_id
+Date: October 2011
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ For serial USB drivers, this attribute appears under the
+ extra bus folder "usb-serial" in sysfs; apart from that
+ difference, all descriptions from the entry
+ "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" apply.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id
+Date: November 2009
+Contact: CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg>
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
+ that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
+ The format for the device ID is:
+ idVendor idProduct. After successfully
+ removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
+ device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
+ match the driver to the device. For example:
+ # echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id
+
+ Reading from this file will list the dynamically added
+ device IDs, exactly like reading from the entry
+ "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id"
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_hardware_lpm
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com>
+Description:
+ If CONFIG_PM is set and a USB 2.0 lpm-capable device is plugged
+ in to a xHCI host which support link PM, it will perform a LPM
+ test; if the test is passed and host supports USB2 hardware LPM
+ (xHCI 1.0 feature), USB2 hardware LPM will be enabled for the
+ device and the USB device directory will contain a file named
+ power/usb2_hardware_lpm. The file holds a string value (enable
+ or disable) indicating whether or not USB2 hardware LPM is
+ enabled for the device. Developer can write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to
+ the file to enable/disable the feature.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u1
+ /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u2
+Date: November 2015
+Contact: Kevin Strasser <kevin.strasser@linux.intel.com>
+ Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ If CONFIG_PM is set and a USB 3.0 lpm-capable device is plugged
+ in to a xHCI host which supports link PM, it will check if U1
+ and U2 exit latencies have been set in the BOS descriptor; if
+ the check is passed and the host supports USB3 hardware LPM,
+ USB3 hardware LPM will be enabled for the device and the USB
+ device directory will contain two files named
+ power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u1 and power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u2. These
+ files hold a string value (enable or disable) indicating whether
+ or not USB3 hardware LPM U1 or U2 is enabled for the device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../ltm_capable
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ USB 3.0 devices may optionally support Latency Tolerance
+ Messaging (LTM). They indicate their support by setting a bit
+ in the bmAttributes field of their SuperSpeed BOS descriptors.
+ If that bit is set for the device, ltm_capable will read "yes".
+ If the device doesn't support LTM, the file will read "no".
+ The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will
+ always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+ is usb port device's sysfs directory.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI.
+ This attribute is to expose these information to user space.
+ The file will read "hotplug", "hardwired" and "not used" if the
+ information is available, and "unknown" otherwise.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/location
+Date: October 2018
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Some platforms provide usb port physical location through
+ firmware. This is used by the kernel to pair up logical ports
+ mapping to the same physical connector. The attribute exposes the
+ raw location value as a hex integer.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/quirks
+Date: May 2018
+Contact: Nicolas Boichat <drinkcat@chromium.org>
+Description:
+ In some cases, we care about time-to-active for devices
+ connected on a specific port (e.g. non-standard USB port like
+ pogo pins), where the device to be connected is known in
+ advance, and behaves well according to the specification.
+ This attribute is a bit-field that controls the behavior of
+ a specific port:
+
+ - Bit 0 of this field selects the "old" enumeration scheme,
+ as it is considerably faster (it only causes one USB reset
+ instead of 2).
+
+ The old enumeration scheme can also be selected globally
+ using /sys/module/usbcore/parameters/old_scheme_first, but
+ it is often not desirable as the new scheme was introduced to
+ increase compatibility with more devices.
+ - Bit 1 reduces TRSTRCY to the 10 ms that are required by the
+ USB 2.0 specification, instead of the 50 ms that are normally
+ used to help make enumeration work better on some high speed
+ devices.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/over_current_count
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Richard Leitner <richard.leitner@skidata.com>
+Description:
+ Most hubs are able to detect over-current situations on their
+ ports and report them to the kernel. This attribute is to expose
+ the number of over-current situation occurred on a specific port
+ to user space. This file will contain an unsigned 32 bit value
+ which wraps to 0 after its maximum is reached. This file supports
+ poll() for monitoring changes to this value in user space.
+
+ Any time this value changes the corresponding hub device will send a
+ udev event with the following attributes::
+
+ OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+ OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute]
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/usb3_lpm_permit
+Date: November 2015
+Contact: Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Some USB3.0 devices are not friendly to USB3 LPM. usb3_lpm_permit
+ attribute allows enabling/disabling usb3 lpm of a port. It takes
+ effect both before and after a usb device is enumerated. Supported
+ values are "0" if both u1 and u2 are NOT permitted, "u1" if only u1
+ is permitted, "u2" if only u2 is permitted, "u1_u2" if both u1 and
+ u2 are permitted.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_l1_timeout
+Date: May 2013
+Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ USB 2.0 devices may support hardware link power management (LPM)
+ L1 sleep state. The usb2_lpm_l1_timeout attribute allows
+ tuning the timeout for L1 inactivity timer (LPM timer), e.g.
+ needed inactivity time before host requests the device to go to L1 sleep.
+ Useful for power management tuning.
+ Supported values are 0 - 65535 microseconds.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_besl
+Date: May 2013
+Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ USB 2.0 devices that support hardware link power management (LPM)
+ L1 sleep state now use a best effort service latency value (BESL) to
+ indicate the best effort to resumption of service to the device after the
+ initiation of the resume event.
+ If the device does not have a preferred besl value then the host can select
+ one instead. This usb2_lpm_besl attribute allows to tune the host selected besl
+ value in order to tune power saving and service latency.
+
+ Supported values are 0 - 15.
+ More information on how besl values map to microseconds can be found in
+ USB 2.0 ECN Errata for Link Power Management, section 4.10)
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../rx_lanes
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Number of rx lanes the device is using.
+ USB 3.2 adds Dual-lane support, 2 rx and 2 tx lanes over Type-C.
+ Inter-Chip SSIC devices support asymmetric lanes up to 4 lanes per
+ direction. Devices before USB 3.2 are single lane (rx_lanes = 1)
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../tx_lanes
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Number of tx lanes the device is using.
+ USB 3.2 adds Dual-lane support, 2 rx and 2 tx -lanes over Type-C.
+ Inter-Chip SSIC devices support asymmetric lanes up to 4 lanes per
+ direction. Devices before USB 3.2 are single lane (tx_lanes = 1)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2f86e4223
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/.../powered
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls whether the device's display will powered.
+ A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb
+What: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls the devices display mode.
+ For a 6 character display the values are
+
+ MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and
+
+ for an 8 character display the values are
+
+ MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer.
+ raw: each character controls its segment manually
+ hex: each character is between 0-15
+ ascii: each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/.../text
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: The text (or data) for the device to display
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/.../decimals
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls the decimal places on the device.
+ To set the nth decimal place, give this field
+ the value of ``10 ** n``. Assume this field has
+ the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set,
+ to set the mth place (where m is not already set),
+ change this fields value to ``k + 10 ** m``.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee0046dc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+Link Layer Validation Device is a standard device for testing of Super
+Speed Link Layer tests. These nodes are available in sysfs only when lvs
+driver is bound with root hub device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../get_dev_desc
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Write to this node to issue "Get Device Descriptor"
+ for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.06.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u1_timeout
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set "U1 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer
+ Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0
+ and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u2_timeout
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set "U2 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer
+ Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0
+ and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../hot_reset
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Write to this node to issue "Reset" for Link Layer Validation
+ device. It is needed for TD.7.29, TD.7.31, TD.7.34 and TD.7.35.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_entry
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Write to this node to issue "U3 entry" for Link Layer
+ Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.35 and TD.7.36.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_exit
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Write to this node to issue "U3 exit" for Link Layer
+ Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.36.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../enable_compliance
+Date: July 2017
+Description:
+ Write to this node to set the port to compliance mode to test
+ with Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.34.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../warm_reset
+Date: July 2017
+Description:
+ Write to this node to issue "Warm Reset" for Link Layer Validation
+ device. It may be needed to properly reset an xHCI 1.1 host port if
+ compliance mode needed to be explicitly enabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59fc80426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+What: /sys/.../<device>/mdev_supported_types/
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ This directory contains list of directories of currently
+ supported mediated device types and their details for
+ <device>. Supported type attributes are defined by the
+ vendor driver who registers with Mediated device framework.
+ Each supported type is a directory whose name is created
+ by adding the device driver string as a prefix to the
+ string provided by the vendor driver.
+
+What: /sys/.../<device>/mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ This directory gives details of supported type, like name,
+ description, available_instances, device_api etc.
+ 'device_api' and 'available_instances' are mandatory
+ attributes to be provided by vendor driver. 'name',
+ 'description' and other vendor driver specific attributes
+ are optional.
+
+What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/create
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ Writing UUID to this file will create mediated device of
+ type <type-id> for parent device <device>. This is a
+ write-only file.
+ For example::
+
+ # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \
+ /sys/devices/foo/mdev_supported_types/foo-1/create
+
+What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/devices/
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ This directory contains symbolic links pointing to mdev
+ devices sysfs entries which are created of this <type-id>.
+
+What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/available_instances
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will show the number of mediated
+ devices of type <type-id> that can be created. This is a
+ readonly file.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in creating mediated
+ device of that type. Userspace application should check
+ the number of available instances could be created before
+ creating mediated device of this type.
+
+What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/device_api
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will show VFIO device API supported
+ by this type. For example, "vfio-pci" for a PCI device,
+ "vfio-platform" for platform device.
+
+What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/name
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will show human readable name of the
+ mediated device that will get created of type <type-id>.
+ This is optional attribute. For example: "Grid M60-0Q"
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the name of
+ a particular <type-id> that can help in understanding the
+ type of mediated device.
+
+What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/description
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will show description of the type of
+ mediated device that will get created of type <type-id>.
+ This is optional attribute. For example:
+ "2 heads, 512M FB, 2560x1600 maximum resolution"
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the details of
+ a particular <type-id> that can help in understanding the
+ features provided by that type of mediated device.
+
+What: /sys/.../<device>/<UUID>/
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ This directory represents device directory of mediated
+ device. It contains all the attributes related to mediated
+ device.
+
+What: /sys/.../<device>/<UUID>/mdev_type
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ This is symbolic link pointing to supported type, <type-id>
+ directory of which this mediated device is created.
+
+What: /sys/.../<device>/<UUID>/remove
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ Writing '1' to this file destroys the mediated device. The
+ vendor driver can fail the remove() callback if that device
+ is active and the vendor driver doesn't support hot unplug.
+ Example::
+
+ # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..91e6c0659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/.../driver_override
+Date: August 2019
+Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which
+ will override standard static and dynamic ID matching. When
+ specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written
+ to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the
+ device. The override is specified by writing a string to the
+ driver_override file (echo uio_hv_generic > driver_override) and
+ may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override).
+ This returns the device to standard matching rules binding.
+ Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the
+ device from its current driver or make any attempt to
+ automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a
+ matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device
+ will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to
+ opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as
+ "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override,
+ there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7b8cf6e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+What: /sys/class/c2port/
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and
+ directories that will provide a unified interface to
+ the C2 port interface.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th
+ C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to
+ manage and control its C2 port.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access
+ to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent
+ till this entry is set to 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID
+ of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the
+ access to the on-board flash of the connected micro.
+ No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show
+ the on-board flash block size of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show
+ the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export
+ the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute
+ the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected
+ micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset"
+ command on the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID
+ of the connected micro.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df0f7828c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency
+Date: March 2012
+contact: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency only exists
+ when the user sets cfq to /sys/block/<device>/scheduler.
+ It contains an estimated latency time for the cfq. cfq will
+ use it to calculate the time slice used for every task.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..676530fcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/class/
+Date: Febuary 2006
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of
+ subdirectories describing individual classes of devices
+ in the kernel. The individual directories will consist
+ of either subdirectories, or symlinks to other
+ directories.
+
+ All programs that use this directory tree must be able
+ to handle both subdirectories or symlinks in order to
+ work properly.
+
+Users:
+ udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1fc86401b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/scale
+Date: July 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Daniel Thompson <daniel.thompson@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Description of the scale of the brightness curve.
+
+ The human eye senses brightness approximately logarithmically,
+ hence linear changes in brightness are perceived as being
+ non-linear. To achieve a linear perception of brightness changes
+ controls like sliders need to apply a logarithmic mapping for
+ backlights with a linear brightness curve.
+
+ Possible values of the attribute are:
+
+ unknown
+ The scale of the brightness curve is unknown.
+
+ linear
+ The brightness changes linearly with each step. Brightness
+ controls should apply a logarithmic mapping for a linear
+ perception.
+
+ non-linear
+ The brightness changes non-linearly with each step. Brightness
+ controls should use a linear mapping for a linear perception.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level
+Date: Apr, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Get conversion value of the light sensor.
+
+ The value is automatically updated every 80 ms when the
+ light sensor is enabled.
+
+ The value range is device-driver specific:
+
+ For ADP8870:
+
+ It returns integer between 0 (dark) and 8000 (max ambient
+ brightness).
+
+ For ADP8860:
+
+ It returns a 13-bits integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone
+Date: Apr, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>,
+ device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+
+Description:
+ (RW) Read or write the specific brightness level at which the
+ backlight operates.
+
+ The value meaning is device-driver specific:
+
+ For ADP8860:
+
+ == ==========================
+ 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA
+ 1 Level 1: daylight
+ 2 Level 2: bright
+ 3 Level 3: dark
+ == ==========================
+
+ For ADP8870:
+
+ == ==========================
+ 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA
+ 1 Level 1: daylight
+ 2 Level 2: bright
+ 3 Level 3: office
+ 4 Level 4: indoor
+ 5 Level 5: dark
+ == ==========================
+
+ Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level
+ operation.
+
+ It can be enabled by writing the value stored in
+ /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to
+ /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34b6ebafa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+sysfs interface for analog devices adp5520(01) backlight driver
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The backlight brightness control operates at three different levels for the
+adp5520 and adp5501 devices: daylight (level 1), office (level 2) and dark
+(level 3). By default the brightness operates at the daylight brightness level.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_max
+Date: Sep, 2009
+KernelVersion: v2.6.32
+Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) Maximum current setting for the backlight when brightness
+ is at one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This
+ is an input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a
+ value between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear
+ algorithms.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_dim
+Date: Sep, 2009
+KernelVersion: v2.6.32
+Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) Dim current setting for the backlight when brightness is at
+ one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This is an
+ input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a value
+ between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear algorithms.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6610ac73f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+sysfs interface for analog devices adp8860 backlight driver
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+
+The backlight brightness control operates at three different levels for the
+adp8860, adp8861 and adp8863 devices: daylight (level 1), office (level 2) and
+dark (level 3). By default the brightness operates at the daylight brightness
+level.
+
+See also /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level and
+/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_max
+Date: Apr, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) Maximum current setting for the backlight when brightness
+ is at one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This
+ is an input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a
+ value between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear
+ algorithms.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_dim
+Date: Apr, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) Dim current setting for the backlight when brightness is at
+ one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This is an
+ input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a value
+ between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear algorithms.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b08ca912c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+See also /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level and
+/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_max
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_max
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+Description:
+ Control the maximum brightness for <ambient light zone>
+ on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127. This file
+ will also show the brightness level stored for this
+ <ambient light zone>.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_dim
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_dim
+Date: May 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+Description:
+ Control the dim brightness for <ambient light zone>
+ on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127, typically
+ set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled.
+ This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for
+ this <ambient light zone>.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8251e78ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_channel
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the ALS output channel used as input in
+ ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where:
+
+ == ==========================
+ 0 out_current0 (backlight 0)
+ 1 out_current1 (backlight 1)
+ == ==========================
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1).
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/id
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the id of this backlight (0, 1).
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/linear
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where:
+
+ == ================
+ 0 exponential mode
+ 1 linear mode
+ == ================
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where:
+
+ ===== ===========================
+ bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+ bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+ bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+ bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+ bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+ bit 0 PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7e92a82e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+sysfs interface for Texas Instruments lm3639 backlight + flash led driver chip
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/bled_mode
+Date: Oct, 2012
+KernelVersion: v3.10
+Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
+Description:
+ (WO) Write to the backlight mapping mode. The backlight current
+ can be mapped for either exponential (value "0") or linear
+ mapping modes (default).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5402bd74b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
+Date: January 2008
+Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
+Description:
+
+Provide a place in sysfs for the backing_dev_info object. This allows
+setting and retrieving various BDI specific variables.
+
+The <bdi> identifier can be either of the following:
+
+MAJOR:MINOR
+
+ Device number for block devices, or value of st_dev on
+ non-block filesystems which provide their own BDI, such as NFS
+ and FUSE.
+
+MAJOR:MINOR-fuseblk
+
+ Value of st_dev on fuseblk filesystems.
+
+default
+
+ The default backing dev, used for non-block device backed
+ filesystems which do not provide their own BDI.
+
+Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
+
+read_ahead_kb (read-write)
+
+ Size of the read-ahead window in kilobytes
+
+min_ratio (read-write)
+
+ Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the
+ total write-back cache that relates to its current average
+ writeout speed in relation to the other devices.
+
+ The 'min_ratio' parameter allows assigning a minimum
+ percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device.
+ For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS.
+
+max_ratio (read-write)
+
+ Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the
+ given percentage of the write-back cache. This is useful in
+ situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or
+ most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS
+ mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot
+ be trusted to play fair.
+
+stable_pages_required (read-only)
+
+ If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write
+ request must not be changed until writeout is complete.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7bf145d32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_size
+Date: Jul, 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>,
+ Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) Size of the barrier-synchronization register (BSR)
+ register in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_length
+Date: Jul, 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>,
+ Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) The length of memory region that can be mapped in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_stride
+Date: Jul, 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>,
+ Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) The stride or the interval at which the allocated BSR bytes
+ repeat within the mapping.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74ece9427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/flashinfo
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Description:
+ Show the EC flash information.
+
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/kb_wake_angle
+Date: March 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.17
+Description:
+ Control the keyboard wake lid angle. Values are between
+ 0 and 360. This file will also show the keyboard wake lid
+ angle by querying the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/reboot
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Description:
+ Tell the EC to reboot in various ways. Options are:
+
+ - "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot.
+ - "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting.
+ - "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting.
+ - "cold": Cold reboot.
+ - "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot.
+ - "hibernate": Hibernate the EC.
+ - "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown.
+
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/version
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Description:
+ Show the information about the EC software and hardware.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57a037791
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/brightness
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Description:
+ Writing to this file adjusts the overall brightness of
+ the lightbar, separate from any color intensity. The
+ valid range is 0 (off) to 255 (maximum brightness).
+
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/interval_msec
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Description:
+ The lightbar is controlled by an embedded controller (EC),
+ which also manages the keyboard, battery charging, fans,
+ and other system hardware. To prevent unprivileged users
+ from interfering with the other EC functions, the rate at
+ which the lightbar control files can be read or written is
+ limited.
+
+ Reading this file will return the number of milliseconds
+ that must elapse between accessing any of the lightbar
+ functions through this interface. Going faster will simply
+ block until the necessary interval has lapsed. The interval
+ applies uniformly to all accesses of any kind by any user.
+
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/led_rgb
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Description:
+ This allows you to control each LED segment. If the
+ lightbar is already running one of the automatic
+ sequences, you probably won’t see anything change because
+ your color setting will be almost immediately replaced.
+ To get useful results, you should stop the lightbar
+ sequence first.
+
+ The values written to this file are sets of four integers,
+ indicating LED, RED, GREEN, BLUE. The LED number is 0 to 3
+ to select a single segment, or 4 to set all four segments
+ to the same value at once. The RED, GREEN, and BLUE
+ numbers should be in the range 0 (off) to 255 (maximum).
+ You can update more than one segment at a time by writing
+ more than one set of four integers.
+
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/program
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Description:
+ This allows you to upload and run custom lightbar sequences.
+
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/sequence
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Description:
+ The Pixel lightbar has a number of built-in sequences
+ that it displays under various conditions, such as at
+ power on, shut down, or while running. Reading from this
+ file displays the current sequence that the lightbar is
+ displaying. Writing to this file allows you to change the
+ sequence.
+
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/userspace_control
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Description:
+ This allows you to take the control of the lightbar. This
+ prevents the kernel from going through its normal
+ sequences.
+
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/version
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Description:
+ Show the information about the lightbar version.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..38c5aaaaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/vbc/vboot_context
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Description:
+ Read/write the verified boot context data included on a
+ small nvram space on some EC implementations.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..818f55970
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+Please note that attributes that are shared between devices are stored in
+the directory pointed to by the symlink device/.
+For example, the real path of the attribute /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/irqs_max is
+/sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/device/irqs_max, i.e. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/irqs_max.
+
+
+Slave contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s):
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/afu_err_buf
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ AFU Error Buffer contents. The contents of this file are
+ application specific and depends on the AFU being used.
+ Applications interacting with the AFU can use this attribute
+ to know about the current error condition and take appropriate
+ action like logging the event etc.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_max
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Decimal value of maximum number of interrupts that can be
+ requested by userspace. The default on probe is the maximum
+ that hardware can support (eg. 2037). Write values will limit
+ userspace applications to that many userspace interrupts. Must
+ be >= irqs_min.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_min
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the minimum number of interrupts that
+ userspace must request on a CXL_START_WORK ioctl. Userspace may
+ omit the num_interrupts field in the START_WORK IOCTL to get
+ this minimum automatically.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mmio_size
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped
+ by userspace.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/modes_supported
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ List of the modes this AFU supports. One per line.
+ Valid entries are: "dedicated_process" and "afu_directed"
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mode
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ The current mode the AFU is using. Will be one of the modes
+ given in modes_supported. Writing will change the mode
+ provided that no user contexts are attached.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/prefault_mode
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Set the mode for prefaulting in segments into the segment table
+ when performing the START_WORK ioctl. Only applicable when
+ running under hashed page table mmu.
+ Possible values:
+
+ ======================= ======================================
+ none No prefaulting (default)
+ work_element_descriptor Treat the work element
+ descriptor as an effective address and
+ prefault what it points to.
+ all all segments process calling
+ START_WORK maps.
+ ======================= ======================================
+
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/reset
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: write only
+ Writing 1 here will reset the AFU provided there are not
+ contexts active on the AFU.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the current version of the kernel/user API.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version_compatible
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the the lowest version of the userspace API
+ this this kernel supports.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+
+AFU configuration records (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/cr0):
+
+An AFU may optionally export one or more PCIe like configuration records, known
+as AFU configuration records, which will show up here (if present).
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/vendor
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Hexadecimal value of the vendor ID found in this AFU
+ configuration record.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/device
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Hexadecimal value of the device ID found in this AFU
+ configuration record.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/class
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Hexadecimal value of the class code found in this AFU
+ configuration record.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/config
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ This binary file provides raw access to the AFU configuration
+ record. The format is expected to match the either the standard
+ or extended configuration space defined by the PCIe
+ specification.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+
+
+Master contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0m)
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/mmio_size
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped
+ by userspace. This includes all slave contexts space also.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_len
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space length.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_off (not in a guest)
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space offset.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+
+Card info (eg. /sys/class/cxl/card0)
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/caia_version
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Identifies the CAIA Version the card implements.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_revision
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Identifies the revision level of the PSL.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/base_image (not in a guest)
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Identifies the revision level of the base image for devices
+ that support loadable PSLs. For FPGAs this field identifies
+ the image contained in the on-adapter flash which is loaded
+ during the initial program load.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/image_loaded (not in a guest)
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Will return "user" or "factory" depending on the image loaded
+ onto the card.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst (not in a guest)
+Date: December 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Valid entries are "none", "user", and "factory".
+ "none" means PERST will not cause image to be loaded to the
+ card. A power cycle is required to load the image.
+ "none" could be useful for debugging because the trace arrays
+ are preserved.
+
+ "user" and "factory" means PERST will cause either the user or
+ user or factory image to be loaded.
+ Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has
+ loaded.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/reset
+Date: October 2014
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: write only
+ Writing 1 will issue a PERST to card provided there are no
+ contexts active on any one of the card AFUs. This may cause
+ the card to reload the FPGA depending on load_image_on_perst.
+ Writing -1 will do a force PERST irrespective of any active
+ contexts on the card AFUs.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/perst_reloads_same_image (not in a guest)
+Date: July 2015
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Trust that when an image is reloaded via PERST, it will not
+ have changed.
+
+ == =================================================
+ 0 don't trust, the image may be different (default)
+ 1 trust that the image will not change.
+ == =================================================
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_timebase_synced
+Date: March 2016
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Returns 1 if the psl timebase register is synchronized
+ with the core timebase register, 0 otherwise.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
+
+What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/tunneled_ops_supported
+Date: May 2018
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Returns 1 if tunneled operations are supported in capi mode,
+ 0 otherwise.
+Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8ebff4b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq objects.
+ This allows accessing various devfreq specific variables.
+ The name of devfreq object denoted as ... is same as the
+ name of device using devfreq.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../name
+Date: November 2019
+Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../name shows the name of device
+ of the corresponding devfreq object.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor show or set the name of the
+ governor used by the corresponding devfreq object.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq shows the current
+ frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. Same as
+ target_freq when get_cur_freq() is not implemented by
+ devfreq driver.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq
+Date: September 2012
+Contact: Rajagopal Venkat <rajagopal.venkat@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq shows the next governor
+ predicted target frequency of the corresponding devfreq object.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval shows and sets
+ the requested polling interval of the corresponding devfreq
+ object. The values are represented in ms. If the value is
+ less than 1 jiffy, it is considered to be 0, which means
+ no polling. This value is meaningless if the governor is
+ not polling; thus. If the governor is not using
+ devfreq-provided central polling
+ (/sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling is 0), this value
+ may be useless.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ This ABI shows or clears the statistics of devfreq behavior
+ on a specific device. It shows the time spent in each state
+ and the number of transitions between states.
+ In order to activate this ABI, the devfreq target device
+ driver should provide the list of available frequencies
+ with its profile. If need to reset the statistics of devfreq
+ behavior on a specific device, enter 0(zero) to 'trans_stat'
+ as following::
+
+ echo 0 > /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq
+Date: September 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and
+ sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if
+ userspace governor is in effect.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies shows
+ the available frequencies of the corresponding devfreq object.
+ This is a snapshot of available frequencies and not limited
+ by the min/max frequency restrictions.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors shows
+ currently available governors in the system.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq shows and stores
+ the minimum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if
+ the user does not care. min_freq overrides the
+ frequency requested by governors.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq shows and stores
+ the maximum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if
+ the user does not care. max_freq overrides the
+ frequency requested by governors and min_freq.
+ The max_freq overrides min_freq because max_freq may be
+ used to throttle devices to avoid overheating.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ This ABI shows and stores the kind of work timer by users.
+ This work timer is used by devfreq workqueue in order to
+ monitor the device status such as utilization. The user
+ can change the work timer on runtime according to their demand
+ as following::
+
+ echo deferrable > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer
+ echo delayed > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ceaf0f686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/
+Date: January 2017
+Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq-event objects.
+ This allows accessing various devfreq-event specific variables.
+ The name of devfreq-event object denoted as 'event(x)' which
+ includes the unique number of 'x' for each devfreq-event object.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/name
+Date: January 2017
+Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/name attribute contains
+ the name of the devfreq-event object. This attribute is
+ read-only.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/enable_count
+Date: January 2017
+Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/enable_count attribute
+ contains the reference count to enable the devfreq-event
+ object. If the device is enabled, the value of attribute is
+ greater than zero.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a21ce515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ Provide a place in sysfs for the device link objects in the
+ kernel at any given time. The name of a device link directory,
+ denoted as ... above, is of the form <supplier>--<consumer>
+ where <supplier> is the supplier bus:device name and <consumer>
+ is the consumer bus:device name.
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../auto_remove_on
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file indicates if the device link will ever be
+ automatically removed by the driver core when the consumer and
+ supplier devices themselves are still present.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ - 'consumer unbind'
+ - 'supplier unbind'
+ - 'never'
+
+ 'consumer unbind' means the device link will be removed when
+ the consumer's driver is unbound from the consumer device.
+
+ 'supplier unbind' means the device link will be removed when
+ the supplier's driver is unbound from the supplier device.
+
+ 'never' means the device link will not be automatically removed
+ when as long as the supplier and consumer devices themselves
+ are still present.
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../consumer
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file is a symlink to the consumer device's sysfs directory.
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../runtime_pm
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file indicates if the device link has any impact on the
+ runtime power management behavior of the consumer and supplier
+ devices. For example: Making sure the supplier doesn't enter
+ runtime suspend while the consumer is active.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ === ========================================
+ '0' Does not affect runtime power management
+ '1' Affects runtime power management
+ === ========================================
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../status
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file indicates the status of the device link. The status
+ of a device link is affected by whether the supplier and
+ consumer devices have been bound to their corresponding
+ drivers. The status of a device link also affects the binding
+ and unbinding of the supplier and consumer devices with their
+ drivers and also affects whether the software state of the
+ supplier device is synced with the hardware state of the
+ supplier device after boot up.
+ See also: sysfs-devices-state_synced.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ - 'not tracked'
+ - 'dormant'
+ - 'available'
+ - 'consumer probing'
+ - 'active'
+ - 'supplier unbinding'
+ - 'unknown'
+
+ 'not tracked' means this device link does not track the status
+ and has no impact on the binding, unbinding and syncing the
+ hardware and software device state.
+
+ 'dormant' means the supplier and the consumer devices have not
+ bound to their driver.
+
+ 'available' means the supplier has bound to its driver and is
+ available to supply resources to the consumer device.
+
+ 'consumer probing' means the consumer device is currently
+ trying to bind to its driver.
+
+ 'active' means the supplier and consumer devices have both
+ bound successfully to their drivers.
+
+ 'supplier unbinding' means the supplier devices is currently in
+ the process of unbinding from its driver.
+
+ 'unknown' means the state of the device link is not any of the
+ above. If this is ever the value, there's a bug in the kernel.
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../supplier
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file is a symlink to the supplier device's sysfs directory.
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../sync_state_only
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file indicates if the device link is limited to only
+ affecting the syncing of the hardware and software state of the
+ supplier device.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ === ================================
+ '0'
+ '1' Affects runtime power management
+ === ================================
+
+ '0' means the device link can affect other device behaviors
+ like binding/unbinding, suspend/resume, runtime power
+ management, etc.
+
+ '1' means the device link will only affect the syncing of
+ hardware and software state of the supplier device after boot
+ up and doesn't not affect other behaviors of the devices.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fde0fecd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Provide a place in sysfs for the extcon objects.
+ This allows accessing extcon specific variables.
+ The name of extcon object denoted as ... is the name given
+ with extcon_dev_register.
+
+ One extcon device denotes a single external connector
+ port. An external connector may have multiple cables
+ attached simultaneously. Many of docks, cradles, and
+ accessory cables have such capability. For example,
+ the 30-pin port of Nuri board (/arch/arm/mach-exynos)
+ may have both HDMI and Charger attached, or analog audio,
+ video, and USB cables attached simultaneously.
+
+ If there are cables mutually exclusive with each other,
+ such binary relations may be expressed with extcon_dev's
+ mutually_exclusive array.
+
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../name
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/extcon/.../name shows the name of the extcon
+ object. If the extcon object has an optional callback
+ "show_name" defined, the callback will provide the name with
+ this sysfs node.
+
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../state
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/extcon/.../state shows and stores the cable
+ attach/detach information of the corresponding extcon object.
+ If the extcon object has an optional callback "show_state"
+ defined, the showing function is overridden with the optional
+ callback.
+
+ If the default callback for showing function is used, the
+ format is like this::
+
+ # cat state
+ USB_OTG=1
+ HDMI=0
+ TA=1
+ EAR_JACK=0
+ #
+
+ In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA
+ cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached.
+
+ In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex
+ state number starting with 0x::
+
+ # echo 0xHEX > state
+
+ This updates the whole state of the extcon device.
+ Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the
+ mutually_exclusive conditions if they exist.
+
+ It is recommended to use this "global" state interface if
+ you need to set the value atomically. The later state
+ interface associated with each cable cannot update
+ multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously.
+
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows the name of cable
+ "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device.
+
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state shows and stores the
+ state of cable "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon
+ device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1
+ (attached).
+
+What: /sys/class/extcon/.../mutually_exclusive/...
+Date: December 2011
+Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example,
+ if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is
+ {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is::
+
+ # ls mutually_exclusive/
+ 0x3
+ 0x5
+ 0xc
+ #
+
+ Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon
+ device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive
+ directory show the mutually-exclusive sets, not the contents
+ of the files.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-bridge b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-bridge
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..312ae2c57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-bridge
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /sys/class/fpga_bridge/<bridge>/name
+Date: January 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.5
+Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com>
+Description: Name of low level FPGA bridge driver.
+
+What: /sys/class/fpga_bridge/<bridge>/state
+Date: January 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.5
+Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com>
+Description: Show bridge state as "enabled" or "disabled"
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d78689c35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/name
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com>
+Description: Name of low level fpga manager driver.
+
+What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/state
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com>
+Description: Read fpga manager state as a string.
+ The intent is to provide enough detail that if something goes
+ wrong during FPGA programming (something that the driver can't
+ fix) then userspace can know, i.e. if the firmware request
+ fails, that could be due to not being able to find the firmware
+ file.
+
+ This is a superset of FPGA states and fpga manager driver
+ states. The fpga manager driver is walking through these steps
+ to get the FPGA into a known operating state. It's a sequence,
+ though some steps may get skipped. Valid FPGA states will vary
+ by manufacturer; this is a superset.
+
+ * unknown = can't determine state
+ * power off = FPGA power is off
+ * power up = FPGA reports power is up
+ * reset = FPGA held in reset state
+ * firmware request = firmware class request in progress
+ * firmware request error = firmware request failed
+ * write init = preparing FPGA for programming
+ * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for programming
+ * write = FPGA ready to receive image data
+ * write error = Error while programming
+ * write complete = Doing post programming steps
+ * write complete error = Error while doing post programming
+ * operating = FPGA is programmed and operating
+
+What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/status
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read fpga manager status as a string.
+ If FPGA programming operation fails, it could be caused by crc
+ error or incompatible bitstream image. The intent of this
+ interface is to provide more detailed information for FPGA
+ programming errors to userspace. This is a list of strings for
+ the supported status.
+
+ * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by
+ reconfiguration hardware.
+ e.g. start reconfiguration
+ with errors not cleared
+ * reconfig CRC error - CRC error detected by
+ reconfiguration hardware.
+ * reconfig incompatible image - reconfiguration image is
+ incompatible with hardware
+ * reconfig IP protocol error - protocol errors detected by
+ reconfiguration hardware
+ * reconfig fifo overflow error - FIFO overflow detected by
+ reconfiguration hardware
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bc7ec644a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/class/fpga_region/<region>/compat_id
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: FPGA region id for compatibility check, e.g. compatibility
+ of the FPGA reconfiguration hardware and image. This value
+ is defined or calculated by the layer that is creating the
+ FPGA region. This interface returns the compat_id value or
+ just error code -ENOENT in case compat_id is not used.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c8553d972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/class/gnss/gnssN/type
+Date: May 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The GNSS receiver type. The currently identified types reflect
+ the protocol(s) supported by the receiver:
+
+ ====== ===========
+ "NMEA" NMEA 0183
+ "SiRF" SiRF Binary
+ "UBX" UBX
+ ====== ===========
+
+ Note that also non-"NMEA" type receivers typically support a
+ subset of NMEA 0183 with vendor extensions (e.g. to allow
+ switching to a vendor protocol).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d0a1b4be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/devices/
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ IOMMU drivers are able to link devices managed by a
+ given IOMMU here to allow association of IOMMU to
+ device.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../iommu
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ IOMMU drivers are able to link the IOMMU for a
+ given device here to allow association of device to
+ IOMMU.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6ba8e8a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/cap
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ IOMMU capability header as documented in the AMD IOMMU
+ specification. Format: %x
+
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/features
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Extended features of the IOMMU. Format: %llx
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..258cc246d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/address
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Physical address of the VT-d DRHD for this IOMMU.
+ Format: %llx. This allows association of a sysfs
+ intel-iommu with a DMAR DRHD table entry.
+
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/cap
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The cached hardware capability register value
+ of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx.
+
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/ecap
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The cached hardware extended capability register
+ value of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx.
+
+What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/version
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The architecture version as reported from the
+ VT-d VER_REG. Format: %d:%d, major:minor
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35906bf7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/lcd_power
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Control LCD power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+ - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on.
+ - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
+
+What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/contrast
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Current contrast of this LCD device. Value is between 0 and
+ /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast.
+
+What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Maximum contrast for this LCD device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e24ac3bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Set the brightness of the LED.
+
+ Most LEDs don't have hardware brightness support, so will
+ just be turned on for non-zero brightness settings.
+
+ .. Note::
+
+ For multicolor LEDs, writing to this file will update all
+ LEDs within the group to a calculated percentage of what
+ each color LED intensity is set to.
+
+ The percentage is calculated for each grouped LED via
+ the equation below::
+
+ led_brightness = brightness * multi_intensity/max_brightness
+
+ For additional details please refer to
+ Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst.
+
+ The value is between 0 and
+ /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
+
+ Writing 0 to this file clears active trigger.
+
+ Writing non-zero to this file while trigger is active changes the
+ top brightness trigger is going to use.
+
+
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Maximum brightness level for this LED, default is 255 (LED_FULL).
+
+ If the LED does not support different brightness levels, this
+ should be 1.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness_hw_changed
+Date: January 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Description:
+ Last hardware set brightness level for this LED. Some LEDs
+ may be changed autonomously by hardware/firmware. Only LEDs
+ where this happens and the driver can detect this, will have
+ this file.
+
+ This file supports poll() to detect when the hardware changes
+ the brightness.
+
+ Reading this file will return the last brightness level set
+ by the hardware, this may be different from the current
+ brightness. Reading this file when no hw brightness change
+ event has happened will return an ENODATA error.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/trigger
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source
+ of LED events.
+
+ You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO
+ scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in
+ /sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected. For
+ their documentation see `sysfs-class-led-trigger-*`.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted
+Date: January 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to
+ gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger,
+ it is useful when driving a LED which is intended to indicate
+ a device in a standby like state.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04f3ffdc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat
+Date: September 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Description:
+ EL15203000 supports only indefinitely patterns,
+ so this file should always store -1.
+
+ For more info, please see:
+ Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e38a835d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_channel
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the ALS output channel to use as input in
+ ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where:
+
+ == ============
+ 1 out_current1
+ 2 out_current2
+ == ============
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1).
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/falltime
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/risetime
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where:
+
+ == =======
+ 0 2048 us
+ 1 262 ms
+ 2 524 ms
+ 3 1.049 s
+ 4 2.097 s
+ 5 4.194 s
+ 6 8.389 s
+ 7 16.78 s
+ == =======
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Get the id of this led (0..3).
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/linear
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where:
+
+ == ================
+ 0 exponential mode
+ 1 linear mode
+ == ================
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where:
+
+ ===== ===========================
+ bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+ bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+ bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+ bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+ bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+ bit 0 PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..795a5de12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/device/brightness
+Date: July 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.9
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (RW) On the front panel of the Turris Omnia router there is also
+ a button which can be used to control the intensity of all the
+ LEDs at once, so that if they are too bright, user can dim them.
+
+ The microcontroller cycles between 8 levels of this global
+ brightness (from 100% to 0%), but this setting can have any
+ integer value between 0 and 100. It is therefore convenient to be
+ able to change this setting from software.
+
+ Format: %i
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11e5677c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_brightness
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read/write
+ Set the brightness of this LED in the flash strobe mode, in
+ microamperes. The file is created only for the flash LED devices
+ that support setting flash brightness.
+
+ The value is between 0 and
+ /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read only
+ Maximum brightness level for this LED in the flash strobe mode,
+ in microamperes.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_timeout
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read/write
+ Hardware timeout for flash, in microseconds. The flash strobe
+ is stopped after this period of time has passed from the start
+ of the strobe. The file is created only for the flash LED
+ devices that support setting flash timeout.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_timeout
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read only
+ Maximum flash timeout for this LED, in microseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_strobe
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read/write
+ Flash strobe state. When written with 1 it triggers flash strobe
+ and when written with 0 it turns the flash off.
+
+ On read 1 means that flash is currently strobing and 0 means
+ that flash is off.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_fault
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description: read only
+ Space separated list of flash faults that may have occurred.
+ Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible
+ flash faults:
+
+ * led-over-voltage
+ flash controller voltage to the flash LED
+ has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller
+ * flash-timeout-exceeded
+ the flash strobe was still on when
+ the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash
+ controllers may set this in all such conditions
+ * controller-over-temperature
+ the flash controller has
+ overheated
+ * controller-short-circuit
+ the short circuit protection
+ of the flash controller has been triggered
+ * led-power-supply-over-current
+ current in the LED power
+ supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash
+ controller
+ * indicator-led-fault
+ the flash controller has detected
+ a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED
+ * led-under-voltage
+ flash controller voltage to the flash
+ LED has been below the minimum limit specific to
+ the flash
+ * controller-under-voltage
+ the input voltage of the flash
+ controller is below the limit under which strobing the
+ flash at full current will not be possible;
+ the condition persists until this flag is no longer set
+ * led-over-temperature
+ the temperature of the LED has exceeded
+ its allowed upper limit
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..16fc827b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_index
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.9
+Contact: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
+Description: read
+ The multi_index array, when read, will output the LED colors
+ as an array of strings as they are indexed in the
+ multi_intensity file.
+
+ For additional details please refer to
+ Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_intensity
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.9
+Contact: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
+Description: read/write
+ This file contains array of integers. Order of components is
+ described by the multi_index array. The maximum intensity should
+ not exceed /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
+
+ For additional details please refer to
+ Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..646540950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/device_name
+Date: Dec 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the network device name to monitor.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/interval
+Date: Dec 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the duration of the LED blink in milliseconds.
+ Defaults to 50 ms.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link
+Date: Dec 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Signal the link state of the named network device.
+
+ If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off.
+
+ If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state
+ of the named network device.
+ Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/tx
+Date: Dec 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Signal transmission of data on the named network device.
+
+ If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on transmission.
+
+ If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified
+ in interval to signal transmission.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/rx
+Date: Dec 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Signal reception of data on the named network device.
+
+ If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on reception.
+
+ If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified
+ in interval to signal reception.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-oneshot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-oneshot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..378a3a4df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-oneshot
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/delay_on
+Date: Jun 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.6
+Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies for how many milliseconds the LED has to stay at
+ LED_FULL brightness after it has been armed.
+ Defaults to 100 ms.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/delay_off
+Date: Jun 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.6
+Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies for how many milliseconds the LED has to stay at
+ LED_OFF brightness after it has been armed.
+ Defaults to 100 ms.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/invert
+Date: Jun 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.6
+Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reverse the blink logic. If set to 0 (default) blink on for
+ delay_on ms, then blink off for delay_off ms, leaving the LED
+ normally off. If set to 1, blink off for delay_off ms, then
+ blink on for delay_on ms, leaving the LED normally on.
+ Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/shot
+Date: Jun 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.6
+Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Write any non-empty string to signal an events, this starts a
+ blink sequence if not already running.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d91a07767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pattern
+Date: September 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.20
+Description:
+ Specify a software pattern for the LED, that supports altering
+ the brightness for the specified duration with one software
+ timer. It can do gradual dimming and step change of brightness.
+
+ The pattern is given by a series of tuples, of brightness and
+ duration (ms).
+
+ The exact format is described in:
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-trigger-pattern.txt
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/hw_pattern
+Date: September 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.20
+Description:
+ Specify a hardware pattern for the LED, for LED hardware that
+ supports autonomously controlling brightness over time, according
+ to some preprogrammed hardware patterns. It deactivates any active
+ software pattern.
+
+ Since different LED hardware can have different semantics of
+ hardware patterns, each driver is expected to provide its own
+ description for the hardware patterns in their documentation
+ file at Documentation/leds/.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat
+Date: September 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.20
+Description:
+ Specify a pattern repeat number. -1 means repeat indefinitely,
+ other negative numbers and number 0 are invalid.
+
+ This file will always return the originally written repeat
+ number.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eb81152b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/ports/<port>
+Date: September 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
+ linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Every dir entry represents a single USB port that can be
+ selected for the USB port trigger. Selecting ports makes trigger
+ observing them for any connected devices and lighting on LED if
+ there are any.
+
+ Echoing "1" value selects USB port. Echoing "0" unselects it.
+ Current state can be also read.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b57ffb26e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/gt683r/mode
+Date: Jun 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Janne Kanniainen <janne.kanniainen@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the mode of LEDs. You should notice that changing the mode
+ of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as
+ well. Possible values are:
+
+ == =========
+ 0 normal
+ 1 audio
+ 2 breathing
+ == =========
+
+ Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled
+ Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level
+ Breathing: LEDs brightness varies at human breathing rate
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c52372b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+What: /sys/class/mei/
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The mei/ class sub-directory belongs to mei device class
+
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/mei/meiN directory is created for
+ each probed mei device
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/fw_status
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Display fw status registers content
+
+ The ME FW writes its status information into fw status
+ registers for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health.
+
+ The register contains running state, power management
+ state, error codes, and others. The way the registers
+ are decoded depends on PCH or SoC generation.
+ Also number of registers varies between 1 and 6
+ depending on generation.
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/hbm_ver
+Date: Aug 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Display the negotiated HBM protocol version.
+
+ The HBM protocol version negotiated
+ between the driver and the device.
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/hbm_ver_drv
+Date: Aug 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Display the driver HBM protocol version.
+
+ The HBM protocol version supported by the driver.
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/tx_queue_limit
+Date: Jan 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Configure tx queue limit
+
+ Set maximal number of pending writes
+ per opened session.
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/fw_ver
+Date: May 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Display the ME firmware version.
+
+ The version of the platform ME firmware is in format:
+ <platform>:<major>.<minor>.<milestone>.<build_no>.
+ There can be up to three such blocks for different
+ FW components.
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/dev_state
+Date: Mar 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Display the ME device state.
+
+ The device state can have following values:
+ INITIALIZING
+ INIT_CLIENTS
+ ENABLED
+ RESETTING
+ DISABLED
+ POWER_DOWN
+ POWER_UP
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/trc
+Date: Nov 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Display trc status register content
+
+ The ME FW writes Glitch Detection HW (TRC)
+ status information into trc status register
+ for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health.
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/kind
+Date: Jul 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Display kind of the device
+
+ Generic devices are marked as "mei"
+ while special purpose have their own
+ names.
+ Available options:
+ - mei: generic mei device.
+ - itouch: itouch (ipts) mei device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd0e780c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+What: /sys/class/mic/
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The mic class directory belongs to Intel MIC devices and
+ provides information per MIC device. An Intel MIC device is a
+ PCIe form factor add-in Coprocessor card based on the Intel Many
+ Integrated Core (MIC) architecture that runs a Linux OS.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The directories /sys/class/mic/mic0, /sys/class/mic/mic1 etc.,
+ represent MIC devices (0,1,..etc). Each directory has
+ information specific to that MIC device.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/family
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Provides information about the Coprocessor family for an Intel
+ MIC device. For example - "x100"
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/stepping
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Provides information about the silicon stepping for an Intel
+ MIC device. For example - "A0" or "B0"
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/state
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel
+ MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that
+ will be read are:
+
+
+ =============== ===============================================
+ "ready" The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS.
+ On reading this entry after an OSPM resume,
+ a "boot" has to be written to this entry if
+ the card was previously shutdown during OSPM
+ suspend.
+ "booting" The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS.
+ "online" The MIC device has completed boot and is online
+ "shutting_down" The card OS is shutting down.
+ "resetting" A reset has been initiated for the MIC device
+ "reset_failed" The MIC device has failed to reset.
+ =============== ===============================================
+
+ When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change
+ operations depending upon the current state of the card OS.
+ Acceptable values are:
+
+
+ ========== ===================================================
+ "boot" Boot the card OS image specified by the combination
+ of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode
+ sysfs entries.
+ "reset" Initiates device reset.
+ "shutdown" Initiates card OS shutdown.
+ ========== ===================================================
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/shutdown_status
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. This
+ OS can shutdown because of various reasons. When read, this
+ entry provides the status on why the card OS was shutdown.
+ Possible values are:
+
+ ========== ===================================================
+ "nop" shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS
+ is "online"
+ "crashed" Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash.
+ "halted" Shutdown because of a halt command.
+ "poweroff" Shutdown because of a poweroff command.
+ "restart" Shutdown because of a restart command.
+ ========== ===================================================
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/cmdline
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. Before
+ booting this card OS, it is possible to pass kernel command line
+ options to configure various features in it, similar to
+ self-bootable machines. When read, this entry provides
+ information about the current kernel command line options set to
+ boot the card OS. This entry can be written to change the
+ existing kernel command line options. Typically, the user would
+ want to read the current command line options, append new ones
+ or modify existing ones and then write the whole kernel command
+ line back to this entry.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/firmware
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under
+ /lib/firmware/ where the firmware image to be booted on the
+ card can be found. The entry can be written to change the
+ firmware image location under /lib/firmware/.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/ramdisk
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under
+ /lib/firmware/ where the ramdisk image to be used during card
+ OS boot can be found. The entry can be written to change
+ the ramdisk image location under /lib/firmware/.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/bootmode
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ When read, this sysfs entry provides the current bootmode for
+ the card. This sysfs entry can be written with the following
+ valid strings:
+ a) linux - Boot a Linux image.
+ b) flash - Boot an image for flash updates.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_addr
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For
+ debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can
+ access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry
+ provides the kernel virtual address of the buffer where the card
+ OS log buffer can be read. This entry is written by the host
+ configuration daemon to set the log buffer address. The correct
+ log buffer address to be written can be found in the System.map
+ file of the card OS.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_len
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
+Description:
+ An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For
+ debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can
+ access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry
+ provides the kernel virtual address where the card OS log buffer
+ length can be read. This entry is written by host configuration
+ daemon to set the log buffer length address. The correct log
+ buffer length address to be written can be found in the
+ System.map file of the card OS.
+
+What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/heartbeat_enable
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The MIC drivers detect and inform user space about card crashes
+ via a heartbeat mechanism (see the description of
+ shutdown_status above). User space can turn off this
+ notification by setting heartbeat_enable to 0 and enable it by
+ setting this entry to 1. If this notification is disabled it is
+ the responsibility of user space to detect card crashes via
+ alternative means such as a network ping. This setting is
+ enabled by default.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3bc7c0a95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+What: /sys/class/mtd/
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The mtd/ class subdirectory belongs to the MTD subsystem
+ (MTD core).
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/mtd/mtd{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond
+ to each /dev/mtdX character device. These may represent
+ physical/simulated flash devices, partitions on a flash
+ device, or concatenated flash devices.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ These directories provide the corresponding read-only device
+ nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ .
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/dev
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+ to this MTD device (in <major>:<minor> format). This is the
+ read-write device so <minor> will be even.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/dev
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+ to the read-only variant of thie MTD device (in
+ <major>:<minor> format). In this case <minor> will be odd.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/erasesize
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ "Major" erase size for the device. If numeraseregions is
+ zero, this is the eraseblock size for the entire device.
+ Otherwise, the MEMGETREGIONCOUNT/MEMGETREGIONINFO ioctls
+ can be used to determine the actual eraseblock layout.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/flags
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ A hexadecimal value representing the device flags, ORed
+ together:
+
+ 0x0400: MTD_WRITEABLE - device is writable
+ 0x0800: MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE - single bits can be flipped
+ 0x1000: MTD_NO_ERASE - no erase necessary
+ 0x2000: MTD_POWERUP_LOCK - always locked after reset
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/name
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ A human-readable ASCII name for the device or partition.
+ This will match the name in /proc/mtd .
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/numeraseregions
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ For devices that have variable eraseblock sizes, this
+ provides the total number of erase regions. Otherwise,
+ it will read back as zero.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobsize
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Number of OOB bytes per page.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/size
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Total size of the device/partition, in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/type
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ One of the following ASCII strings, representing the device
+ type:
+
+ absent, ram, rom, nor, nand, mlc-nand, dataflash, ubi, unknown
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/writesize
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Minimal writable flash unit size. This will always be
+ a positive integer.
+
+ In the case of NOR flash it is 1 (even though individual
+ bits can be cleared).
+
+ In the case of NAND flash it is one NAND page (or a
+ half page, or a quarter page).
+
+ In the case of ECC NOR, it is the ECC block size.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_strength
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Maximum number of bit errors that the device is capable of
+ correcting within each region covering an ECC step (see
+ ecc_step_size). This will always be a non-negative integer.
+
+ In the case of devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bitflip_threshold
+Date: April 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.4
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ This allows the user to examine and adjust the criteria by which
+ mtd returns -EUCLEAN from mtd_read() and mtd_read_oob(). If the
+ maximum number of bit errors that were corrected on any single
+ region comprising an ecc step (as reported by the driver) equals
+ or exceeds this value, -EUCLEAN is returned. Otherwise, absent
+ an error, 0 is returned. Higher layers (e.g., UBI) use this
+ return code as an indication that an erase block may be
+ degrading and should be scrutinized as a candidate for being
+ marked as bad.
+
+ The initial value may be specified by the flash device driver.
+ If not, then the default value is ecc_strength.
+
+ The introduction of this feature brings a subtle change to the
+ meaning of the -EUCLEAN return code. Previously, it was
+ interpreted to mean simply "one or more bit errors were
+ corrected". Its new interpretation can be phrased as "a
+ dangerously high number of bit errors were corrected on one or
+ more regions comprising an ecc step". The precise definition of
+ "dangerously high" can be adjusted by the user with
+ bitflip_threshold. Users are discouraged from doing this,
+ however, unless they know what they are doing and have intimate
+ knowledge of the properties of their device. Broadly speaking,
+ bitflip_threshold should be low enough to detect genuine erase
+ block degradation, but high enough to avoid the consequences of
+ a persistent return value of -EUCLEAN on devices where sticky
+ bitflips occur. Note that if bitflip_threshold exceeds
+ ecc_strength, -EUCLEAN is never returned by the read operations.
+ Conversely, if bitflip_threshold is zero, -EUCLEAN is always
+ returned, absent a hard error.
+
+ This is generally applicable only to NAND flash devices with ECC
+ capability. It is ignored on devices lacking ECC capability;
+ i.e., devices for which ecc_strength is zero.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_step_size
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.10
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The size of a single region covered by ECC, known as the ECC
+ step. Devices may have several equally sized ECC steps within
+ each writesize region.
+
+ It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of
+ devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_failures
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The number of failures reported by this device's ECC. Typically,
+ these failures are associated with failed read operations.
+
+ It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of
+ devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/corrected_bits
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The number of bits that have been corrected by means of the
+ device's ECC.
+
+ It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of
+ devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bad_blocks
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The number of blocks marked as bad, if any, in this partition.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bbt_blocks
+Date: June 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The number of blocks that are marked as reserved, if any, in
+ this partition. These are typically used to store the in-flash
+ bad block table (BBT).
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/offset
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ For a partition, the offset of that partition from the start
+ of the parent (another partition or a flash device) in bytes.
+ This attribute is absent on flash devices, so it can be used
+ to distinguish them from partitions.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobavail
+Date: April 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Number of bytes available for a client to place data into
+ the out of band area.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8715f9c7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/class/mux/
+Date: April 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se>
+Description:
+ The mux/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic MUX
+ Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using MUX
+ controllers.
+
+What: /sys/class/mux/muxchipN/
+Date: April 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se>
+Description:
+ A /sys/class/mux/muxchipN directory is created for each
+ probed MUX chip where N is a simple enumeration.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f2002df5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/name_assign_type
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are:
+
+ == ==========================================================
+ 1 enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way
+ 2 predictably named by the kernel
+ 3 named by userspace
+ 4 renamed
+ == ==========================================================
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type
+Date: July 2010
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are:
+
+ == =============================
+ 0 permanent address
+ 1 randomly generated
+ 2 stolen from another device
+ 3 set using dev_set_mac_address
+ == =============================
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_len
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the hardware address size in bytes.
+ Values vary based on the lower-level protocol used by the
+ interface (Ethernet, FDDI, ATM, IEEE 802.15.4...). See
+ include/uapi/linux/if_*.h for actual values.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/address
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware address currently assigned to this interface.
+ Format is a string, e.g: 00:11:22:33:44:55 for an Ethernet MAC
+ address.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<bridge iface>/bridge/group_fwd_mask
+Date: January 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Bitmask to allow forwarding of link local frames with address
+ 01-80-C2-00-00-0X on a bridge device. Only values that set bits
+ not matching BR_GROUPFWD_RESTRICTED in net/bridge/br_private.h
+ allowed.
+ Default value 0 does not forward any link local frames.
+
+ Restricted bits:
+
+ == ========================================================
+ 0 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP
+ 1 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE
+ 2 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad
+ == ========================================================
+
+ Any values not setting these bits can be used. Take special
+ care when forwarding control frames e.g. 802.1X-PAE or LLDP.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/broadcast
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware broadcast address for this interface. Format is a
+ string, e.g: ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for an Ethernet broadcast MAC
+ address.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the current physical link state of the interface.
+ Posssible values are:
+
+ == =====================
+ 0 physical link is down
+ 1 physical link is up
+ == =====================
+
+ Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will
+ allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for
+ operating correctly and designating another fallback interface.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_id
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the device unique identifier. Format is an hexadecimal
+ value. This is used to disambiguate interfaces which might be
+ stacked (e.g: VLAN interfaces) but still have the same MAC
+ address as their parent device.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_port
+Date: February 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the port number of this network device, formatted
+ as a decimal value. Some NICs have multiple independent ports
+ on the same PCI bus, device and function. This attribute allows
+ userspace to distinguish the respective interfaces.
+
+ Note: some device drivers started to use 'dev_id' for this
+ purpose since long before 3.15 and have not adopted the new
+ attribute ever since. To query the port number, some tools look
+ exclusively at 'dev_port', while others only consult 'dev_id'.
+ If a network device has multiple client adapter ports as
+ described in the previous paragraph and does not set this
+ attribute to its port number, it's a kernel bug.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dormant
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the interface is in dormant state. Possible
+ values are:
+ 0: interface is not dormant
+ 1: interface is dormant
+
+ This attribute can be used by supplicant software to signal that
+ the device is not usable unless some supplicant-based
+ authentication is performed (e.g: 802.1x). 'link_mode' attribute
+ will also reflect the dormant state.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/testing
+Date: April 2002
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the interface is under test. Possible
+ values are:
+
+ == =============================
+ 0 interface is not being tested
+ 1 interface is being tested
+ == =============================
+
+ When an interface is under test, it cannot be expected
+ to pass packets as normal.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/duplex
+Date: October 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible
+ values are:
+
+ ==== ===========
+ half half duplex
+ full full duplex
+ ==== ===========
+
+ Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement
+ the ethtool get_link_ksettings method (mostly Ethernet).
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/flags
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface flags as a bitmask in hexadecimal. See
+ include/uapi/linux/if.h for a list of all possible values and
+ the flags semantics.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/ifalias
+Date: September 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.28
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates/stores an interface alias name as a string. This can
+ be used for system management purposes.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/ifindex
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier as a
+ decimal number. This attribute is used for mapping an interface
+ identifier to an interface name. It is used throughout the
+ networking stack for specifying the interface specific
+ requests/events.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/iflink
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier a
+ the interface is linked to. Format is decimal. This attribute is
+ used to resolve interfaces chaining, linking and stacking.
+ Physical interfaces have the same 'ifindex' and 'iflink' values.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/link_mode
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This
+ attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute
+ to determine the interface usability. Possible values:
+
+ == =================
+ 0 default link mode
+ 1 dormant link mode
+ == =================
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/mtu
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface currently configured MTU value, in
+ bytes, and in decimal format. Specific values depends on the
+ lower-level interface protocol used. Ethernet devices will show
+ a 'mtu' attribute value of 1500 unless changed.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/netdev_group
+Date: January 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface network device group, as a decimal
+ integer. Default value is 0 which corresponds to the initial
+ network devices group. The group can be changed to affect
+ routing decisions (see: net/ipv4/fib_rules and
+ net/ipv6/fib6_rules.c).
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/operstate
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string.
+
+ Possible values are:
+
+ "unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing",
+ "dormant", "up".
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_id
+Date: July 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface unique physical port identifier within
+ the NIC, as a string.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_name
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface physical port name within the NIC,
+ as a string.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/speed
+Date: October 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface latest or current speed value. Value is
+ an integer representing the link speed in Mbits/sec.
+
+ Note: this attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement
+ the ethtool get_link_ksettings method (mostly Ethernet).
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/tx_queue_len
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface transmit queue len in number of packets,
+ as an integer value. Value depend on the type of interface,
+ Ethernet network adapters have a default value of 1000 unless
+ configured otherwise
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/type
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the interface protocol type as a decimal value. See
+ include/uapi/linux/if_arp.h for all possible values.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_switch_id
+Date: November 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the unique physical switch identifier of a switch this
+ port belongs to, as a string.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phydev
+Date: May 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Symbolic link to the PHY device this network device is attached
+ to.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier_changes
+Date: Mar 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has
+ seen a change from UP to DOWN and vice versa
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier_up_count
+Date: Jan 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has
+ been up
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier_down_count
+Date: Jan 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has
+ been down
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..06416d0e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/min_tx_pkt
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ The driver will pad NCM Transfer Blocks (NTBs) longer
+ than this to tx_max, allowing the device to receive
+ tx_max sized frames with no terminating short
+ packet. NTBs shorter than this limit are transmitted
+ as-is, without any padding, and are terminated with a
+ short USB packet.
+
+ Padding to tx_max allows the driver to transmit NTBs
+ back-to-back without any interleaving short USB
+ packets. This reduces the number of short packet
+ interrupts in the device, and represents a tradeoff
+ between USB bus bandwidth and device DMA optimization.
+
+ Set to 0 to pad all frames. Set greater than tx_max to
+ disable all padding.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/ndp_to_end
+Date: Dec 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.5
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Boolean attribute showing the status of the "NDP to
+ end" quirk. Defaults to 'N', except for devices
+ already known to need it enabled.
+
+ The "NDP to end" quirk makes the driver place the NDP
+ (the packet index table) after the payload. The NCM
+ specification does not mandate this, but some devices
+ are known to be more restrictive. Write 'Y' to this
+ attribute for temporary testing of a suspect device
+ failing to work with the default driver settings.
+
+ A device entry should be added to the driver if this
+ quirk is found to be required.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/rx_max
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ The maximum NTB size for RX. Cannot exceed the
+ maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at
+ least one max sized datagram plus headers.
+
+ The actual limits are device dependent. See
+ dwNtbInMaxSize.
+
+ Note: Some devices will silently ignore changes to
+ this value, resulting in oversized NTBs and
+ corresponding framing errors.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_max
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ The maximum NTB size for TX. Cannot exceed the
+ maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at
+ least one max sized datagram plus headers.
+
+ The actual limits are device dependent. See
+ dwNtbOutMaxSize.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_timer_usecs
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Datagram aggregation timeout in µs. The driver will
+ wait up to 3 times this timeout for more datagrams to
+ aggregate before transmitting an NTB frame.
+
+ Valid range: 5 to 4000000
+
+ Set to 0 to disable aggregation.
+
+The following read-only attributes all represent fields of the
+structure defined in section 6.2.1 "GetNtbParameters" of "Universal
+Serial Bus Communications Class Subclass Specifications for Network
+Control Model Devices" (CDC NCM), Revision 1.0 (Errata 1), November
+24, 2010 from USB Implementers Forum, Inc. The descriptions are
+quoted from table 6-3 of CDC NCM: "NTB Parameter Structure".
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/bmNtbFormatsSupported
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ - Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1)
+ - Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported
+ - Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host)
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ IN NTB Maximum Size in bytes
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInDivisor
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Divisor used for IN NTB Datagram payload alignment
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInPayloadRemainder
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Remainder used to align input datagram payload within
+ the NTB: (Payload Offset) mod (wNdpInDivisor) =
+ wNdpInPayloadRemainder
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInAlignment
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ NDP alignment modulus for NTBs on the IN pipe. Shall
+ be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbOutMaxSize
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ OUT NTB Maximum Size
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutDivisor
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ OUT NTB Datagram alignment modulus
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutPayloadRemainder
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Remainder used to align output datagram payload
+ offsets within the NTB: Padding, shall be transmitted
+ as zero by function, and ignored by host. (Payload
+ Offset) mod (wNdpOutDivisor) = wNdpOutPayloadRemainder
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutAlignment
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ NDP alignment modulus for use in NTBs on the OUT
+ pipe. Shall be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNtbOutMaxDatagrams
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Maximum number of datagrams that the host may pack
+ into a single OUT NTB. Zero means that the device
+ imposes no limit.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..985d84c58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dsa/tagging
+Date: August 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.20
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ String indicating the type of tagging protocol used by the
+ DSA slave network device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f418c92ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable0
+Date: October 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+ Hardware configuration of physical interface 0. This file reads
+ and writes the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register.
+ Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP
+ core library documentation for details. The default value is 0
+ or set by the module parameter grcan.enable0 and can be read at
+ /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable0.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable1
+Date: October 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+ Hardware configuration of physical interface 1. This file reads
+ and writes the "Enable 1" bit of the configuration register.
+ Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP
+ core library documentation for details. The default value is 0
+ or set by the module parameter grcan.enable1 and can be read at
+ /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable1.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/select
+Date: October 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+ Configuration of which physical interface to be used. Possible
+ values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP core
+ library documentation for details. The default value is 0 or is
+ set by the module parameter grcan.select and can be read at
+ /sys/module/grcan/parameters/select.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fdbc03a2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/termination
+Date: May 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Value representing the can bus termination
+
+ Default: 1 (termination active)
+ Reading: get actual termination state
+ Writing: set actual termination state (0=no termination, 1=termination active)
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/fwinfo
+Date: May 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Andreas Gröger <andreas24groeger@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Firmware stamp of ican3 module
+ Read-only: 32 byte string identification of the ICAN3 module
+ (known values: "JANZ-ICAN3 ICANOS 1.xx", "JANZ-ICAN3 CAL/CANopen 1.xx")
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40ced0ea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/attached_dev
+Date: May 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Symbolic link to the network device this PHY device is
+ attached to.
+
+What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_has_fixups
+Date: February 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the boolean value whether a given PHY
+ device has had any "fixup" workaround running on it, encoded as
+ a boolean. This information is provided to help troubleshooting
+ PHY configurations.
+
+What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_id
+Date: November 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported
+ by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal.
+ This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate
+ driver.
+
+What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_interface
+Date: February 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This attribute contains the PHY interface as configured by the
+ Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string.
+ This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the
+ appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware.
+
+ Possible values are:
+
+ <empty> (not available), mii, gmii, sgmii, tbi, rev-mii,
+ rmii, rgmii, rgmii-id, rgmii-rxid, rgmii-txid, rtbi, smii
+ xgmii, moca, qsgmii, trgmii, 1000base-x, 2500base-x, rxaui,
+ xaui, 10gbase-kr, unknown
+
+What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_standalone
+Date: May 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Boolean value indicating whether the PHY device is used in
+ standalone mode, without a net_device associated, by PHYLINK.
+ Attribute created only when this is the case.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c310db4cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/raw_ip
+Date: Dec 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Boolean. Default: 'N'
+
+ Set this to 'Y' to change the network device link
+ framing from '802.3' to 'raw-ip'.
+
+ The netdev will change to reflect the link framing
+ mode. The netdev is an ordinary ethernet device in
+ '802.3' mode, and the driver expects to exchange
+ frames with an ethernet header over the USB link. The
+ netdev is a headerless p-t-p device in 'raw-ip' mode,
+ and the driver expects to echange IPv4 or IPv6 packets
+ without any L2 header over the USB link.
+
+ Userspace is in full control of firmware configuration
+ through the delegation of the QMI protocol. Userspace
+ is responsible for coordination of driver and firmware
+ link framing mode, changing this setting to 'Y' if the
+ firmware is configured for 'raw-ip' mode.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/add_mux
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Unsigned integer.
+
+ Write a number ranging from 1 to 254 to add a qmap mux
+ based network device, supported by recent Qualcomm based
+ modems.
+
+ The network device will be called qmimux.
+
+ Userspace is in charge of managing the qmux network device
+ activation and data stream setup on the modem side by
+ using the proper QMI protocol requests.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/del_mux
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+ Unsigned integer.
+
+ Write a number ranging from 1 to 254 to delete a previously
+ created qmap mux based network device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..978b76358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_cpus
+Date: March 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the
+ Receive Packet Steering packet processing flow for this
+ network device queue. Possible values depend on the number
+ of available CPU(s) in the system.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_flow_cnt
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Number of Receive Packet Steering flows being currently
+ processed by this particular network device receive queue.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_timeout
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of transmit timeout events seen by this
+ network interface transmit queue.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_maxrate
+Date: March 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A Mbps max-rate set for the queue, a value of zero means disabled,
+ default is disabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_cpus
+Date: November 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the
+ Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this
+ network device transmit queue. Possible vaules depend on the
+ number of available CPU(s) in the system.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_rxqs
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.18.0
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Mask of the receive queue(s) currently enabled to participate
+ into the Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this
+ network device transmit queue. Possible values depend on the
+ number of available receive queue(s) in the network device.
+ Default is disabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/hold_time
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the hold time in milliseconds to measure the slack
+ of this particular network device transmit queue.
+ Default value is 1000.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/inflight
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of bytes (objects) in flight on this
+ network device transmit queue.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the current limit of bytes allowed to be queued
+ on this network device transmit queue. This value is clamped
+ to be within the bounds defined by limit_max and limit_min.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_max
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the absolute maximum limit of bytes allowed to be
+ queued on this network device transmit queue. See
+ include/linux/dynamic_queue_limits.h for the default value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_min
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the absolute minimum limit of bytes allowed to be
+ queued on this network device transmit queue. Default value is
+ 0.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55db27815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/collisions
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of collisions seen by this network device.
+ This value might not be relevant with all MAC layers.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/multicast
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of multicast packets received by this
+ network device.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_bytes
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of bytes received by this network device.
+ See the network driver for the exact meaning of when this
+ value is incremented.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_compressed
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of compressed packets received by this
+ network device. This value might only be relevant for interfaces
+ that support packet compression (e.g: PPP).
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_crc_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets received with a CRC (FCS) error
+ by this network device. Note that the specific meaning might
+ depend on the MAC layer used by the interface.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_dropped
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets received by the network device
+ but dropped, that are not forwarded to the upper layers for
+ packet processing. See the network driver for the exact
+ meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of receive errors on this network device.
+ See the network driver for the exact meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_fifo_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of receive FIFO errors seen by this
+ network device. See the network driver for the exact
+ meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_frame_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of received frames with error, such as
+ alignment errors. Note that the specific meaning depends on
+ on the MAC layer protocol used. See the network driver for
+ the exact meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_length_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of received error packet with a length
+ error, oversized or undersized. See the network driver for the
+ exact meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_missed_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of received packets that have been missed
+ due to lack of capacity in the receive side. See the network
+ driver for the exact meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_nohandler
+Date: February 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of received packets that were dropped on
+ an inactive device by the network core.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_over_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of received packets that are oversized
+ compared to what the network device is configured to accept
+ (e.g: larger than MTU). See the network driver for the exact
+ meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_packets
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the total number of good packets received by this
+ network device.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_aborted_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets that have been aborted
+ during transmission by a network device (e.g: because of
+ a medium collision). See the network driver for the exact
+ meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_bytes
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of bytes transmitted by a network
+ device. See the network driver for the exact meaning of this
+ value, in particular whether this accounts for all successfully
+ transmitted packets or all packets that have been queued for
+ transmission.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_carrier_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets that could not be transmitted
+ because of carrier errors (e.g: physical link down). See the
+ network driver for the exact meaning of this value.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_compressed
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of transmitted compressed packets. Note
+ this might only be relevant for devices that support
+ compression (e.g: PPP).
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_dropped
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets dropped during transmission.
+ See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the packets were
+ dropped.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets in error during transmission by
+ a network device. See the driver for the exact reasons as to
+ why the packets were dropped.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_fifo_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets having caused a transmit
+ FIFO error. See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the
+ packets were dropped.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_heartbeat_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets transmitted that have been
+ reported as heartbeat errors. See the driver for the exact
+ reasons as to why the packets were dropped.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_packets
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets transmitted by a network
+ device. See the driver for whether this reports the number of all
+ attempted or successful transmissions.
+
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_window_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of packets not successfully transmitted
+ due to a window collision. The specific meaning depends on the
+ MAC layer used. On Ethernet this is usually used to report
+ late collisions errors.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..847a7edc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/afu_version
+Date: January 2018
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Version of the AFU, in the format <major>:<minor>
+ Reflects what is read in the configuration space of the AFU
+
+What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/contexts
+Date: January 2018
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Number of contexts for the AFU, in the format <n>/<max>
+ where:
+
+ ==== ===============================================
+ n number of currently active contexts, for debug
+ max maximum number of contexts supported by the AFU
+ ==== ===============================================
+
+What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/pp_mmio_size
+Date: January 2018
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Size of the per-process mmio area, as defined in the
+ configuration space of the AFU
+
+What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/global_mmio_size
+Date: January 2018
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Size of the global mmio area, as defined in the
+ configuration space of the AFU
+
+What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/global_mmio_area
+Date: January 2018
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Give access the global mmio area for the AFU
+
+What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/reload_on_reset
+Date: February 2020
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Control whether the FPGA is reloaded on a link reset. Enabled
+ through a vendor-specific logic block on the FPGA.
+
+ =========== ===========================================
+ 0 Do not reload FPGA image from flash
+ 1 Reload FPGA image from flash
+ unavailable The device does not support this capability
+ =========== ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba1ce6265
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+sysfs interface
+---------------
+The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates the following files in the
+sysfs: (<devid> is in the format major:minor)
+
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/add
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+Date: Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+
+ ========== ==============================================
+ add (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to
+ create a new pktcdvd device and map it to the
+ block device.
+
+ remove (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
+ to remove the pktcdvd device.
+
+ device_map (RO) Shows the device mapping in format:
+ pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid>
+ ========== ==============================================
+
+
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/dev
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/uevent
+Date: Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+ dev: (RO) Device id
+
+ uevent: (WO) To send a uevent
+
+
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/packets_started
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/packets_finished
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/kb_written
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/kb_read
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/kb_read_gather
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/reset
+Date: Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+ packets_started: (RO) Number of started packets.
+
+ packets_finished: (RO) Number of finished packets.
+
+ kb_written: (RO) kBytes written.
+
+ kb_read: (RO) kBytes read.
+
+ kb_read_gather: (RO) kBytes read to fill write packets.
+
+ reset: (WO) Write any value to it to reset
+ pktcdvd device statistic values, like
+ bytes read/written.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/size
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/congestion_off
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/congestion_on
+Date: Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+ ============== ================================================
+ size (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue.
+
+ congestion_off (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark,
+ accept new bio requests from the block layer.
+
+ congestion_on (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this
+ mark, do no longer accept bio write requests
+ from the block layer and wait till the pktcdvd
+ device has processed enough bio's so that bio
+ write queue size is below congestion off mark.
+ A value of <= 0 disables congestion control.
+ ============== ================================================
+
+
+Example:
+--------
+To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do::
+
+ # create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
+ echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
+ cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+ # assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
+ cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
+ # print the device id of the mapped block device
+ fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+ # remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0
+ echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca830c6cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
@@ -0,0 +1,738 @@
+**General Properties**
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacturer
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the name of the device manufacturer.
+
+ Access: Read
+ Valid values: Represented as string
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/model_name
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the name of the device model.
+
+ Access: Read
+ Valid values: Represented as string
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/serial_number
+Date: January 2008
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the serial number of the device.
+
+ Access: Read
+ Valid values: Represented as string
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/type
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Describes the main type of the supply.
+
+ Access: Read
+ Valid values: "Battery", "UPS", "Mains", "USB", "Wireless"
+
+**Battery and USB properties**
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports an average IBAT current reading for the battery, over
+ a fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval
+ in which they average readings to smooth out the reported
+ value.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports an average IBUS current reading over a fixed period.
+ Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in which they
+ average readings to smooth out the reported value.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are
+ used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging
+ batteries and for USB IBUS current.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the maximum IBAT current allowed into the battery.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the maximum IBUS current the supply can support.
+
+ Access: Read
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports an instant, single IBAT current reading for the
+ battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the IBUS current supplied now. This value is generally
+ read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply
+ is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set
+ within the reported min/max range.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are
+ used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging
+ batteries and for USB IBUS current.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the current TBAT battery temperature reading.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the current supply temperature reading. This would
+ normally be the internal temperature of the device itself
+ (e.g TJUNC temperature of an IC)
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Maximum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
+ notify user-space of the event.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Maximum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply
+ will notify user-space of the event.
+
+ This is normally used for the charging scenario where
+ user-space needs to know if the temperature has crossed an
+ upper threshold so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning
+ user that the temperature is critically high, and charging has
+ stopped).
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ Battery:
+
+ Minimum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
+ notify user-space of the event.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Minimum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply
+ will notify user-space of the event.
+
+ This is normally used for the charging scenario where user-space
+ needs to know if the temperature has crossed a lower threshold
+ so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning user that
+ temperature level is high, and charging current has been
+ reduced accordingly to remedy the situation).
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the maximum allowed TBAT battery temperature for
+ charging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the maximum allowed supply temperature for operation.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the minimum allowed TBAT battery temperature for
+ charging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the minimum allowed supply temperature for operation.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max,
+Date: January 2008
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the maximum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the
+ battery, during charging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the maximum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min,
+Date: January 2008
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the minimum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the
+ battery, during discharging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the minimum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now,
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports an instant, single VBAT voltage reading for the
+ battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the VBUS voltage supplied now. This value is generally
+ read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply
+ is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set
+ within the reported min/max range.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+**Battery Properties**
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Fine grain representation of battery capacity.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_max
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Maximum battery capacity trip-wire value where the supply will
+ notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the
+ battery discharging scenario where user-space needs to know the
+ battery has dropped to an upper level so it can take
+ appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is
+ low).
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_min
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Minimum battery capacity trip-wire value where the supply will
+ notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the
+ battery discharging scenario where user-space needs to know the
+ battery has dropped to a lower level so it can take
+ appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is
+ critically low).
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_error_margin
+Date: April 2019
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery capacity measurement becomes unreliable without
+ recalibration. This values provides the maximum error
+ margin expected to exist by the fuel gauge in percent.
+ Values close to 0% will be returned after (re-)calibration
+ has happened. Over time the error margin will increase.
+ 100% means, that the capacity related values are basically
+ completely useless.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_level
+Date: June 2009
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Coarse representation of battery capacity.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High",
+ "Full"
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit
+Date: Oct 2012
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Maximum allowable charging current. Used for charge rate
+ throttling for thermal cooling or improving battery health.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit_max
+Date: Oct 2012
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Maximum legal value for the charge_control_limit property.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_start_threshold
+Date: April 2019
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Represents a battery percentage level, below which charging will
+ begin.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+ Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_end_threshold
+Date: April 2019
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Represents a battery percentage level, above which charging will
+ stop.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_type
+Date: July 2009
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Represents the type of charging currently being applied to the
+ battery. "Trickle", "Fast", and "Standard" all mean different
+ charging speeds. "Adaptive" means that the charger uses some
+ algorithm to adjust the charge rate dynamically, without
+ any user configuration required. "Custom" means that the charger
+ uses the charge_control_* properties as configuration for some
+ different algorithm.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard",
+ "Adaptive", "Custom"
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_term_current
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the charging current value which is used to determine
+ when the battery is considered full and charging should end.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/health
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the health of the battery or battery side of charger
+ functionality.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead",
+ "Over voltage", "Unspecified failure", "Cold",
+ "Watchdog timer expire", "Safety timer expire",
+ "Over current", "Calibration required", "Warm",
+ "Cool", "Hot"
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/precharge_current
+Date: June 2017
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the charging current applied during pre-charging phase
+ for a battery charge cycle.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/present
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports whether a battery is present or not in the system.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ == =======
+ 0: Absent
+ 1: Present
+ == =======
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/status
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Represents the charging status of the battery. Normally this
+ is read-only reporting although for some supplies this can be
+ used to enable/disable charging to the battery.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging",
+ "Not charging", "Full"
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/technology
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Describes the battery technology supported by the supply.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe",
+ "NiCd", "LiMn"
+
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_avg,
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports an average VBAT voltage reading for the battery, over a
+ fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in
+ which they average readings to smooth out the reported value.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+**USB Properties**
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_current_limit
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Details the incoming IBUS current limit currently set in the
+ supply. Normally this is configured based on the type of
+ connection made (e.g. A configured SDP should output a maximum
+ of 500mA so the input current limit is set to the same value).
+ Use preferably input_power_limit, and for problems that can be
+ solved using power limit use input_current_limit.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_voltage_limit
+Date: May 2019
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This entry configures the incoming VBUS voltage limit currently
+ set in the supply. Normally this is configured based on
+ system-level knowledge or user input (e.g. This is part of the
+ Pixel C's thermal management strategy to effectively limit the
+ input power to 5V when the screen is on to meet Google's skin
+ temperature targets). Note that this feature should not be
+ used for safety critical things.
+ Use preferably input_power_limit, and for problems that can be
+ solved using power limit use input_voltage_limit.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_power_limit
+Date: May 2019
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This entry configures the incoming power limit currently set
+ in the supply. Normally this is configured based on
+ system-level knowledge or user input. Use preferably this
+ feature to limit the incoming power and use current/voltage
+ limit only for problems that can be solved using power limit.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microwatts
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/online,
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates if VBUS is present for the supply. When the supply is
+ online, and the supply allows it, then it's possible to switch
+ between online states (e.g. Fixed -> Programmable for a PD_PPS
+ USB supply so voltage and current can be controlled).
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ == ==================================================
+ 0: Offline
+ 1: Online Fixed - Fixed Voltage Supply
+ 2: Online Programmable - Programmable Voltage Supply
+ == ==================================================
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/usb_type
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports what type of USB connection is currently active for
+ the supply, for example it can show if USB-PD capable source
+ is attached.
+
+ Access: Read-Only
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD",
+ "PD_DRP", "PD_PPS", "BrickID"
+
+**Device Specific Properties**
+
+What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now
+Date: May 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
+Description:
+ This file is writeable and can be used to set the current
+ coloumb counter value inside the battery monitor chip. This
+ is needed for unavoidable corrections of aging batteries.
+ A userspace daemon can monitor the battery charging logic
+ and once the counter drops out of considerable bounds, take
+ appropriate action.
+
+What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_full
+Date: May 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
+Description:
+ This file is writeable and can be used to set the assumed
+ battery 'full level'. As batteries age, this value has to be
+ amended over time.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/max14577-charger/device/fast_charge_timer
+Date: October 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.18.0
+Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max14577
+ charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires
+ the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current
+ will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ - 5, 6 or 7 (hours),
+ - 0: disabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/fast_charge_timer
+Date: January 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693
+ charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires
+ the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current
+ will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ - 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down)
+ - 0: disabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_threshold_current
+Date: January 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ This entry shows and sets the charging current threshold for
+ entering top-off charging mode. When charging current in fast
+ charge mode drops below this value, the charger will trigger
+ interrupt and start top-off charging mode.
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ - 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down)
+ - 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down)
+ - 0: disabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_timer
+Date: January 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693
+ charger operates in top-off charge mode. When the timer expires
+ the device will terminate top-off charge mode (charging current
+ will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ - 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/ovp_voltage
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4.0
+Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
+Description:
+ This entry configures the overvoltage protection feature of bq24257-
+ type charger devices. This feature protects the device and other
+ components against damage from overvoltage on the input supply. See
+ device datasheet for details.
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ - 6000000, 6500000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 9500000, 10000000,
+ 10500000 (all uV)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/in_dpm_voltage
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4.0
+Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
+Description:
+ This entry configures the input dynamic power path management voltage of
+ bq24257-type charger devices. Once the supply drops to the configured
+ voltage, the input current limit is reduced down to prevent the further
+ drop of the supply. When the IC enters this mode, the charge current is
+ lower than the set value. See device datasheet for details.
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ - 4200000, 4280000, 4360000, 4440000, 4520000, 4600000, 4680000,
+ 4760000 (all uV)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/high_impedance_enable
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4.0
+Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
+Description:
+ This entry allows enabling the high-impedance mode of bq24257-type
+ charger devices. If enabled, it places the charger IC into low power
+ standby mode with the switch mode controller disabled. When disabled,
+ the charger operates normally. See device datasheet for details.
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ - 1: enabled
+ - 0: disabled
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/sysoff_enable
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4.0
+Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
+Description:
+ This entry allows enabling the sysoff mode of bq24257-type charger
+ devices. If enabled and the input is removed, the internal battery FET
+ is turned off in order to reduce the leakage from the BAT pin to less
+ than 1uA. Note that on some devices/systems this disconnects the battery
+ from the system. See device datasheet for details.
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ - 1: enabled
+ - 0: disabled
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_year
+Date: January 2020
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the year (following Gregorian calendar) when the device has been
+ manufactured.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Reported as integer
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_month
+Date: January 2020
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the month when the device has been manufactured.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: 1-12
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_day
+Date: January 2020
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the day of month when the device has been manufactured.
+
+ Access: Read
+ Valid values: 1-31
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..914d67caa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/mp2629_battery/batt_impedance_compen
+Date: April 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Description:
+ Represents a battery impedance compensation to accelerate charging.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in milli-ohms. Valid range is [0, 140].
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b52f7023f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_usb/mode
+Description:
+ Changing mode for USB port.
+ Writing to this can disable charging.
+
+ Possible values are:
+
+ ============= ===========================================
+ "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected
+ power source and battery status.
+ "off" do not draw any power.
+ "continuous" activate mode described as "linear" in
+ TWL data sheets. This uses whatever
+ current is available and doesn't switch off
+ when voltage drops.
+
+ This is useful for unstable power sources
+ such as bicycle dynamo, but care should
+ be taken that battery is not over-charged.
+ ============= ===========================================
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_ac/mode
+Description:
+ Changing mode for 'ac' port.
+ Writing to this can disable charging.
+
+ Possible values are:
+
+ ====== ===========================================
+ "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected
+ power source and battery status.
+ "off" do not draw any power.
+ ====== ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82af180fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_type
+Date: April 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Description:
+ What charging algorithm to use:
+
+ Standard:
+ Fully charges battery at a standard rate.
+ Adaptive:
+ Battery settings adaptively optimized based on
+ typical battery usage pattern.
+ Fast:
+ Battery charges over a shorter period.
+ Trickle:
+ Extends battery lifespan, intended for users who
+ primarily use their Chromebook while connected to AC.
+ Custom:
+ A low and high threshold percentage is specified.
+ Charging begins when level drops below
+ charge_control_start_threshold, and ceases when
+ level is above charge_control_end_threshold.
+ Long Life:
+ Customized charge rate for last longer battery life.
+ On Wilco device this mode is pre-configured in the factory
+ through EC's private PID. Swiching to a different mode will
+ be denied by Wilco EC when Long Life mode is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_control_start_threshold
+Date: April 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Description:
+ Used when charge_type="Custom", as described above. Measured in
+ percentages. The valid range is [50, 95].
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_control_end_threshold
+Date: April 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Description:
+ Used when charge_type="Custom", as described above. Measured in
+ percentages. The valid range is [55, 100].
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca491ec4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+What: /sys/class/powercap/
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The powercap/ class sub directory belongs to the power cap
+ subsystem. Refer to
+ Documentation/power/powercap/powercap.rst for details.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A <control type> is a unique name under /sys/class/powercap.
+ Here <control type> determines how the power is going to be
+ controlled. A <control type> can contain multiple power zones.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/enabled
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This allows to enable/disable power capping for a "control type".
+ This status affects every power zone using this "control_type.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/<power zone>
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A power zone is a single or a collection of devices, which can
+ be independently monitored and controlled. A power zone sysfs
+ entry is qualified with the name of the <control type>.
+ E.g. intel-rapl:0:1:1.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/<power zone>/<child power zone>
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Power zones may be organized in a hierarchy in which child
+ power zones provide monitoring and control for a subset of
+ devices under the parent. For example, if there is a parent
+ power zone for a whole CPU package, each CPU core in it can
+ be a child power zone.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/name
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Specifies the name of this power zone.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/energy_uj
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Current energy counter in micro-joules. Write "0" to reset.
+ If the counter can not be reset, then this attribute is
+ read-only.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/max_energy_range_uj
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Range of the above energy counter in micro-joules.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/power_uw
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Current power in micro-watts.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/max_power_range_uw
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Range of the above power value in micro-watts.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_name
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Each power zone can define one or more constraints. Each
+ constraint can have an optional name. Here "X" can have values
+ from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_power_limit_uw
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Power limit in micro-watts should be applicable for
+ the time window specified by "constraint_X_time_window_us".
+ Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_time_window_us
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Time window in micro seconds. This is used along with
+ constraint_X_power_limit_uw to define a power constraint.
+ Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/.../constraint_X_max_power_uw
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Maximum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint.
+ Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/.../constraint_X_min_power_uw
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Minimum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint.
+ Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_max_time_window_us
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Maximum allowed time window in micro seconds for this
+ constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_min_time_window_us
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Minimum allowed time window in micro seconds for this
+ constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/enabled
+Date: September 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This allows to enable/disable power capping at power zone level.
+ This applies to current power zone and its children.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c20e61354
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+What: /sys/class/pwm/
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ The pwm/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic PWM
+ Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using PWM
+ channels.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN directory is created for each
+ probed PWM controller/chip where N is the base of the
+ PWM chip.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ The number of PWM channels supported by the PWM chip.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/export
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Exports a PWM channel from the PWM chip for sysfs control.
+ Value is between 0 and /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm - 1.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/unexport
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Unexports a PWM channel.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX directory is created for
+ each exported PWM channel where X is the exported PWM
+ channel number.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/period
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Sets the PWM signal period in nanoseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/duty_cycle
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Sets the PWM signal duty cycle in nanoseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/polarity
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Sets the output polarity of the PWM signal to "normal" or
+ "inversed".
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/enable
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
+Description:
+ Enable/disable the PWM signal.
+ 0 is disabled
+ 1 is enabled
+
+What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/capture
+Date: June 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.8
+Contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Capture information about a PWM signal. The output format is a
+ pair unsigned integers (period and duty cycle), separated by a
+ single space.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19aefb21b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+What: /sys/class/rapidio_port
+Description:
+ On-chip RapidIO controllers and PCIe-to-RapidIO bridges
+ (referenced as "Master Port" or "mport") are presented in sysfs
+ as the special class of devices: "rapidio_port".
+ The /sys/class/rapidio_port subdirectory contains individual
+ subdirectories named as "rapidioN" where N = mport ID registered
+ with RapidIO subsystem.
+
+ NOTE: An mport ID is not a RapidIO destination ID assigned to a
+ given local mport device.
+
+What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/sys_size
+Date: Apr, 2014
+KernelVersion: v3.15
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) reports RapidIO common transport system size:
+
+ 0 = small (8-bit destination ID, max. 256 devices),
+
+ 1 = large (16-bit destination ID, max. 65536 devices).
+
+What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/port_destid
+Date: Apr, 2014
+KernelVersion: v3.15
+Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
+ Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
+Description:
+
+(RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given
+RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means
+that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport
+(yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed
+only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID
+assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter.
+
+After enumeration or discovery was performed for a given mport device,
+the corresponding subdirectory will also contain subdirectories for each
+child RapidIO device connected to the mport.
+
+The example below shows mport device subdirectory with several child RapidIO
+devices attached to it::
+
+ [rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l
+ total 0
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005
+ lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power
+ lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c8ff7910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+What: /sys/class/rc/
+Date: Apr 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The rc/ class sub-directory belongs to the Remote Controller
+ core and provides a sysfs interface for configuring infrared
+ remote controller receivers.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/
+Date: Apr 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ A /sys/class/rc/rcN directory is created for each remote
+ control receiver device where N is the number of the receiver.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/protocols
+Date: Jun 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.36
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Reading this file returns a list of available protocols,
+ something like::
+
+ "rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]"
+
+ Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets.
+
+ Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled
+ protocols.
+
+ Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled
+ protocols.
+
+ Writing "proto" will enable only "proto".
+
+ Writing "none" will disable all protocols.
+
+ Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
+ unknown protocol name is used.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter
+Date: Jan 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Sets the scancode filter expected value.
+
+ Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the
+ expected value of the bits set in the filter mask.
+ If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
+ the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
+ an error.
+
+ This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask
+Date: Jan 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Sets the scancode filter mask of bits to compare.
+ Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter to set the bits
+ of the scancode which should be compared against the expected
+ value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid
+ scancodes to be processed.
+
+ If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
+ the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
+ an error.
+
+ This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols
+Date: Feb 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.11
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use
+ for the wakeup filter, something like::
+
+ "rc-5 nec nec-x rc-6-0 rc-6-6a-24 [rc-6-6a-32] rc-6-mce"
+
+ Note that protocol variants are listed, so "nec", "sony",
+ "rc-5", "rc-6" have their different bit length encodings
+ listed if available.
+
+ The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets.
+
+ Only one protocol can be selected at a time.
+
+ Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events.
+
+ Writing "none" will disable wakeup.
+
+ Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
+ unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by
+ the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter
+Date: Jan 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value.
+
+ Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to
+ set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask
+ to trigger a system wake event.
+
+ If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
+ scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
+ suspend to RAM or power off.
+
+ Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+
+ This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
+
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask
+Date: Jan 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare.
+
+ Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set
+ the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the
+ expected value to trigger a system wake event.
+
+ If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
+ scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
+ suspend to RAM or power off.
+
+ Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+
+ This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d3abe45f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_data
+Date: Mar 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Reading this file returns the stored CIR wakeup sequence.
+ It starts with a pulse, followed by a space, pulse etc.
+ All values are in microseconds.
+ The same format can be used to store a wakeup sequence
+ in the Nuvoton chip by writing to this file.
+
+ Note: Some systems reset the stored wakeup sequence to a
+ factory default on each boot. On such systems store the
+ wakeup sequence in a file and set it on boot using e.g.
+ a udev rule.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8516f0880
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../state
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ state. This reports the regulator enable control, for
+ regulators which can report that input value.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ 'enabled'
+ 'disabled'
+ 'unknown'
+
+ 'enabled' means the regulator output is ON and is supplying
+ power to the system (assuming no error prevents it).
+
+ 'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not
+ supplying power to the system (unless some non-Linux
+ control has enabled it).
+
+ 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or
+ the reported state is invalid.
+
+ NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts
+ or microamps to determine configured regulator output levels.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../status
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ "status". This reports the current regulator status, for
+ regulators which can report that output value.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ - off
+ - on
+ - error
+ - fast
+ - normal
+ - idle
+ - standby
+
+ "off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the
+ system.
+
+ "on" means the regulator is supplying power to the system,
+ and the regulator can't report a detailed operation mode.
+
+ "error" indicates an out-of-regulation status such as being
+ disabled due to thermal shutdown, or voltage being unstable
+ because of problems with the input power supply.
+
+ "fast", "normal", "idle", and "standby" are all detailed
+ regulator operation modes (described elsewhere). They
+ imply "on", but provide more detail.
+
+ Note that regulator status is a function of many inputs,
+ not limited to control inputs from Linux. For example,
+ the actual load presented may trigger "error" status; or
+ a regulator may be enabled by another user, even though
+ Linux did not enable it.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../type
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+ type. This holds the regulator type.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ - 'voltage'
+ - 'current'
+ - 'unknown'
+
+ 'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled
+ by software.
+
+ 'current' means the regulator output current limit can be
+ controlled by software.
+
+ 'unknown' means software cannot control either voltage or
+ current limit.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microvolts
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting
+ measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts), for regulators
+ which can report the control input for voltage.
+
+ NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+ output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of
+ whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit
+ setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps), for regulators
+ which can report the control input for a current limit.
+
+ NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+ output current level as this value is the same regardless of
+ whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../opmode
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ opmode. This holds the current regulator operating mode,
+ for regulators which can report that control input value.
+
+ The opmode value can be one of the following strings:
+
+ - 'fast'
+ - 'normal'
+ - 'idle'
+ - 'standby'
+ - 'unknown'
+
+ The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h
+
+ NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+ output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of
+ whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. A "status"
+ attribute may be available to determine the actual mode.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microvolts
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
+ output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
+ for regulators which support voltage constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microvolts
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
+ output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
+ for regulators which support voltage constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
+ output current limit setting for this domain measured in
+ microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
+ output current limit setting for this domain measured in
+ microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../name
+Date: October 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.28
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+ name. This holds a string identifying the regulator for
+ display purposes.
+
+ NOTE: this will be empty if no suitable name is provided
+ by platform or regulator drivers.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../num_users
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+ num_users. This holds the number of consumer devices that
+ have called regulator_enable() on this regulator.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../requested_microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load
+ current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer
+ devices.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../parent
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a link called parent.
+ This points to the parent or supply regulator if one exists.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_microvolts
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+ voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+ the system is suspended to memory, for voltage regulators
+ implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+ voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+ the system is suspended to disk, for voltage regulators
+ implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+ voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+ the system is suspended to standby, for voltage regulators
+ implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+ setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
+ memory, for regulators implementing suspend mode
+ configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+ setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk,
+ for regulators implementing suspend mode configuration
+ constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+ setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
+ standby, for regulators implementing suspend mode
+ configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state
+ when suspended to memory, for regulators implementing suspend
+ configuration constraints.
+
+ This will be one of the same strings reported by
+ the "state" attribute.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state
+ when suspended to disk, for regulators implementing
+ suspend configuration constraints.
+
+ This will be one of the same strings reported by
+ the "state" attribute.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating
+ state when suspended to standby, for regulators implementing
+ suspend configuration constraints.
+
+ This will be one of the same strings reported by
+ the "state" attribute.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../bypass
+Date: September 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ bypass. This indicates if the device is in bypass mode.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ - 'enabled'
+ - 'disabled'
+ - 'unknown'
+
+ 'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode.
+
+ 'disabled' means that the regulator is regulating.
+
+ 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or
+ the reported state is invalid.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c9ee5509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../firmware
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Matt Redfearn <matt.redfearn@mips.com>
+Description: Remote processor firmware
+
+ Reports the name of the firmware currently loaded to the
+ remote processor.
+
+ To change the running firmware, ensure the remote processor is
+ stopped (using /sys/class/remoteproc/.../state) and write a new filename.
+
+What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../state
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: Matt Redfearn <matt.redfearn@mips.com>
+Description: Remote processor state
+
+ Reports the state of the remote processor, which will be one of:
+
+ - "offline"
+ - "suspended"
+ - "running"
+ - "crashed"
+ - "invalid"
+
+ "offline" means the remote processor is powered off.
+
+ "suspended" means that the remote processor is suspended and
+ must be woken to receive messages.
+
+ "running" is the normal state of an available remote processor
+
+ "crashed" indicates that a problem/crash has been detected on
+ the remote processor.
+
+ "invalid" is returned if the remote processor is in an
+ unknown state.
+
+ Writing this file controls the state of the remote processor.
+ The following states can be written:
+
+ - "start"
+ - "stop"
+
+ Writing "start" will attempt to start the processor running the
+ firmware indicated by, or written to,
+ /sys/class/remoteproc/.../firmware. The remote processor should
+ transition to "running" state.
+
+ Writing "stop" will attempt to halt the remote processor and
+ return it to the "offline" state.
+
+What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../name
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
+Description: Remote processor name
+
+ Reports the name of the remote processor. This can be used by
+ userspace in exactly identifying a remote processor and ease
+ up the usage in modifying the 'firmware' or 'state' files.
+
+What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../coredump
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>, Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description: Remote processor coredump configuration
+
+ Reports the coredump configuration of the remote processor,
+ which will be one of:
+
+ "disabled"
+ "enabled"
+ "inline"
+
+ "disabled" means no dump will be collected.
+
+ "enabled" means when the remote processor's coredump is
+ collected it will be copied to a separate buffer and that
+ buffer is exposed to userspace.
+
+ "inline" means when the remote processor's coredump is
+ collected userspace will directly read from the remote
+ processor's device memory. Extra buffer will not be used to
+ copy the dump. Also recovery process will not proceed until
+ all data is read by usersapce.
+
+What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../recovery
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>, Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description: Remote processor recovery mechanism
+
+ Reports the recovery mechanism of the remote processor,
+ which will be one of:
+
+ "enabled"
+ "disabled"
+
+ "enabled" means, the remote processor will be automatically
+ recovered whenever it crashes. Moreover, if the remote
+ processor crashes while recovery is disabled, it will
+ be automatically recovered too as soon as recovery is enabled.
+
+ "disabled" means, a remote processor will remain in a crashed
+ state if it crashes. This is useful for debugging purposes;
+ without it, debugging a crash is substantially harder.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00c028673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-client
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Provide information about RNBD-client.
+ All sysfs files that are not read-only provide the usage information on read:
+
+ Example::
+
+ # cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device
+
+ > Usage: echo "sessname=<name of the rtrs session> path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>
+ > [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>] device_path=<full path on remote side>
+ > [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] > map_device
+ >
+ > addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4> | ip:<ipv6> | gid:<gid> ]
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Expected format is the following::
+
+ sessname=<name of the rtrs session>
+ path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> ...]
+ device_path=<full path on remote side>
+ [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>]
+
+ Where:
+
+ sessname:
+ accepts a string not bigger than 256 chars, which identifies
+ a given session on the client and on the server.
+ I.e. "clt_hostname-srv_hostname" could be a natural choice.
+
+ path:
+ describes a connection between the client and the server by
+ specifying destination and, when required, the source address.
+ The addresses are to be provided in the following format::
+
+ ip:<IPv6>
+ ip:<IPv4>
+ gid:<GID>
+
+ for example::
+
+ path=ip:10.0.0.66
+
+ The single addr is treated as the destination.
+ The connection will be established to this server from any client IP address.
+
+ ::
+
+ path=ip:10.0.0.66,ip:10.0.1.66
+
+ First addr is the source address and the second is the destination.
+
+ If multiple "path=" options are specified multiple connection
+ will be established and data will be sent according to
+ the selected multipath policy (see RTRS mp_policy sysfs entry description).
+
+ device_path:
+ Path to the block device on the server side. Path is specified
+ relative to the directory on server side configured in the
+ 'dev_search_path' module parameter of the rnbd_server.
+ The rnbd_server prepends the <device_path> received from client
+ with <dev_search_path> and tries to open the
+ <dev_search_path>/<device_path> block device. On success,
+ a /dev/rnbd<N> device file, a /sys/block/rnbd_client/rnbd<N>/
+ directory and an entry in /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices
+ will be created.
+
+ If 'dev_search_path' contains '%SESSNAME%', then each session can
+ have different devices namespace, e.g. server was configured with
+ the following parameter "dev_search_path=/run/rnbd-devs/%SESSNAME%",
+ client has this string "sessname=blya device_path=sda", then server
+ will try to open: /run/rnbd-devs/blya/sda.
+
+ access_mode:
+ the access_mode parameter specifies if the device is to be
+ mapped as "ro" read-only or "rw" read-write. The server allows
+ a device to be exported in rw mode only once. The "migration"
+ access mode has to be specified if a second mapping in read-write
+ mode is desired.
+
+ By default "rw" is used.
+
+ Exit Codes:
+
+ If the device is already mapped it will fail with EEXIST. If the input
+ has an invalid format it will return EINVAL. If the device path cannot
+ be found on the server, it will fail with ENOENT.
+
+ Finding device file after mapping
+ ---------------------------------
+
+ After mapping, the device file can be found by:
+ o The symlink /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>
+ points to /sys/block/<dev-name>. The last part of the symlink destination
+ is the same as the device name. By extracting the last part of the
+ path the path to the device /dev/<dev-name> can be build.
+
+ * /dev/block/$(cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>/dev)
+
+ How to find the <device_id> of the device is described on the next
+ section.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: For each device mapped on the client a new symbolic link is created as
+ /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>, which points
+ to the block device created by rnbd (/sys/block/rnbd<N>/).
+ The <device_id> of each device is created as follows:
+
+ - If the 'device_path' provided during mapping contains slashes ("/"),
+ they are replaced by exclamation mark ("!") and used as as the
+ <device_id>. Otherwise, the <device_id> will be the same as the
+ "device_path" provided.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba60a90c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: provide information about RNBD-server.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: When a client maps a device, a directory entry with the name of the
+ block device is created under /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/block_dev
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Is a symlink to the sysfs entry of the exported device.
+
+ Example:
+ block_dev -> ../../../../class/block/ram0
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: For each client a particular device is exported to, following directory will be
+ created:
+
+ /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/
+
+ When the device is unmapped by that client, the directory will be removed.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/read_only
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains '1' if device is mapped read-only, otherwise '0'.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/mapping_path
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains the relative device path provided by the user during mapping.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/access_mode
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains the device access mode: ro, rw or migration.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95984289a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+What: /sys/class/rtc/
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The rtc/ class subdirectory belongs to the RTC subsystem.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/rtc/rtc{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond
+ to each RTC device.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/date
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) RTC-provided date in YYYY-MM-DD format
+
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/hctosys
+Date: September 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.32
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) 1 if the RTC provided the system time at boot via the
+ CONFIG_RTC_HCTOSYS kernel option, 0 otherwise
+
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/max_user_freq
+Date: October 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.24
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) The maximum interrupt rate an unprivileged user may request
+ from this RTC.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/name
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The name of the RTC corresponding to this sysfs directory
+
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/range
+Date: January 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.16
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Valid time range for the RTC, as seconds from epoch, formatted
+ as [min, max]
+
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/since_epoch
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) RTC-provided time as the number of seconds since the epoch
+
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/time
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) RTC-provided time in 24-hour notation (hh:mm:ss)
+
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/offset
+Date: February 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) The amount which the rtc clock has been adjusted in
+ firmware. Visible only if the driver supports clock offset
+ adjustment. The unit is parts per billion, i.e. The number of
+ clock ticks which are added to or removed from the rtc's base
+ clock per billion ticks. A positive value makes a day pass more
+ slowly, longer, and a negative value makes a day pass more
+ quickly.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/wakealarm
+Date: February 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) The time at which the clock will generate a system wakeup
+ event. This is a one shot wakeup event, so must be reset after
+ wake if a daily wakeup is required. Format is seconds since the
+ epoch by default, or if there's a leading +, seconds in the
+ future, or if there is a leading +=, seconds ahead of the
+ current alarm.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee8ed6494
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/class/rtc/rtc0/device/rtc_calibration
+Date: Oct 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Mark Godfrey <mark.godfrey@stericsson.com>
+Description: Attribute for calibrating ST-Ericsson AB8500 Real Time Clock
+ The rtc_calibration attribute allows the userspace to
+ calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock.
+ Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value
+ by adding to it the value of this attribute.
+
+ The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of
+ 30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock)
+Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration
+ daemon uses this interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f7165aab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: When a user of RTRS API creates a new session, a directory entry with
+ the name of that session is created under /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/add_path
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RW, adds a new path (connection) to an existing session. Expected format is the
+ following::
+
+ <[source addr,]destination addr>
+ *addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4|ipv6> | gid:<gid> ]
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/max_reconnect_attempts
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Maximum number reconnect attempts the client should make before giving up
+ after connection breaks unexpectedly.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/mp_policy
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Multipath policy specifies which path should be selected on each IO:
+
+ round-robin (0):
+ select path in per CPU round-robin manner.
+
+ min-inflight (1):
+ select path with minimum inflights.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Each path belonging to a given session is listed here by its source and
+ destination address. When a new path is added to a session by writing to
+ the "add_path" entry, a directory <src@dst> is created.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/state
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains "connected" if the session is connected to the peer and fully
+ functional. Otherwise the file contains "disconnected"
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/reconnect
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Write "1" to the file in order to reconnect the path.
+ Operation is blocking and returns 0 if reconnect was successful.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/disconnect
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Write "1" to the file in order to disconnect the path.
+ Operation blocks until RTRS path is disconnected.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/remove_path
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Write "1" to the file in order to disconnected and remove the path
+ from the session. Operation blocks until the path is disconnected
+ and removed from the session.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_name
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the the name of HCA the connection established on.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_port
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the port number of active port traffic is going through.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/src_addr
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the source address of the path
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/dst_addr
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the destination address of the path
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reset_all
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RW, Read will return usage help, write 0 will clear all the statistics.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/cpu_migration
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RTRS expects that each HCA IRQ is pinned to a separate CPU. If it's
+ not the case, the processing of an I/O response could be processed on a
+ different CPU than where it was originally submitted. This file shows
+ how many interrupts where generated on a non expected CPU.
+
+ "from:"
+ is the CPU on which the IRQ was expected, but not generated.
+ "to:"
+ is the CPU on which the IRQ was generated, but not expected.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reconnects
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains 2 unsigned int values, the first one records number of successful
+ reconnects in the path lifetime, the second one records number of failed
+ reconnects in the path lifetime.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/rdma
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains statistics regarding rdma operations and inflight operations.
+ The output consists of 6 values::
+
+ <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> \
+ <write-total-size> <inflights> <failovered>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b6d5b067
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: When a user of RTRS API creates a new session on a client side, a
+ directory entry with the name of that session is created in here.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: When new path is created by writing to "add_path" entry on client side,
+ a directory entry named as <source address>@<destination address> is created
+ on server.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/disconnect
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: When "1" is written to the file, the RTRS session is being disconnected.
+ Operations is non-blocking and returns control immediately to the caller.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_name
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the the name of HCA the connection established on.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_port
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the port number of active port traffic is going through.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/src_addr
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the source address of the path
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/dst_addr
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the destination address of the path
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/rdma
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains statistics regarding rdma operations and inflight operations.
+ The output consists of 5 values:
+ <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> <write-total-size> <inflights>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7c98d8f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/isci_id
+Date: June 2011
+Contact: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the enumerated host ID for the Intel
+ SCU controller. The Intel(R) C600 Series Chipset SATA/SAS
+ Storage Control Unit embeds up to two 4-port controllers in
+ a single PCI device. The controllers are enumerated in order
+ which usually means the lowest number scsi_host corresponds
+ with the first controller, but this association is not
+ guaranteed. The 'isci_id' attribute unambiguously identifies
+ the controller index: '0' for the first controller,
+ '1' for the second.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/acciopath_status
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: Stephen M. Cameron <scameron@beardog.cce.hp.com>
+Description: This file contains the current status of the "SSD Smart Path"
+ feature of HP Smart Array RAID controllers using the hpsa
+ driver. SSD Smart Path, when enabled permits the driver to
+ send i/o requests directly to physical devices that are part
+ of a logical drive, bypassing the controllers firmware RAID
+ stack for a performance advantage when possible. A value of
+ '1' indicates the feature is enabled, and the controller may
+ use the direct i/o path to physical devices. A value of zero
+ means the feature is disabled and the controller may not use
+ the direct i/o path to physical devices. This setting is
+ controller wide, affecting all configured logical drives on the
+ controller. This file is readable and writable.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/link_power_management_policy
+Date: Oct, 2007
+KernelVersion: v2.6.24
+Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) This parameter allows the user to read and set the link
+ (interface) power management.
+
+ There are four possible options:
+
+ min_power: Tell the controller to try to make the link use the
+ least possible power when possible. This may sacrifice some
+ performance due to increased latency when coming out of lower
+ power states.
+
+ max_performance: Generally, this means no power management.
+ Tell the controller to have performance be a priority over power
+ management.
+
+ medium_power: Tell the controller to enter a lower power state
+ when possible, but do not enter the lowest power state, thus
+ improving latency over min_power setting.
+
+ med_power_with_dipm: Identical to the existing medium_power
+ setting except that it enables dipm (device initiated power
+ management) on top, which makes it match the Windows IRST (Intel
+ Rapid Storage Technology) driver settings. This setting is also
+ close to min_power, except that:
+
+ a) It does not use host-initiated slumber mode, but it does
+ allow device-initiated slumber
+ b) It does not enable low power device sleep mode (DevSlp).
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message_type
+Date: Jun, 2008
+KernelVersion: v2.6.27
+Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ em_message: (RW) Enclosure management support. For the LED
+ protocol, writes and reads correspond to the LED message format
+ as defined in the AHCI spec.
+
+ The user must turn sw_activity (under `/sys/block/*/device/`)
+ OFF it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message
+ file.
+
+ em_message_type: (RO) Displays the current enclosure management
+ protocol that is being used by the driver (for eg. LED, SAF-TE,
+ SES-2, SGPIO etc).
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_port_cmd
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_caps
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_cap2
+Date: Mar, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ [to be documented]
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_version
+Date: Mar, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Display the version of the AHCI spec implemented by the
+ host.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_buffer
+Date: Apr, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Allows access to AHCI EM (enclosure management) buffer
+ directly if the host supports EM.
+
+ For eg. the AHCI driver supports SGPIO EM messages but the
+ SATA/AHCI specs do not define the SGPIO message format of the EM
+ buffer. Different hardware(HW) vendors may have different
+ definitions. With the em_buffer attribute, this issue can be
+ solved by allowing HW vendors to provide userland drivers and
+ tools for their SGPIO initiators.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message_supported
+Date: Oct, 2009
+KernelVersion: v2.6.39
+Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Displays supported enclosure management message types.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9be398b87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/in_flight
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Show the number of I/Os currently in-flight between the st
+ module and the SCSI mid-layer.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/io_ns
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total amount of time spent waiting for all I/O
+ to and from the tape drive to complete. This includes all
+ reads, writes, and other SCSI commands issued to the tape
+ drive. An example of other SCSI commands would be tape
+ movement such as a rewind when a rewind tape device is
+ closed. This item is measured in nanoseconds.
+
+ To determine the amount of time spent waiting for other I/O
+ to complete subtract read_ns and write_ns from this value.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/other_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ The number of I/O requests issued to the tape drive other
+ than SCSI read/write requests.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_byte_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total number of bytes requested from the tape drive.
+ This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support
+ variable length block sizes.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total number of read requests issued to the tape
+ drive.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_ns
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for
+ read I/O requests to complete.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_byte_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total number of bytes written to the tape drive.
+ This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support
+ variable length block sizes.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total number of write requests issued to the tape
+ drive.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_ms
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for
+ write I/O requests to complete.
+Users:
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/resid_cnt
+Date: Apr 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the number of times we found that a residual >0
+ was found when the SCSI midlayer indicated that there was
+ an error. For reads this may be a case of someone issuing
+ reads greater than the block size.
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77ed3da0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/masters
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows first and last available to software master numbers on
+ this STM device.
+
+What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/channels
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the number of channels per master on this STM device.
+
+What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/hw_override
+Date: March 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.7
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Reads as 0 if master numbers in the STP stream produced by
+ this stm device will match the master numbers assigned by
+ the software or 1 if the stm hardware overrides software
+ assigned masters.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57b8dd39b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /sys/class/stm_source/<stm_source>/stm_source_link
+Date: June 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ stm_source device linkage to stm device, where its tracing data
+ is directed. Reads return an existing connection or "<none>" if
+ this stm_source is not connected to any stm device yet.
+ Write an existing (registered) stm device's name here to
+ connect that device. If a device is already connected to this
+ stm_source, it will first be disconnected.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76c7a661a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+switchtec - Microsemi Switchtec PCI Switch Management Endpoint
+
+For details on this subsystem look at Documentation/driver-api/switchtec.rst.
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: The switchtec class subsystem folder.
+ Each registered switchtec driver is represented by a switchtecX
+ subfolder (X being an integer >= 0).
+
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/component_id
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: Component identifier as stored in the hardware (eg. PM8543)
+ (read only)
+Values: arbitrary string.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/component_revision
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: Component revision stored in the hardware (read only)
+Values: integer.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/component_vendor
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: Component vendor as stored in the hardware (eg. MICROSEM)
+ (read only)
+Values: arbitrary string.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/device_version
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: Device version as stored in the hardware (read only)
+Values: integer.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/fw_version
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: Currently running firmware version (read only)
+Values: integer (in hexadecimal).
+
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/partition
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: Partition number for this device in the switch (read only)
+Values: integer.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/partition_count
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: Total number of partitions in the switch (read only)
+Values: integer.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/product_id
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: Product identifier as stored in the hardware (eg. PSX 48XG3)
+ (read only)
+Values: arbitrary string.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/product_revision
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: Product revision stored in the hardware (eg. RevB)
+ (read only)
+Values: arbitrary string.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/product_vendor
+Date: 05-Jan-2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description: Product vendor as stored in the hardware (eg. MICROSEM)
+ (read only)
+Values: arbitrary string.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7794e02a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+USB Type-C port devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0/)
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/data_role
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The supported USB data roles. This attribute can be used for
+ requesting data role swapping on the port. Swapping is supported
+ as synchronous operation, so write(2) to the attribute will not
+ return until the operation has finished. The attribute is
+ notified about role changes so that poll(2) on the attribute
+ wakes up. Change on the role will also generate uevent
+ KOBJ_CHANGE on the port. The current role is show in brackets,
+ for example "[host] device" when DRP port is in host mode.
+
+ Valid values: host, device
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/power_role
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The supported power roles. This attribute can be used to request
+ power role swap on the port. Swapping is supported as
+ synchronous operation, so write(2) to the attribute will not
+ return until the operation has finished. The attribute is
+ notified about role changes so that poll(2) on the attribute
+ wakes up. Change on the role will also generate uevent
+ KOBJ_CHANGE. The current role is show in brackets, for example
+ "[source] sink" when in source mode.
+
+ Valid values: source, sink
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/port_type
+Date: May 2017
+Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <Badhri@google.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the type of the port. This attribute can be used for
+ requesting a change in the port type. Port type change is
+ supported as a synchronous operation, so write(2) to the
+ attribute will not return until the operation has finished.
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ ====== ==============================================
+ source (The port will behave as source only DFP port)
+ sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port)
+ dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and
+ dual-role-power port)
+ ====== ==============================================
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/vconn_source
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows is the port VCONN Source. This attribute can be used to
+ request VCONN swap to change the VCONN Source during connection
+ when both the port and the partner support USB Power Delivery.
+ Swapping is supported as synchronous operation, so write(2) to
+ the attribute will not return until the operation has finished.
+ The attribute is notified about VCONN source changes so that
+ poll(2) on the attribute wakes up. Change on VCONN source also
+ generates uevent KOBJ_CHANGE.
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ - "no" when the port is not the VCONN Source
+ - "yes" when the port is the VCONN Source
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/power_operation_mode
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current power operational mode the port is in. The
+ power operation mode means current level for VBUS. In case USB
+ Power Delivery communication is used for negotiating the levels,
+ power operation mode should show "usb_power_delivery".
+
+ Valid values:
+
+ - default
+ - 1.5A
+ - 3.0A
+ - usb_power_delivery
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/preferred_role
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The user space can notify the driver about the preferred role.
+ It should be handled as enabling of Try.SRC or Try.SNK, as
+ defined in USB Type-C specification, in the port drivers. By
+ default the preferred role should come from the platform.
+
+ Valid values: source, sink, none (to remove preference)
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/supported_accessory_modes
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Space separated list of accessory modes, defined in the USB
+ Type-C specification, the port supports.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/usb_power_delivery_revision
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Revision number of the supported USB Power Delivery
+ specification, or 0 when USB Power Delivery is not supported.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/usb_typec_revision
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Revision number of the supported USB Type-C specification.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/orientation
+Date: February 2020
+Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <badhri@google.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the active orientation of the Type-C connector.
+ Valid values:
+ - "normal": CC1 orientation
+ - "reverse": CC2 orientation
+ - "unknown": Orientation cannot be determined.
+
+USB Type-C partner devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-partner/)
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/accessory_mode
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the Accessory Mode name when the partner is an Accessory.
+ The Accessory Modes are defined in USB Type-C Specification.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/supports_usb_power_delivery
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows if the partner supports USB Power Delivery communication:
+ Valid values: yes, no
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner>/identity/
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ This directory appears only if the port device driver is capable
+ of showing the result of Discover Identity USB power delivery
+ command. That will not always be possible even when USB power
+ delivery is supported, for example when USB power delivery
+ communication for the port is mostly handled in firmware. If the
+ directory exists, it will have an attribute file for every VDO
+ in Discover Identity command result.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/id_header
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ ID Header VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The
+ value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes
+ available. The value can be polled.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/cert_stat
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Cert Stat VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The
+ value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes
+ available. The value can be polled.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/product
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Product VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The value
+ will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes
+ available. The value can be polled.
+
+
+USB Type-C cable devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-cable/)
+
+Note: Electronically Marked Cables will have a device also for one cable plug
+(eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-plug0). If the cable is active and has also SOP
+Double Prime controller (USB Power Deliver specification ch. 2.4) it will have
+second device also for the other plug. Both plugs may have alternate modes as
+described in USB Type-C and USB Power Delivery specifications.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/type
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows if the cable is active.
+ Valid values: active, passive
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/plug_type
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows type of the plug on the cable:
+
+ - type-a - Standard A
+ - type-b - Standard B
+ - type-c
+ - captive
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ This directory appears only if the port device driver is capable
+ of showing the result of Discover Identity USB power delivery
+ command. That will not always be possible even when USB power
+ delivery is supported. If the directory exists, it will have an
+ attribute for every VDO returned by Discover Identity command.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/id_header
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ ID Header VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The
+ value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes
+ available. The value can be polled.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/cert_stat
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Cert Stat VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The
+ value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes
+ available. The value can be polled.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/product
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Product VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The value
+ will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes
+ available. The value can be polled.
+
+
+USB Type-C port alternate mode devices.
+
+What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/<alt mode>/supported_roles
+Date: April 2017
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Space separated list of the supported roles.
+
+ Valid values: source, sink
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b810a425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/class/usb_role/
+Date: Jan 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Place in sysfs for USB Role Switches. USB Role Switch is a
+ device that can select the data role (host or device) for USB
+ port.
+
+What: /sys/class/usb_role/<switch>/role
+Date: Jan 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The current role of the switch. This attribute can be used for
+ requesting role swapping with non-USB Type-C ports. With USB
+ Type-C ports, the ABI defined for USB Type-C connector class
+ must be used.
+
+ Valid values:
+ - none
+ - host
+ - device
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c5dcad21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Interfaces for WiMedia Ultra Wideband Common Radio
+ Platform (UWB) radio controllers.
+
+ Familiarity with the ECMA-368 'High Rate Ultra
+ Wideband MAC and PHY Specification' is assumed.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/beacon_timeout_ms
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Description:
+ If no beacons are received from a device for at least
+ this time, the device will be considered to have gone
+ and it will be removed. The default is 3 superframes
+ (~197 ms) as required by the specification.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ An individual UWB radio controller.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/beacon
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Write:
+
+ <channel>
+
+ to force a specific channel to be used when beaconing,
+ or, if <channel> is -1, to prohibit beaconing. If
+ <channel> is 0, then the default channel selection
+ algorithm will be used. Valid channels depends on the
+ radio controller's supported band groups.
+
+ Reading returns the currently active channel, or -1 if
+ the radio controller is not beaconing.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/ASIE
+Date: August 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.18
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ The application-specific information element (ASIE)
+ included in this device's beacon, in space separated
+ hex octets.
+
+ Reading returns the current ASIE. Writing replaces
+ the current ASIE with the one written.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/scan
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Write:
+
+ <channel> <type> [<bpst offset>]
+
+ to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. <type> is one of:
+
+ == =======================================
+ 0 scan
+ 1 scan outside BP
+ 2 scan while inactive
+ 3 scanning disabled
+ 4 scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+ == =======================================
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The EUI-48, in colon-separated hex octets, for this
+ radio controller. A write will change the radio
+ controller's EUI-48 but only do so while the device is
+ not beaconing or scanning.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A symlink to the device (if any) of the WUSB Host
+ Controller PAL using this radio controller.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A neighbour UWB device that has either been detected
+ as part of a scan or is a member of the radio
+ controllers beacon group.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The time (using the radio controllers internal 1 ms
+ interval superframe timer) of the last beacon from
+ this device was received.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/DevAddr
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The current DevAddr of this device in colon separated
+ hex octets.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/EUI_48
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ The EUI-48 of this device in colon separated hex
+ octets.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/IEs
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The latest IEs included in this device's beacon, in
+ space separated hex octets with one IE per line.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/LQE
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Link Quality Estimate - the Signal to Noise Ratio
+ (SNR) of all packets received from this device in dB.
+ This gives an estimate on a suitable PHY rate. Refer
+ to [ECMA-368] section 13.3 for more details.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/RSSI
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Received Signal Strength Indication - the strength of
+ the received signal in dB. LQE is a more useful
+ measure of the radio link quality.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5977e2875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_chid
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Write the CHID (16 space-separated hex octets) for this host controller.
+ This starts the host controller, allowing it to accept connection from
+ WUSB devices.
+
+ Set an all zero CHID to stop the host controller.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_trust_timeout
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that haven't sent a WUSB packet to the host
+ within 'wusb_trust_timeout' ms are considered to have
+ disconnected and are removed. The default value of
+ 4000 ms is the value required by the WUSB
+ specification.
+
+ Since this relates to security (specifically, the
+ lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed
+ from the default.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate
+Date: August 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.32
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The maximum PHY rate to use for all connected devices.
+ This is only of limited use for testing and
+ development as the hardware's automatic rate
+ adaptation is better then this simple control.
+
+ Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to
+ use.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_dnts
+Date: June 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The device notification time slot (DNTS) count and inverval in
+ milliseconds that the WUSB host should use. This controls how
+ often the devices will have the opportunity to send
+ notifications to the host.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_retry_count
+Date: June 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The number of retries that the WUSB host should attempt
+ before reporting an error for a bus transaction. The range of
+ valid values is [0..15], where 0 indicates infinite retries.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-wakeup
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..754aab8b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-wakeup
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/wakeup/ directory contains pointers to all
+ wakeup sources in the kernel at that moment in time.
+
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../name
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the name of the wakeup source.
+
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../active_count
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of times the wakeup source was
+ activated.
+
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../event_count
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of signaled wakeup events
+ associated with the wakeup source.
+
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../wakeup_count
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of times the wakeup source might
+ abort suspend.
+
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../expire_count
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of times the wakeup source's
+ timeout has expired.
+
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../active_time_ms
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the amount of time the wakeup source has
+ been continuously active, in milliseconds. If the wakeup
+ source is not active, this file contains '0'.
+
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../total_time_ms
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the total amount of time this wakeup source
+ has been active, in milliseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../max_time_ms
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the maximum amount of time this wakeup
+ source has been continuously active, in milliseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../last_change_ms
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the monotonic clock time when the wakeup
+ source was touched last time, in milliseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../prevent_suspend_time_ms
+Date: June 2019
+Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com>
+Description:
+ The file contains the total amount of time this wakeup source
+ has been preventing autosleep, in milliseconds.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..585caecda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/bootstatus
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+ It is a read only file. It contains status of the watchdog
+ device at boot. It is equivalent to WDIOC_GETBOOTSTATUS of
+ ioctl interface.
+
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/identity
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+ It is a read only file. It contains identity string of
+ watchdog device.
+
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/nowayout
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+ It is a read/write file. While reading, it gives '1'
+ if the device has the nowayout feature set, otherwise
+ it gives '0'. Writing a '1' to the file enables the
+ nowayout feature. Once set, the nowayout feature
+ cannot be disabled, so writing a '0' either has no
+ effect (if the feature was already disabled) or
+ results in a permission error.
+
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/state
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+ It is a read only file. It gives active/inactive status of
+ watchdog device.
+
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/status
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+ It is a read only file. It contains watchdog device's
+ internal status bits. It is equivalent to WDIOC_GETSTATUS
+ of ioctl interface.
+
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/timeleft
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+ It is a read only file. It contains value of time left for
+ reset generation. It is equivalent to WDIOC_GETTIMELEFT of
+ ioctl interface.
+
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/timeout
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+ It is a read only file. It is read to know about current
+ value of timeout programmed.
+
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout
+Date: December 2016
+Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+ It is a read only file. It specifies the time in seconds before
+ timeout when the pretimeout interrupt is delivered. Pretimeout
+ is an optional feature.
+
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout_avaialable_governors
+Date: February 2017
+Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+ It is a read only file. It shows the pretimeout governors
+ available for this watchdog.
+
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout_governor
+Date: February 2017
+Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+ It is a read/write file. When read, the currently assigned
+ pretimeout governor is returned. When written, it sets
+ the pretimeout governor.
+
+What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdog1/access_cs0
+Date: August 2019
+Contact: Ivan Mikhaylov <i.mikhaylov@yadro.com>,
+ Alexander Amelkin <a.amelkin@yadro.com>
+Description:
+ It is a read/write file. This attribute exists only if the
+ system has booted from the alternate flash chip due to
+ expiration of a watchdog timer of AST2400/AST2500 when
+ alternate boot function was enabled with 'aspeed,alt-boot'
+ devicetree option for that watchdog or with an appropriate
+ h/w strapping (for WDT2 only).
+
+ At alternate flash the 'access_cs0' sysfs node provides:
+
+ ast2400:
+ a way to get access to the primary SPI flash
+ chip at CS0 after booting from the alternate
+ chip at CS1.
+ ast2500:
+ a way to restore the normal address mapping
+ from (CS0->CS1, CS1->CS0) to (CS0->CS0,
+ CS1->CS1).
+
+ Clearing the boot code selection and timeout counter also
+ resets to the initial state the chip select line mapping. When
+ the SoC is in normal mapping state (i.e. booted from CS0),
+ clearing those bits does nothing for both versions of the SoC.
+ For alternate boot mode (booted from CS1 due to wdt2
+ expiration) the behavior differs as described above.
+
+ This option can be used with wdt2 (watchdog1) only.
+
+ When read, the current status of the boot code selection is
+ shown. When written with any non-zero value, it clears
+ the boot code selection and the timeout counter, which results
+ in chipselect reset for AST2400/AST2500.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48ddacbe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/class/zram-control/
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The zram-control/ class sub-directory belongs to zram
+ device class
+
+What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_add
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ RO attribute. Read operation will cause zram to add a new
+ device and return its device id back to user (so one can
+ use /dev/zram<id>), or error code.
+
+What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_remove
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ WO attribute. Remove a specific /dev/zramX device, where X
+ is a device_id provided by user.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1739063e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/dev
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
+Description: The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs
+ path for a device using the information returned from
+ stat(2). There are two directories, 'block' and 'char',
+ beneath /sys/dev containing symbolic links with names of
+ the form "<major>:<minor>". These links point to the
+ corresponding sysfs path for the given device.
+
+ Example::
+
+ $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
+ ../../block/sdc
+
+ Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be
+ dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and
+ leave the system.
+
+Users: mdadm <linux-raid@vger.kernel.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5fcc94358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/devices
+Date: February 2006
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the
+ internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will
+ be added and removed dynamically as the machine runs,
+ and between different kernel versions, the layout of the
+ devices within this tree will change.
+
+ Please do not rely on the format of this tree because of
+ this. If a program wishes to find different things in
+ the tree, please use the /sys/class structure and rely
+ on the symlinks there to point to the proper location
+ within the /sys/devices tree of the individual devices.
+ Or rely on the uevent messages to notify programs of
+ devices being added and removed from this tree to find
+ the location of those devices.
+
+ Note that sometimes not all devices along the directory
+ chain will have emitted uevent messages, so userspace
+ programs must be able to handle such occurrences.
+
+Users:
+ udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0809fda09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../consumer:<consumer>
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../consumer:<consumer> are symlinks to device
+ links where this device is the supplier. <consumer> denotes the
+ name of the consumer in that device link and is of the form
+ bus:device name. There can be zero or more of these symlinks
+ for a given device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-coredump b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-coredump
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e45936853
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-coredump
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../coredump
+Date: December 2017
+Contact: Arend van Spriel <aspriel@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../coredump attribute is only present when the
+ device is bound to a driver, which provides the .coredump()
+ callback. The attribute is write only. Anything written to this
+ file will trigger the .coredump() callback.
+
+ Available when CONFIG_DEV_COREDUMP is enabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..256a9e990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/reset_counters
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This write-only control file will zero all the statistical
+ counters for UE and CE errors on the given memory controller.
+ Zeroing the counters will also reset the timer indicating how
+ long since the last counter were reset. This is useful for
+ computing errors/time. Since the counters are always reset
+ at driver initialization time, no module/kernel parameter
+ is available.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/seconds_since_reset
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays how many seconds have elapsed
+ since the last counter reset. This can be used with the error
+ counters to measure error rates.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/mc_name
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the type of memory controller
+ that is being utilized.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/size_mb
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, of memory
+ that this memory controller manages.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_count
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable
+ errors that have occurred on this memory controller. If
+ panic_on_ue is set, this counter will not have a chance to
+ increment, since EDAC will panic the system
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_noinfo_count
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the number of UEs that have
+ occurred on this memory controller with no information as to
+ which DIMM slot is having errors.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_count
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the total count of correctable
+ errors that have occurred on this memory controller. This
+ count is very important to examine. CEs provide early
+ indications that a DIMM is beginning to fail. This count
+ field should be monitored for non-zero values and report
+ such information to the system administrator.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_noinfo_count
+Date: January 2006
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the number of CEs that
+ have occurred on this memory controller wherewith no
+ information as to which DIMM slot is having errors. Memory is
+ handicapped, but operational, yet no information is available
+ to indicate which slot the failing memory is in. This count
+ field should be also be monitored for non-zero values.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/sdram_scrub_rate
+Date: February 2007
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Read/Write attribute file that controls memory scrubbing.
+ The scrubbing rate used by the memory controller is set by
+ writing a minimum bandwidth in bytes/sec to the attribute file.
+ The rate will be translated to an internal value that gives at
+ least the specified rate.
+ Reading the file will return the actual scrubbing rate employed.
+ If configuration fails or memory scrubbing is not implemented,
+ the value of the attribute file will be -1.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/max_location
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the information about the last
+ available memory slot in this memory controller. It is used by
+ userspace tools in order to display the memory filling layout.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/size
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file will display the size of dimm or rank.
+ For dimm*/size, this is the size, in MB of the DIMM memory
+ stick. For rank*/size, this is the size, in MB for one rank
+ of the DIMM memory stick. On single rank memories (1R), this
+ is also the total size of the dimm. On dual rank (2R) memories,
+ this is half the size of the total DIMM memories.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_dev_type
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file will display what type of DRAM device is
+ being utilized on this DIMM (x1, x2, x4, x8, ...).
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_edac_mode
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file will display what type of Error detection
+ and correction is being utilized. For example: S4ECD4ED would
+ mean a Chipkill with x4 DRAM.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_label
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This control file allows this DIMM to have a label assigned
+ to it. With this label in the module, when errors occur
+ the output can provide the DIMM label in the system log.
+ This becomes vital for panic events to isolate the
+ cause of the UE event.
+ DIMM Labels must be assigned after booting, with information
+ that correctly identifies the physical slot with its
+ silk screen label. This information is currently very
+ motherboard specific and determination of this information
+ must occur in userland at this time.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_location
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file will display the location (csrow/channel,
+ branch/channel/slot or channel/slot) of the dimm or rank.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_mem_type
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
+ linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file will display what type of memory is
+ currently on this csrow. Normally, either buffered or
+ unbuffered memory (for example, Unbuffered-DDR3).
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_ce_count
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the total count of correctable
+ errors that have occurred on this DIMM. This count is very important
+ to examine. CEs provide early indications that a DIMM is beginning
+ to fail. This count field should be monitored for non-zero values
+ and report such information to the system administrator.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_ue_count
+Date: October 2016
+Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable
+ errors that have occurred on this DIMM. If panic_on_ue is set, this
+ counter will not have a chance to increment, since EDAC will panic the
+ system
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..46badc9ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/
+Date: September 2012
+Contact: <>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../firmware_node directory contains attributes
+ allowing the user space to check and modify some firmware
+ related properties of given device.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/description
+Date: September 2012
+Contact: Lance Ortiz <lance.ortiz@hp.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../firmware/description attribute contains a string
+ that describes the device as provided by the _STR method in the ACPI
+ namespace. This attribute is read-only. If the device does not have
+ an _STR method associated with it in the ACPI namespace, this
+ attribute is not present.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea9298d9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/
+Date: March 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ directory is only present for
+ devices included into the Intel Lynxpoint Low Power Subsystem
+ (LPSS). If present, it contains attributes containing the LTR
+ mode and the values of LTR registers of the device.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode
+Date: March 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode attribute contains an
+ integer number (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the devices'
+ LTR functionality is working in the software mode (1).
+
+ This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status
+ is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause
+ -EAGAIN to be returned.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr
+Date: March 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the
+ current value of the device's AUTO_LTR register (raw)
+ represented as an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
+
+ This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status
+ is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause
+ -EAGAIN to be returned.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/sw_ltr
+Date: March 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the
+ current value of the device's SW_LTR register (raw) represented
+ as an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
+
+ This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status
+ is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause
+ -EAGAIN to be returned.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8d202bac9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+What: /sys/devices/uncore_iio_x/dieX
+Date: February 2020
+Contact: Roman Sudarikov <roman.sudarikov@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Each IIO stack (PCIe root port) has its own IIO PMON block, so
+ each dieX file (where X is die number) holds "Segment:Root Bus"
+ for PCIe root port, which can be monitored by that IIO PMON
+ block.
+ For example, on 4-die Xeon platform with up to 6 IIO stacks per
+ die and, therefore, 6 IIO PMON blocks per die, the mapping of
+ IIO PMON block 0 exposes as the following::
+
+ $ ls /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3
+
+ $ tail /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 <==
+ 0000:00
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 <==
+ 0000:40
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 <==
+ 0000:80
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 <==
+ 0000:c0
+
+ Which means::
+
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 0 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x00, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 1 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x40, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 2 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x80, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 3 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0xc0, domain 0x0000
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..16a727a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/system/memory contains a snapshot of the
+ internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be
+ added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove
+ operations.
+Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
+ indicates whether this memory block is removable or not.
+ This is useful for a user-level agent to determine
+ identify removable sections of the memory before attempting
+ potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation
+Users: hotplug memory remove tools
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
+ is read-only; it is a legacy interface only ever used on s390x
+ to expose the covered storage increment.
+Users: Legacy s390-tools lsmem/chmem
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
+ is read-only and contains the section ID in hexadecimal
+ which is equivalent to decimal X contained in the
+ memory section directory name.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ is read-write. When read, its contents show the
+ online/offline state of the memory section. When written,
+ root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable
+ memory section (see removable file description above)
+ using the following commands::
+
+ # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+
+ For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable
+ contains a value of 1 and
+ /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the
+ string "online" the following command can be executed by
+ by root to offline that section::
+
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+
+Users: hotplug memory remove tools
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: Zhang Zhen <zhenzhang.zhang@huawei.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones is
+ read-only and is designed to show which zone this memory
+ block can be onlined to.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY
+Date: October 2009
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that
+ points to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+ For example, the following symbolic link is created for
+ memory section 9 on node0:
+
+ /sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled
+ /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY is a symbolic link that
+ points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY
+ memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic
+ link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
+
+ /sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a50ab655
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_offset
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard.
+ eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of
+ area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature
+ is enabled, this attribute will indicate the start address of
+ enhanced data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL.
+ Unit Byte. Format decimal.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_size
+Date: January 2011
+Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard.
+ eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of
+ area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature
+ is enabled, this attribute will indicate the size of enhanced
+ data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL.
+ Unit KByte. Format decimal.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f990026c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../online
+Date: April 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../online attribute is only present for
+ devices whose bus types provide .online() and .offline()
+ callbacks. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value
+ of the device's 'offline' field. If that number is 1 and '0'
+ (or 'n', or 'N') is written to this file, the device bus type's
+ .offline() callback is executed for the device and (if
+ successful) its 'offline' field is updated accordingly. In
+ turn, if that number is 0 and '1' (or 'y', or 'Y') is written to
+ this file, the device bus type's .online() callback is executed
+ for the device and (if successful) its 'offline' field is
+ updated as appropriate.
+
+ After a successful execution of the bus type's .offline()
+ callback the device cannot be used for any purpose until either
+ it is removed (i.e. device_del() is called for it), or its bus
+ type's .online() is exeucted successfully.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7b360a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+ ACPI Time and Alarm (TAD) device attributes.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/caps
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Hexadecimal bitmask of the TAD attributes are reported by
+ the platform firmware (see ACPI 6.2, section 9.18.2):
+
+ ======= ======================================================
+ BIT(0): AC wakeup implemented if set
+ BIT(1): DC wakeup implemented if set
+ BIT(2): Get/set real time features implemented if set
+ BIT(3): Real time accuracy in milliseconds if set
+ BIT(4): Correct status reported for wakeups from S4/S5 if set
+ BIT(5): The AC timer wakes up from S4 if set
+ BIT(6): The AC timer wakes up from S5 if set
+ BIT(7): The DC timer wakes up from S4 if set
+ BIT(8): The DC timer wakes up from S5 if set
+ ======= ======================================================
+
+ The other bits are reserved.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_alarm
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) The AC alarm timer value.
+
+ Reads return the current AC alarm timer value in seconds or
+ "disabled", if the AC alarm is not set to wake up the system.
+
+ Write a new AC alarm timer value in seconds or "disabled" to it
+ to set the AC alarm timer or to disable it, respectively.
+
+ If the AC alarm timer is set through this attribute and it
+ expires, it will immediately wake up the system from the S3
+ sleep state (and from S4/S5 too if supported) until its status
+ is explicitly cleared via the ac_status attribute.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_policy
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) The AC alarm expired timer wake policy (see ACPI 6.2,
+ Section 9.18 for details).
+
+ Reads return the current expired timer wake delay for the AC
+ alarm timer or "never", if the policy is to discard AC timer
+ wakeups if the system is on DC power.
+
+ Write a new expired timer wake delay for the AC alarm timer in
+ seconds or "never" to it to set the expired timer wake delay for
+ the AC alarm timer or to set its expired wake policy to discard
+ wakeups if the system is on DC power, respectively.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_status
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) The AC alarm status.
+
+ Reads return a hexadecimal bitmask representing the AC alarm
+ timer status with the following meaning of bits (see ACPI 6.2,
+ Section 9.18.5):
+
+ ======= ======================================================
+ Bit(0): The timer has expired if set.
+ Bit(1): The timer has woken up the system from a sleep state
+ (S3 or S4/S5 if supported) if set.
+ ======= ======================================================
+
+ The other bits are reserved.
+
+ Reads also cause the AC alarm timer status to be reset.
+
+ Another way to reset the the status of the AC alarm timer is to
+ write (the number) 0 to this file.
+
+ If the status return value indicates that the timer has expired,
+ it will immediately wake up the system from the S3 sleep state
+ (and from S4/S5 too if supported) until its status is explicitly
+ cleared through this attribute.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_alarm
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RW,optional) The DC alarm timer value.
+
+ This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate
+ DC timer.
+
+ It is analogous to the ac_alarm attribute.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_policy
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RW,optional) The DC alarm expired timer wake policy.
+
+ This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate
+ DC timer.
+
+ It is analogous to the ac_policy attribute.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_status
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+
+Description:
+ (RW,optional) The DC alarm status.
+
+ This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate
+ DC timer.
+
+ It is analogous to the ac_status attribute.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40f29a01f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/suspended
+Date: April 2010
+Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com>
+Description:
+ Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget.
+
+ - 1 -> suspended
+ - 0 -> resumed
+
+ (_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver)
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/gadget-lunX/nofua
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Show or set the reaction on the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit in
+ the SCSI WRITE(10,12) commands when a gadget in USB Mass
+ Storage mode.
+
+ Possible values are:
+
+ - 1 -> ignore the FUA flag
+ - 0 -> obey the FUA flag
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..378c42694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
+Description:
+ Show whether the floor (0 to 4), protection area (0 or 1) is
+ keylocked. Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas,
+ which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS.
+ The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads,
+ writes or both.
+ The result is:
+
+ - 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked
+ - 1 -> the DPS is keylocked
+
+Users: None identified so far.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key
+Date: November 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
+Description:
+ Enter the protection key for the floor (0 to 4), protection area
+ (0 or 1). Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas,
+ which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS.
+ The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads,
+ writes or both.
+ The protection key is a string of 8 bytes (value 0-255).
+ Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed
+ through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked.
+ Possible values are:
+
+ - 8 bytes
+
+ Typical values are:
+
+ - "00000000"
+ - "12345678"
+
+Users: None identified so far.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d8c18f90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/docked
+Date: Dec, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Value 1 or 0 indicates whether the software believes the
+ laptop is docked in a docking station.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/undock
+Date: Dec, 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (WO) Writing to this file causes the software to initiate an
+ undock request to the firmware.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/uid
+Date: Feb, 2007
+KernelVersion: v2.6.21
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Displays the docking station the laptop is docked to.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/flags
+Date: May, 2007
+KernelVersion: v2.6.21
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Show dock station flags, useful for checking if undock
+ request has been made by the user (from the immediate_undock
+ option).
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/type
+Date: Aug, 2008
+KernelVersion: v2.6.27
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Display the dock station type- dock_station, ata_bay or
+ battery_bay.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07df0ddc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/firmware_revision
+Date: Mar, 2006
+KernelVersion: v2.6.17
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) The major and minor revision of the firmware.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/aux_firmware_revision
+Date: Mar, 2006
+KernelVersion: v2.6.17
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) Holds additional information about the firmware revision,
+ such as boot block or internal data structure version numbers.
+ The meanings of the numbers are specific to the vendor
+ identified by Manufacturer ID.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/revision
+Date: Mar, 2006
+KernelVersion: v2.6.17
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) Device revision. Useful for identifying if significant
+ hardware changes have been made to the implementation of the
+ management controller.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/provides_device_sdrs
+Date: Mar, 2006
+KernelVersion: v2.6.17
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) Indicates whether device provides device sensor data
+ records (1) or not (0).
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/device_id
+Date: Mar, 2006
+KernelVersion: v2.6.17
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) Device id is specified by the manufacturer identified by
+ the Manufacturer ID field. This field allows controller specific
+ software to identify the unique application command, OEM
+ fields, and functionality that are provided by the controller
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/additional_device_support
+Date: Mar, 2006
+KernelVersion: v2.6.17
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) Lists the IPMI ‘logical device’ commands and functions
+ that the controller supports that are in addition to the
+ mandatory IPM and Application commands.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/ipmi_version
+Date: Mar, 2006
+KernelVersion: v2.6.17
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) Displays the IPMI Command Specification Version.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/manufacturer_id
+Date: Mar, 2006
+KernelVersion: v2.6.17
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) Identifies the manufacturer responsible for the
+ specification of functionality of the vendor (OEM)-specific
+ commands, codes, and interfaces used in the controller.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/product_id
+Date: Mar, 2006
+KernelVersion: v2.6.17
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) Displays a number that identifies a particular system,
+ module, add-in card, or board set. The number is specified
+ according to the manufacturer given by Manufacturer ID.
+
+For detailed definitions of the above attributes, refer to section 20.1 'Get
+Device ID Command' of the IPMI specification v2.0.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/guid
+Date: Mar, 2006
+KernelVersion: v2.6.17
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) A GUID (Globally Unique ID), also referred to as a UUID
+ (Universally Unique Identifier), for the management controller,
+ as described in section 20.8 'Get Device GUID Command' of the
+ IPMI specification v2.0.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/type
+Date: Sep, 2017
+KernelVersion: v4.15
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) The device interface for IPMI "kcs", "smic", "bt" or
+ "invalid"
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/idles
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/watchdog_pretimeouts
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/complete_transactions
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/events
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/hosed_count
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/long_timeouts
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/flag_fetches
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/attentions
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/incoming_messages
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/short_timeouts
+Date: Sep, 2017
+KernelVersion: v4.15
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+
+ ====================== ========================================
+ idles (RO) Number of times the interface was
+ idle while being polled.
+
+ watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
+
+ complete_transactions (RO) Number of completed messages.
+
+ events (RO) Number of IPMI events received from
+ the hardware.
+
+ interrupts (RO) Number of interrupts the driver
+ handled.
+
+ hosed_count (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
+ follow the state machine.
+
+ long_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver
+ requested a timer while nothing was in
+ progress.
+
+ flag_fetches (RO) Number of times the driver
+ requested flags from the hardware.
+
+ attentions (RO) Number of time the driver got an
+ ATTN from the hardware.
+
+ incoming_messages (RO) Number of asynchronous messages
+ received.
+
+ short_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver
+ requested a timer while an operation was
+ in progress.
+ ====================== ========================================
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts_enabled
+Date: Sep, 2017
+KernelVersion: v4.15
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) Indicates whether interrupts are enabled or not. The driver
+ disables interrupts when it gets into a situation where it
+ cannot handle messages due to lack of memory. Once that
+ situation clears up, it will re-enable interrupts.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/params
+Date: Sep, 2017
+KernelVersion: v4.15
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ [to be documented]
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/type
+Date: Sep, 2017
+KernelVersion: v4.15
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ (RO) Shows the IMPI device interface type - "ssif" here.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/hosed
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/alerts
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/sent_messages
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/sent_messages_parts
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/received_messages
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/received_message_parts
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/events
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/watchdog_pretimeouts
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/flag_fetches
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/send_retries
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/receive_retries
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/send_errors
+What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/receive_errors
+Date: Sep, 2017
+KernelVersion: v4.15
+Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ ====================== ========================================
+ hosed (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
+ follow the state machine.
+
+ alerts (RO) Number of alerts received.
+
+ sent_messages (RO) Number of total messages sent.
+
+ sent_message_parts (RO) Number of message parts sent.
+ Messages may be broken into parts if
+ they are long.
+
+ received_messages (RO) Number of message responses
+ received.
+
+ received_message_parts (RO) Number of message fragments
+ received.
+
+ events (RO) Number of received events.
+
+ watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
+
+ flag_fetches (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was
+ requested.
+
+ send_retries (RO) Number of time a message was
+ retried.
+
+ receive_retries (RO) Number of times the receive of a
+ message was retried.
+
+ send_errors (RO) Number of times the send of a
+ message failed.
+
+ receive_errors (RO) Number of errors in receiving
+ messages.
+ ====================== ========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e45ac2e86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_alpha
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+ This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+ to overlay planes.
+
+ Stores the alpha blending value for the overlay. Values range
+ from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). The value is ignored if
+ the mode is not set to Alpha Blending.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_mode
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+ This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+ to overlay planes.
+
+ Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values
+ are:
+
+ - 0 - Alpha Blending
+ - 1 - ROP3
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+ This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+ to overlay planes.
+
+ Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The
+ position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+`.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+Description:
+ This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding
+ to overlay planes.
+
+ Stores the raster operation (ROP3) for the overlay. Values
+ range from 0 to 255. The value is ignored if the mode is not
+ set to ROP3.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee253b033
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+ Intel Stratix10 Remote System Update (RSU) device attributes
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/current_image
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) the address in flash of currently running image.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/fail_image
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) the address in flash of failed image.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/state
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) the state of RSU system.
+ The state field has two parts: major error code in
+ upper 16 bits and minor error code in lower 16 bits.
+
+ b[15:0]
+ Currently used only when major error is 0xF006
+ (CPU watchdog timeout), in which case the minor
+ error code is the value reported by CPU to
+ firmware through the RSU notify command before
+ the watchdog timeout occurs.
+
+ b[31:16]
+ 0xF001 bitstream error
+ 0xF002 hardware access failure
+ 0xF003 bitstream corruption
+ 0xF004 internal error
+ 0xF005 device error
+ 0xF006 CPU watchdog timeout
+ 0xF007 internal unknown error
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/version
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) the version number of RSU firmware. 19.3 or late
+ version includes information about the firmware which
+ reported the error.
+
+ pre 19.3:
+ b[31:0]
+ 0x0 version number
+
+ 19.3 or late:
+ b[15:0]
+ 0x1 version number
+ b[31:16]
+ 0x0 no error
+ 0x0DCF Decision CMF error
+ 0x0ACF Application CMF error
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/error_location
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) the error offset inside the image that failed.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/error_details
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) error code.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/retry_counter
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) the current image's retry counter, which is used by
+ user to know how many times the images is still allowed
+ to reload itself before giving up and starting RSU
+ fail-over flow.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/reboot_image
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (WO) the address in flash of image to be loaded on next
+ reboot command.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/notify
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (WO) client to notify firmware with different actions.
+
+ b[15:0]
+ inform firmware the current software execution
+ stage.
+
+ == ===========================================
+ 0 the first stage bootloader didn't run or
+ didn't reach the point of launching second
+ stage bootloader.
+ 1 failed in second bootloader or didn't get
+ to the point of launching the operating
+ system.
+ 2 both first and second stage bootloader ran
+ and the operating system launch was
+ attempted.
+ == ===========================================
+
+ b[16]
+ == ===========================================
+ 1 firmware to reset current image retry
+ counter.
+ 0 no action.
+ == ===========================================
+
+ b[17]
+ == ===========================================
+ 1 firmware to clear RSU log
+ 0 no action.
+ == ===========================================
+
+ b[18]
+ this is negative logic
+
+ == ===========================================
+ 1 no action
+ 0 firmware record the notify code defined
+ in b[15:0].
+ == ===========================================
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf0
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Decision firmware copy 0 version information.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf1
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Decision firmware copy 1 version information.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf2
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Decision firmware copy 2 version information.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf3
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Decision firmware copy 3 version information.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/max_retry
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) max retry parameter is stored in the firmware
+ decision IO section, as a byte located at offset 0x18c.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df11901a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../sensitivity
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Trackpoint sensitivity.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../intertia
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Negative inertia factor. High values cause the cursor to
+ snap backward when the trackpoint is released.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../reach
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Backup range for z-axis press.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../draghys
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) The drag hysteresis controls how hard it is to drag with
+ z-axis pressed.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../mindrag
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Minimum amount of force needed to trigger dragging.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../speed
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Speed of the trackpoint cursor.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../thresh
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Minimum value for z-axis force required to trigger a press
+ or release, relative to the running average.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../upthresh
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) The offset from the running average required to generate a
+ select (click) on z-axis on release.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../ztime
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) This attribute determines how sharp a press has to be in
+ order to be recognized.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../jenks
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Minimum curvature in degrees required to generate a double
+ click without a release.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../skipback
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) When the skipback bit is set, backup cursor movement during
+ releases from drags will be suppressed. The default value for
+ this bit is 0.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../ext_dev
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Disable (0) or enable (1) external pointing device.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../press_to_select
+Date: Aug, 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.14
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Writing a value of 1 to this file will enable the Press to
+ Select functions like tapping the control stick to simulate a
+ left click, and writing 0 will disable it.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../drift_time
+Date: Dec, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) This parameter controls the period of time to test for a
+ ‘hands off’ condition (i.e. when no force is applied) before a
+ drift (noise) calibration occurs.
+
+ IBM Trackpoints have a feature to compensate for drift by
+ recalibrating themselves periodically. By default, if for 0.5
+ seconds there is no change in position, it's used as the new
+ zero. This duration is too low. Often, the calibration happens
+ when the trackpoint is in fact being used.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1763e64dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes
+ allowing the user space to check and modify some power
+ management related properties of given device.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user
+ space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system
+ from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to
+ RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable
+ it to do that as desired.
+
+ Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals
+ used to activate the system from a sleep state. Such devices
+ have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup
+ file:
+
+ + "enabled\n" to issue the events;
+ + "disabled\n" not to do so;
+
+ In that cases the user space can change the setting represented
+ by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or
+ "disabled" to it.
+
+ For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup
+ events this file is not present. In that case the device cannot
+ be enabled to wake up the system from sleep states.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/control
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user
+ space to control the run-time power management of the device.
+
+ All devices have one of the following two values for the
+ power/control file:
+
+ + "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time;
+ + "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed;
+
+ The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may
+ be subject to automatic power management, depending on their
+ drivers. Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver
+ from power managing the device at run time. Doing that while
+ the device is suspended causes it to be woken up.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/async
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to
+ enable or diasble the device's suspend and resume callbacks to
+ be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel
+ with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power
+ transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation).
+
+ All devices have one of the following two values for the
+ power/async file:
+
+ + "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume;
+ + "disabled\n" to forbid it;
+
+ The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either
+ "enabled", or "disabled" to it.
+
+ It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume
+ of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies
+ of the device are known to the PM core. However, for some
+ devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or
+ device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the
+ default value.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_count
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number
+ of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This
+ attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up
+ the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present.
+ If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
+ states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the
+ number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with
+ the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute
+ is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the
+ system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If
+ the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
+ states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_abort_count
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_abort_count attribute contains the
+ number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with
+ the device might have aborted system transition into a sleep
+ state in progress. This attribute is read-only. If the device
+ is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, this
+ attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake
+ up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_expire_count
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_expire_count attribute contains the
+ number of times a wakeup event associated with the device has
+ been reported with a timeout that expired. This attribute is
+ read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the system
+ from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If the
+ device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states,
+ this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1,
+ or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with
+ the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only.
+ If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep
+ states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not
+ enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute
+ is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains
+ the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the
+ device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the
+ device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states,
+ this attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to
+ wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains
+ the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated
+ with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only.
+ If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep
+ states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not
+ enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute
+ is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_last_time_ms attribute contains
+ the value of the monotonic clock corresponding to the time of
+ signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in
+ milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is
+ not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this
+ attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake
+ up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute
+ contains the total time the device has been preventing
+ opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occurring.
+ This attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to
+ wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not
+ present. If the device is not enabled to wake up the system
+ from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute
+ contains the autosuspend delay value (in milliseconds). Some
+ drivers do not want their device to suspend as soon as it
+ becomes idle at run time; they want the device to remain
+ inactive for a certain minimum period of time first. That
+ period is called the autosuspend delay. Negative values will
+ prevent the device from being suspended at run time (similar
+ to writing "on" to the power/control attribute). Values >=
+ 1000 will cause the autosuspend timer expiration to be rounded
+ up to the nearest second.
+
+ Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported,
+ attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us
+Date: March 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute
+ contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device,
+ which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the
+ device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume
+ request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O,
+ in microseconds. If it is equal to 0, however, this means that
+ the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary and the special value
+ "n/a" means that user space cannot accept any resume latency at
+ all for the given device.
+
+ Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported,
+ it is not present.
+
+ This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
+ hibernation.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us
+Date: January 2014
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us attribute
+ contains the PM QoS active state latency tolerance limit for the
+ given device in microseconds. That is the maximum memory access
+ latency the device can suffer without any visible adverse
+ effects on user space functionality. If that value is the
+ string "any", the latency does not matter to user space at all,
+ but hardware should not be allowed to set the latency tolerance
+ for the device automatically.
+
+ Reading "auto" from this file means that the maximum memory
+ access latency for the device may be determined automatically
+ by the hardware as needed. Writing "auto" to it allows the
+ hardware to be switched to this mode if there are no other
+ latency tolerance requirements from the kernel side.
+
+ This attribute is only present if the feature controlled by it
+ is supported by the hardware.
+
+ This attribute has no effect on runtime suspend and resume of
+ devices and on system-wide suspend/resume and hibernation.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off
+Date: September 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off attribute
+ is used for manipulating the PM QoS "no power off" flag. If
+ set, this flag indicates to the kernel that power should not
+ be removed entirely from the device.
+
+ Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported,
+ it is not present.
+
+ This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
+ hibernation.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_status
+Date: April 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_status attribute contains
+ the current runtime PM status of the device, which may be
+ "suspended", "suspending", "resuming", "active", "error" (fatal
+ error), or "unsupported" (runtime PM is disabled).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73b77a6be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0. The names
+ of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30c20703f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+ power state D1.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1. The names
+ of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd9d84b42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+ power state D2.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2. The names
+ of the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3df32c20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI
+ power state D3hot.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot. The
+ names of the links are the same as the names of the directories
+ they point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0588feeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/
+Date: April 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ directory is only
+ present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that
+ require ACPI power resources for wakeup signaling.
+
+ If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories
+ representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for
+ the given device node to be able to signal wakeup. The names of
+ the links are the same as the names of the directories they
+ point to.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ad954674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power_state
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for
+ device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power
+ management methods.
+
+ If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI
+ power state of the given device node. Its possible values,
+ "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state
+ names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above).
+
+ If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state
+ determines a list of power resources required not to be turned
+ off. However, some power resources needed by the device node in
+ higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of
+ some other devices using them at the moment.
+
+ This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b3527c82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../real_power_state
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present
+ for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide
+ power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power
+ management.
+
+ If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI
+ power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC
+ control method or inferred from the configuration of power
+ resources. Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and
+ "D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI
+ specification (ACPI 4 and above).
+
+ In some situations the value of this attribute may be different
+ from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for
+ the same device object. If that happens, some shared power
+ resources used by the device node are only ON because of some
+ other devices using them at the moment.
+
+ This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..acf7766e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../removable
+Date: May 2021
+Contact: Rajat Jain <rajatxjain@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Information about whether a given device can be removed from the
+ platform by the user. This is determined by its subsystem in a
+ bus / platform-specific way. This attribute is only present for
+ devices that can support determining such information:
+
+ "removable": device can be removed from the platform by the user
+ "fixed": device is fixed to the platform / cannot be removed
+ by the user.
+ "unknown": The information is unavailable / cannot be deduced.
+
+ Currently this is only supported by USB (which infers the
+ information from a combination of hub descriptor bits and
+ platform-specific data such as ACPI).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4a3bc592
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use
+Date: January 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present
+ for device objects representing ACPI power resources.
+
+ If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the
+ current status of the given power resource (0 means that the
+ resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off).
+
+ This attribute is read-only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea999e292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+What: /sys/devices/socX
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each
+ System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information
+ regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This
+ functionality is only available if implemented by the platform.
+
+ The directory created for each SoC will also house information
+ about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform.
+ It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported
+ devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC.
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/machine
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine
+ name (e.g. Ux500).
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/family
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name
+ (e.g. DB8500).
+
+ On many of ARM based silicon with SMCCC v1.2+ compliant firmware
+ this will contain the JEDEC JEP106 manufacturer’s identification
+ code. The format is "jep106:XXYY" where XX is identity code and
+ YY is continuation code.
+
+ This manufacturer’s identification code is defined by one
+ or more eight (8) bit fields, each consisting of seven (7)
+ data bits plus one (1) odd parity bit. It is a single field,
+ limiting the possible number of vendors to 126. To expand
+ the maximum number of identification codes, a continuation
+ scheme has been defined.
+
+ The specified mechanism is that an identity code of 0x7F
+ represents the "continuation code" and implies the presence
+ of an additional identity code field, and this mechanism
+ may be extended to multiple continuation codes followed
+ by the manufacturer's identity code.
+
+ For example, ARM has identity code 0x7F 0x7F 0x7F 0x7F 0x3B,
+ which is code 0x3B on the fifth 'page'. This is shortened
+ as JEP106 identity code of 0x3B and a continuation code of
+ 0x4 to represent the four continuation codes preceding the
+ identity code.
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/serial_number
+Date: January 2019
+contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's
+ serial number, if available.
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of
+ ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number.
+
+ On many of ARM based silicon with SMCCC v1.2+ compliant firmware
+ this will contain the SOC ID appended to the family attribute
+ to ensure there is no conflict in this namespace across various
+ vendors. The format is "jep106:XXYY:ZZZZ" where XX is identity
+ code, YY is continuation code and ZZZZ is the SOC ID.
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/revision
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's
+ manufacturing revision number.
+
+What: /sys/devices/socX/process
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the
+ the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured.
+
+What: /sys/bus/soc
+Date: January 2012
+contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders
+ expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular
+ interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on
+ the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned
+ /sys/devices/socX devices.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..85df37de3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../software_node/
+Date: January 2019
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ This directory contains the details about the device that are
+ assigned in kernel (i.e. software), as opposed to the
+ firmware_node directory which contains the details that are
+ assigned for the device in firmware. The main attributes in the
+ directory will show the properties the device has, and the
+ relationship it has to some of the other devices.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c922d7d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../state_synced
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../state_synced attribute is only present for
+ devices whose bus types or driver provides the .sync_state()
+ callback. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value
+ of the device's 'state_synced' field. A value of 0 means the
+ .sync_state() callback hasn't been called yet. A value of 1
+ means the .sync_state() callback has been called.
+
+ Generally, if a device has sync_state() support and has some of
+ the resources it provides enabled at the time the kernel starts
+ (Eg: enabled by hardware reset or bootloader or anything that
+ run before the kernel starts), then it'll keep those resources
+ enabled and in a state that's compatible with the state they
+ were in at the start of the kernel. The device will stop doing
+ this only when the sync_state() callback has been called --
+ which happens only when all its consumer devices are registered
+ and have probed successfully. Resources that were left disabled
+ at the time the kernel starts are not affected or limited in
+ any way by sync_state() callbacks.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..625ce4b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../sun
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Yasuaki Ishimatsu <isimatu.yasuaki@jp.fujitsu.com>
+Description:
+ The file contains a Slot-unique ID which provided by the _SUN
+ method in the ACPI namespace. The value is written in Advanced
+ Configuration and Power Interface Specification as follows:
+
+ "The _SUN value is required to be unique among the slots of
+ the same type. It is also recommended that this number match
+ the slot number printed on the physical slot whenever possible."
+
+ So reading the sysfs file, we can identify a physical position
+ of the slot in the system.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..207f5972e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../supplier:<supplier>
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../supplier:<supplier> are symlinks to device
+ links where this device is the consumer. <supplier> denotes the
+ name of the supplier in that device link and is of the form
+ bus:device name. There can be zero or more of these symlinks
+ for a given device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bfb4f4fad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/
+Date: pre-git history
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ A collection of both global and individual CPU attributes
+
+ Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories
+ named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.:
+
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/offline
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/online
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/possible
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/present
+Date: December 2008
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to
+ hotplug. Briefly:
+
+ kernel_max: the maximum cpu index allowed by the kernel
+ configuration.
+
+ offline: cpus that are not online because they have been
+ HOTPLUGGED off or exceed the limit of cpus allowed by the
+ kernel configuration (kernel_max above).
+
+ online: cpus that are online and being scheduled.
+
+ possible: cpus that have been allocated resources and can be
+ brought online if they are present.
+
+ present: cpus that have been identified as being present in
+ the system.
+
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst for more information.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/release
+Date: November 2009
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug
+ removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU
+ from the system.
+
+ probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the
+ system. Information written to the file to add CPU's is
+ architecture specific.
+
+ release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from
+ the system. Information writtento the file to remove CPU's
+ is architecture specific.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
+Date: October 2009
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
+
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
+ to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+ For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
+ in NUMA node 2:
+
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/physical_package_id
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings_list
+Date: December 2008
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship
+ to other cores and threads in the same physical package.
+
+ One cpu# directory is created per logical CPU in the system,
+ e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/.
+
+ Briefly, the files above are:
+
+ core_id: the CPU core ID of cpu#. Typically it is the
+ hardware platform's identifier (rather than the kernel's).
+ The actual value is architecture and platform dependent.
+
+ core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpu#'s hardware threads
+ within the same physical_package_id.
+
+ core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU
+ numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpu#.
+
+ physical_package_id: physical package id of cpu#. Typically
+ corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value
+ is architecture and platform dependent.
+
+ thread_siblings: internel kernel map of cpu#'s hardware
+ threads within the same core as cpu#
+
+ thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware
+ threads within the same core as cpu#
+
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst for more information.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/available_governors
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governor
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro
+Date: September 2007
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism
+
+ Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are
+ differentiated by varying exit latencies and power
+ consumption during idle.
+
+ Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism
+ (driver).
+
+ available_governors: (RO) displays a space separated list of
+ available governors.
+
+ current_driver: (RO) displays current idle mechanism.
+
+ current_governor: (RW) displays current idle policy. Users can
+ switch the governor at runtime by writing to this file.
+
+ current_governor_ro: (RO) displays current idle policy.
+
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst and
+ Documentation/driver-api/pm/cpuidle.rst for more information.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/name
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/latency
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/power
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/time
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/usage
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/above
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/below
+Date: September 2007
+KernelVersion: v2.6.24
+Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The directory /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle contains per
+ logical CPU specific cpuidle information for each online cpu X.
+ The processor idle states which are available for use have the
+ following attributes:
+
+ ======== ==== =================================================
+ name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string).
+
+ latency: (RO) The latency to exit out of this idle state (in
+ microseconds).
+
+ power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in
+ milliwatts).
+
+ time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state
+ (in microseconds).
+
+ usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count).
+
+ above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+ observed CPU idle duration was too short for it
+ (a count).
+
+ below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+ observed CPU idle duration was too long for it
+ (a count).
+ ======== ==== =================================================
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/desc
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: v2.6.25
+Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) A small description about the idle state (string).
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/disable
+Date: March 2012
+KernelVersion: v3.10
+Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ (RW) Option to disable this idle state (bool). The behavior and
+ the effect of the disable variable depends on the implementation
+ of a particular governor. In the ladder governor, for example,
+ it is not coherent, i.e. if one is disabling a light state, then
+ all deeper states are disabled as well, but the disable variable
+ does not reflect it. Likewise, if one enables a deep state but a
+ lighter state still is disabled, then this has no effect.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/default_status
+Date: December 2019
+KernelVersion: v5.6
+Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) The default status of this state, "enabled" or "disabled".
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/residency
+Date: March 2014
+KernelVersion: v3.15
+Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ (RO) Display the target residency i.e. the minimum amount of
+ time (in microseconds) this cpu should spend in this idle state
+ to make the transition worth the effort.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/
+Date: March 2018
+KernelVersion: v4.17
+Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Idle state usage statistics related to suspend-to-idle.
+
+ This attribute group is only present for states that can be
+ used in suspend-to-idle with suspended timekeeping.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/time
+Date: March 2018
+KernelVersion: v4.17
+Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Total time spent by the CPU in suspend-to-idle (with scheduler
+ tick suspended) after requesting this state.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/usage
+Date: March 2018
+KernelVersion: v4.17
+Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Total number of times this state has been requested by the CPU
+ while entering suspend-to-idle.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/*
+Date: pre-git history
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs
+
+ Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the
+ CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery
+ power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power
+ the CPU consumes.
+
+ There are many knobs to tweak in this directory.
+
+ See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/freqdomain_cpus
+Date: June 2013
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain
+
+ freqdomain_cpus is the list of CPUs (online+offline) that share
+ the same clock/freq domain (possibly at the hardware level).
+ That information may be hidden from the cpufreq core and the
+ value of related_cpus may be different from freqdomain_cpus. This
+ attribute is useful for user space DVFS controllers to get better
+ power/performance results for platforms using acpi-cpufreq.
+
+ This file is only present if the acpi-cpufreq driver is in use.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1}
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Disable L3 cache indices
+
+ These files exist in every CPU's cache/index3 directory. Each
+ cache_disable_{0,1} file corresponds to one disable slot which
+ can be used to disable a cache index. Reading from these files
+ on a processor with this functionality will return the currently
+ disabled index for that node. There is one L3 structure per
+ node, or per internal node on MCM machines. Writing a valid
+ index to one of these files will cause the specificed cache
+ index to be disabled.
+
+ All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality.
+ For details, see BKDGs at
+ http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Processor frequency boosting control
+
+ This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system.
+ Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency
+ beyound it's nominal limit.
+
+ More details can be found in
+ Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes_size
+Date: April 2013
+Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org
+Description: address and size of the percpu note.
+
+ crash_notes: the physical address of the memory that holds the
+ note of cpu#.
+
+ crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpu#.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/max_perf_pct
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/min_perf_pct
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/no_turbo
+Date: February 2013
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Parameters for the Intel P-state driver
+
+ Logic for selecting the current P-state in Intel
+ Sandybridge+ processors. The three knobs control
+ limits for the P-state that will be requested by the
+ driver.
+
+ max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by
+ the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance.
+
+ min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be requested by
+ the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance.
+
+ no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo
+ frequency range.
+
+ More details can be found in
+ Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_pstate.rst
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/<set_of_attributes_mentioned_below>
+Date: July 2014(documented, existed before August 2008)
+Contact: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
+ Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes
+
+ allocation_policy:
+ - WriteAllocate:
+ allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ on a cache miss because of a write
+ - ReadAllocate:
+ allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ on a cache miss because of a read
+ - ReadWriteAllocate:
+ both writeallocate and readallocate
+
+ attributes:
+ LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy
+
+ coherency_line_size:
+ the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets
+ transferred from memory to cache
+
+ level:
+ the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration
+
+ number_of_sets:
+ total number of sets in the cache, a set is a
+ collection of cache lines with the same cache index
+
+ physical_line_partition:
+ number of physical cache line per cache tag
+
+ shared_cpu_list:
+ the list of logical cpus sharing the cache
+
+ shared_cpu_map:
+ logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing
+ the cache
+
+ size:
+ the total cache size in kB
+
+ type:
+ - Instruction: cache that only holds instructions
+ - Data: cache that only caches data
+ - Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions
+
+ ways_of_associativity:
+ degree of freedom in placing a particular block
+ of memory in the cache
+
+ write_policy:
+ - WriteThrough:
+ data is written to both the cache line
+ and to the block in the lower-level memory
+ - WriteBack:
+ data is written only to the cache line and
+ the modified cache line is written to main
+ memory only when it is replaced
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/id
+Date: September 2016
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Cache id
+
+ The id provides a unique number for a specific instance of
+ a cache of a particular type. E.g. there may be a level
+ 3 unified cache on each socket in a server and we may
+ assign them ids 0, 1, 2, ...
+
+ Note that id value can be non-contiguous. E.g. level 1
+ caches typically exist per core, but there may not be a
+ power of two cores on a socket, so these caches may be
+ numbered 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, ...
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/turbo_stat
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/sub_turbo_stat
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/unthrottle
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/powercap
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/overtemp
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/supply_fault
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/overcurrent
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/occ_reset
+Date: March 2016
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+ Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: POWERNV CPUFreq driver's frequency throttle stats directory and
+ attributes
+
+ 'cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats' directory contains the CPU frequency
+ throttle stat attributes for the chip. The throttle stats of a cpu
+ is common across all the cpus belonging to a chip. Below are the
+ throttle attributes exported in the 'throttle_stats' directory:
+
+ - turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the max
+ frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above
+ nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
+
+ - sub_turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the
+ max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below
+ nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
+
+ - unthrottle : This file gives the total number of times the max
+ frequency is unthrottled after being throttled.
+
+ - powercap : This file gives the total number of times the max
+ frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'.
+
+ - overtemp : This file gives the total number of times the max
+ frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'.
+
+ - supply_fault : This file gives the total number of times the
+ max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'.
+
+ - overcurrent : This file gives the total number of times the
+ max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'.
+
+ - occ_reset : This file gives the total number of times the max
+ frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'.
+
+ The sysfs attributes representing different throttle reasons like
+ powercap, overtemp, supply_fault, overcurrent and occ_reset map to
+ the reasons provided by OCC firmware for throttling the frequency.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/turbo_stat
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/sub_turbo_stat
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/unthrottle
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/powercap
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/overtemp
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/supply_fault
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/overcurrent
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/occ_reset
+Date: March 2016
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+ Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: POWERNV CPUFreq driver's frequency throttle stats directory and
+ attributes
+
+ 'policyX/throttle_stats' directory and all the attributes are same as
+ the /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats directory and
+ attributes which give the frequency throttle information of the chip.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/midr_el1
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/revidr_el1
+Date: June 2016
+Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org>
+Description: AArch64 CPU registers
+
+ 'identification' directory exposes the CPU ID registers for
+ identifying model and revision of the CPU.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpu_capacity
+Date: December 2016
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: information about CPUs heterogeneity.
+
+ cpu_capacity: capacity of cpu#.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/gather_data_sampling
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/itlb_multihit
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mds
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/meltdown
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mmio_stale_data
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/retbleed
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v1
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v2
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/srbds
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/tsx_async_abort
+Date: January 2018
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Information about CPU vulnerabilities
+
+ The files are named after the code names of CPU
+ vulnerabilities. The output of those files reflects the
+ state of the CPUs in the system. Possible output values:
+
+ ================ ==============================================
+ "Not affected" CPU is not affected by the vulnerability
+ "Vulnerable" CPU is affected and no mitigation in effect
+ "Mitigation: $M" CPU is affected and mitigation $M is in effect
+ ================ ==============================================
+
+ See also: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/active
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/control
+Date: June 2018
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Control Symetric Multi Threading (SMT)
+
+ active: Tells whether SMT is active (enabled and siblings online)
+
+ control: Read/write interface to control SMT. Possible
+ values:
+
+ ================ =========================================
+ "on" SMT is enabled
+ "off" SMT is disabled
+ "forceoff" SMT is force disabled. Cannot be changed.
+ "notsupported" SMT is not supported by the CPU
+ "notimplemented" SMT runtime toggling is not
+ implemented for the architecture
+ ================ =========================================
+
+ If control status is "forceoff" or "notsupported" writes
+ are rejected.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/power/energy_perf_bias
+Date: March 2019
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Intel Energy and Performance Bias Hint (EPB)
+
+ EPB for the given CPU in a sliding scale 0 - 15, where a value
+ of 0 corresponds to a hint preference for highest performance
+ and a value of 15 corresponds to the maximum energy savings.
+
+ In order to change the EPB value for the CPU, write either
+ a number in the 0 - 15 sliding scale above, or one of the
+ strings: "performance", "balance-performance", "normal",
+ "balance-power", "power" (that represent values reflected by
+ their meaning), to this attribute.
+
+ This attribute is present for all online CPUs supporting the
+ Intel EPB feature.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/umwait_control
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/umwait_control/enable_c02
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/umwait_control/max_time
+Date: May 2019
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Umwait control
+
+ enable_c02: Read/write interface to control umwait C0.2 state
+ Read returns C0.2 state status:
+ 0: C0.2 is disabled
+ 1: C0.2 is enabled
+
+ Write 'y' or '1' or 'on' to enable C0.2 state.
+ Write 'n' or '0' or 'off' to disable C0.2 state.
+
+ The interface is case insensitive.
+
+ max_time: Read/write interface to control umwait maximum time
+ in TSC-quanta that the CPU can reside in either C0.1
+ or C0.2 state. The time is an unsigned 32-bit number.
+ Note that a value of zero means there is no limit.
+ Low order two bits must be zero.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/svm
+Date: August 2019
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+ Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: Secure Virtual Machine
+
+ If 1, it means the system is using the Protected Execution
+ Facility in POWER9 and newer processors. i.e., it is a Secure
+ Virtual Machine.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/purr
+Date: Apr 2005
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: PURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot.
+
+ The Processor Utilization Resources Register (PURR) is
+ a 64-bit counter which provides an estimate of the
+ resources used by the CPU thread. The contents of this
+ register increases monotonically. This sysfs interface
+ exposes the number of PURR ticks for cpuX.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/spurr
+Date: Dec 2006
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: SPURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot.
+
+ The Scaled Processor Utilization Resources Register
+ (SPURR) is a 64-bit counter that provides a frequency
+ invariant estimate of the resources used by the CPU
+ thread. The contents of this register increases
+ monotonically. This sysfs interface exposes the number
+ of SPURR ticks for cpuX.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/idle_purr
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: PURR ticks for cpuX when it was idle.
+
+ This sysfs interface exposes the number of PURR ticks
+ for cpuX when it was idle.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/idle_spurr
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: SPURR ticks for cpuX when it was idle.
+
+ This sysfs interface exposes the number of SPURR ticks
+ for cpuX when it was idle.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1a8ee26e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/ibm_rtl/state
+Date: Sep 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com>
+Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and
+ out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the
+ ability to query the current state.
+
+ - 0 => PRTM off
+ - 1 => PRTM enabled
+
+Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/ibm_rtl/version
+Date: Sep 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com>
+Description: The version file provides a means by which to query
+ the RTL table version that lives in the Extended
+ BIOS Data Area (EBDA).
+Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ca02fb2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com>
+Description:
+ A collection of global/individual Xen physical cpu attributes
+
+ Individual physical cpu attributes are contained in
+ subdirectories named by the Xen's logical cpu number, e.g.:
+ /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/online
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Interface to online/offline Xen physical cpus
+
+ When running under Xen platform, it provide user interface
+ to online/offline physical cpus, except cpu0 due to several
+ logic restrictions and assumptions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59d073d20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../waiting_for_supplier
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../waiting_for_supplier attribute is only
+ present when fw_devlink kernel command line option is enabled
+ and is set to something stricter than "permissive". It is
+ removed once a device probes successfully (because the
+ information is no longer relevant). The number read from it (0
+ or 1) reflects whether the device is waiting for one or more
+ suppliers to be added and then linked to using device links
+ before the device can probe.
+
+ A value of 0 means the device is not waiting for any suppliers
+ to be added before it can probe. A value of 1 means the device
+ is waiting for one or more suppliers to be added before it can
+ probe.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-altera-cvp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-altera-cvp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fbd8078fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-altera-cvp
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/altera-cvp/chkcfg
+Date: May 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
+Description:
+ Contains either 1 or 0 and controls if configuration
+ error checking in altera-cvp driver is turned on or
+ off.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42214b4ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../bd9571mwv-regulator.*.auto/backup_mode
+Date: Jul 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
+Description: Read/write the current state of DDR Backup Mode, which controls
+ if DDR power rails will be kept powered during system suspend.
+ ("on"/"1" = enabled, "off"/"0" = disabled).
+ Two types of power switches (or control signals) can be used:
+
+ A. With a momentary power switch (or pulse signal), DDR
+ Backup Mode is enabled by default when available, as the
+ PMIC will be configured only during system suspend.
+ B. With a toggle power switch (or level signal), the
+ following steps must be followed exactly:
+
+ 1. Configure PMIC for backup mode, to change the role of
+ the accessory power switch from a power switch to a
+ wake-up switch,
+ 2. Switch accessory power switch off, to prepare for
+ system suspend, which is a manual step not controlled
+ by software,
+ 3. Suspend system,
+ 4. Switch accessory power switch on, to resume the
+ system.
+
+ DDR Backup Mode must be explicitly enabled by the user,
+ to invoke step 1.
+
+ See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bd9571mwv.txt.
+Users: User space applications for embedded boards equipped with a
+ BD9571MWV PMIC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f29c8843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/[..]/fsi-master-gpio/external_mode
+Date: Feb 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.17
+Contact: jk@ozlabs.org
+Description:
+ Controls access arbitration for GPIO-based FSI master. A
+ value of 0 (the default) sets normal mode, where the
+ driver performs FSI bus transactions, 1 sets external mode,
+ where the FSI bus is driven externally (for example, by
+ a debug device).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..69d855dc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/version
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Unique bitstream identification e.g.
+ '0000000330336283.00000000475a4950'.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/appid
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Identifies the currently active card application e.g. 'GZIP'
+ for compression/decompression.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/type
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Type of the card e.g. 'GenWQE5-A7'.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_bitstream
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Currently active bitstream. 1 is default, 0 is backup.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/next_bitstream
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to set the next bitstream to be used.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/reload_bitstream
+Date: May 2014
+Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream.
+
+ ::
+
+ sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \
+ /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream'
+
+ If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set
+ on 'next_bitstream'.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/tempsens
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to read the cards temperature sense register.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/freerunning_timer
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to read the cards free running timer.
+ Used for performance and utilization measurements.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Interface to read queue working time.
+ Used for performance and utilization measurements.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/state
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: State of the card: "unused", "used", "error".
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/base_clock
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Base clock frequency of the card.
+
+What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/device/sriov_numvfs
+Date: Oct 2013
+Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
+Description: Enable VFs (1..15)::
+
+ sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs'
+
+ Disable VFs::
+
+ Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..169ae4b2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_kernel_ver
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU.
+ Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be
+ replaced with cpucp_kernel_ver
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_ver
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU
+ Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be
+ replaced with cpucp_ver
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_max_freq_mhz
+Date: Jun 2019
+KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in MHz.
+ The device clock might be set to lower value than the maximum.
+ The user should read the clk_cur_freq_mhz to see the actual
+ frequency value of the device clock. This property is valid
+ only for the Gaudi ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_cur_freq_mhz
+Date: Jun 2019
+KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays the current frequency, in MHz, of the device clock.
+ This property is valid only for the Gaudi ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpld_ver
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the Device's CPLD F/W
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_kernel_ver
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_ver
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/device_type
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays the code name of the device according to its type.
+ The supported values are: "GOYA"
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/eeprom
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: A binary file attribute that contains the contents of the
+ on-board EEPROM
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/fuse_ver
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays the device's version from the eFuse
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Interface to trigger a hard-reset operation for the device.
+ Hard-reset will reset ALL internal components of the device
+ except for the PCI interface and the internal PLLs
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset_cnt
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a hard-reset
+ operation since the driver was loaded
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/high_pll
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency for MME, TPC
+ and IC when the power management profile is set to "automatic".
+ This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of
+ the Interconnect fabric. Writes to this parameter affect the
+ device only when the power management profile is set to "manual"
+ mode. The device IC clock might be set to lower value than the
+ maximum. The user should read the ic_clk_curr to see the actual
+ frequency value of the IC. This property is valid only for the
+ Goya ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk_curr
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the Interconnect
+ fabric. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/infineon_ver
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the Device's power supply F/W code
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/max_power
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allows the user to set the maximum power consumption of the
+ device in milliwatts.
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of
+ the MME compute engine. Writes to this parameter affect the
+ device only when the power management profile is set to "manual"
+ mode. The device MME clock might be set to lower value than the
+ maximum. The user should read the mme_clk_curr to see the actual
+ frequency value of the MME. This property is valid only for the
+ Goya ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk_curr
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the MME compute
+ engine. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pci_addr
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays the PCI address of the device. This is needed so the
+ user would be able to open a device based on its PCI address
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pm_mng_profile
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Power management profile. Values are "auto", "manual". In "auto"
+ mode, the driver will set the maximum clock frequency to a high
+ value when a user-space process opens the device's file (unless
+ it was already opened by another process). The driver will set
+ the max clock frequency to a low value when there are no user
+ processes that are opened on the device's file. In "manual"
+ mode, the user sets the maximum clock frequency by writing to
+ ic_clk, mme_clk and tpc_clk. This property is valid only for
+ the Goya ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/preboot_btl_ver
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the device's preboot F/W code
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Interface to trigger a soft-reset operation for the device.
+ Soft-reset will reset only the compute and DMA engines of the
+ device
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset_cnt
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a soft-reset
+ operation since the driver was loaded
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/status
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Status of the card: "Operational", "Malfunction", "In reset".
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/thermal_ver
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the Device's thermal daemon
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of
+ the TPC compute engines. Writes to this parameter affect the
+ device only when the power management profile is set to "manual"
+ mode. The device TPC clock might be set to lower value than the
+ maximum. The user should read the tpc_clk_curr to see the actual
+ frequency value of the TPC. This property is valid only for
+ Goya ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk_curr
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the TPC compute
+ engines. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/uboot_ver
+Date: Jan 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.1
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the u-boot running on the device's CPU \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a59533410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor
+What: /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor
+What: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/report_descriptor
+Date: Jan 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.0.39
+Contact: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
+Description: When read, this file returns the device's raw binary HID
+ report descriptor.
+ This file cannot be written.
+Users: HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi)
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country
+What: /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country
+What: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/country
+Date: February 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Olivier Gay <ogay@logitech.com>
+Description: When read, this file returns the hex integer value in ASCII
+ of the device's HID country code (e.g. 21 for US).
+ This file cannot be written.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8827f0f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/bus/drivers/corsair/<dev>/macro_mode
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Clement Vuchener <clement.vuchener@gmail.com>
+Description: Get/set the current playback mode. "SW" for software mode
+ where G-keys triggers their regular key codes. "HW" for
+ hardware playback mode where the G-keys play their macro
+ from the on-board memory.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/drivers/corsair/<dev>/current_profile
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact: Clement Vuchener <clement.vuchener@gmail.com>
+Description: Get/set the current selected profile. Values are from 1 to 3.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aee85ca1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_to_select
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be
+ is being controlled by press_speed.
+
+ Values are 0 or 1.
+
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled.
+
+ Values are 0 or 1.
+
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: For details regarding this setting please refer to http://www.pc.ibm.com/ww/healthycomputing/trkpntb.html
+ Values are 0 or 1.
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/select_right
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate
+ a left or right mouse button click.
+
+ Values are 0 or 1.
+
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This file contains the trackpoint sensitivity.
+ Values are decimal integers from 1 (lowest sensitivity) to 255 (highest sensitivity).
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_speed
+Date: July 2011
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled.
+
+ Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest).
+
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1)
+
+ Values are 0 or 1
+
+ Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d8f831f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech-hidpp-device/<dev>/range
+Date: Jan, 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) This attribute controls the amount of 'turn' permitted in
+ Logitech G920 wheel. Reading from the file shows the current
+ range of the steering wheel. Writing a value within the min and
+ max boundary sets the range of the wheel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech-hidpp-device/<dev>/builtin_power_supply
+Date: Apr, 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.12
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Presence of this file indicates that HID++ driver is capable of
+ handling battery properties in the kernel. This way, upower can
+ add a udev rule to decide whether or not it should use the
+ internal unifying support or the generic kernel one.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..de07be314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/range
+Date: July 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net>
+Description: Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering
+ wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the
+ range of the wheel.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/alternate_modes
+Date: Feb 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net>
+Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each
+ mode is listed as follows:
+
+ Tag: Mode Name
+
+ Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also
+ contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the
+ native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the
+ wheel into the corresponding mode. Depending on the exact model
+ of the wheel not all listed modes might always be selectable.
+ If a wheel cannot be switched into the desired mode, -EINVAL
+ is returned accompanied with an explanatory message in the
+ kernel log.
+ This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode.
+
+ Currently supported mode switches:
+
+ Driving Force Pro::
+
+ DF-EX --> DFP
+
+ G25::
+
+ DF-EX --> DFP --> G25
+
+ G27::
+
+ DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27
+ DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27
+ DF-EX <*----------------> G27
+
+ G29::
+
+ DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29
+ DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29
+ DF-EX <*----------------> G27 <-> G29
+ DF-EX <*------------------------> G29
+
+ DFGT::
+
+ DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT
+ DF-EX <*--------> DFGT
+
+ * hid_logitech module must be loaded with lg4ff_no_autoswitch=1
+ parameter set in order for the switch to DF-EX mode to work.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/real_id
+Date: Feb 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net>
+Description: Displays the real model of the wheel regardless of any
+ alternate mode the wheel might be switched to.
+ It is a read-only value.
+ This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/combine_pedals
+Date: Sep 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org>
+Description: Controls whether a combined value of accelerator and brake is
+ reported on the Y axis of the controller. Useful for older games
+ which can do not work with separate accelerator/brake axis.
+ Off ('0') by default, enabled by setting '1'.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f79839d1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/quirks
+Date: November 2011
+Contact: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute corresponds to the
+ quirks actually in place to handle the device's protocol.
+ When read, this attribute returns the current settings (see
+ MT_QUIRKS_* in hid-multitouch.c).
+ When written this attribute change on the fly the quirks, then
+ the protocol to handle the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e323a5ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activate_slack
+Date: May, 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Number of contact frames ignored before acknowledging the
+ start of activity (activating touch).
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/decativate_slack
+Date: May, 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) Number of empty (no contact) frames ignored before
+ acknowledging the end of activity (deactivating touch).
+
+ When the last finger is removed from the device, it sends a
+ number of empty frames. By holding off on deactivation for a few
+ frames false erroneous disconnects can be tolerated, where the
+ sensor may mistakenly not detect a finger that is still present.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activation_width
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activation_height
+Date: May, 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Threholds to override activation slack.
+
+ ================= =====================================
+ activation_width (RW) Width threshold to immediately
+ start processing touch events.
+
+ activation_height (RW) Height threshold to immediately
+ start processing touch events.
+ ================= =====================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_width
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_height
+Date: May, 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Minimum size contact accepted.
+
+ ========== ===========================================
+ min_width (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide
+ activation and activity.
+
+ min_height (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide
+ activation and activity.
+ ========== ===========================================
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_width
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_height
+Date: May, 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) These are internal ranges not used for normal events but
+ useful for tuning.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_logical_width
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_logical_height
+Date: May, 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The range for positions reported during activity.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98fd81ad7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description: Make it possible to switch the PicoLCD device between LCD
+ (firmware) and bootloader (flasher) operation modes.
+
+ Reading: returns list of available modes, the active mode being
+ enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']')
+
+ Writing: causes operation mode switch. Permitted values are
+ the non-active mode names listed when read.
+
+ Note: when switching mode the current PicoLCD HID device gets
+ disconnected and reconnects after above delay (see attribute
+ operation_mode_delay for its value).
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode_delay
+Date: April 2010
+Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description: Delay PicoLCD waits before restarting in new mode when
+ operation_mode has changed.
+
+ Reading/Writing: It is expressed in ms and permitted range is
+ 0..30000ms.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fb_update_rate
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description: Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate.
+
+ Reading: returns list of available refresh rates (expressed in Hz),
+ the active refresh rate being enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']')
+
+ Writing: accepts new refresh rate expressed in integer Hz
+ within permitted rates.
+
+ Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second
+ it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two
+ tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application
+ to flush its tiny changes explicitly at higher than default rate.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05d988c29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../channel
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.34
+Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Allows control (via software) the midi channel to which
+ that the pc-midi keyboard will output.midi data.
+ Range: 0..15
+ Type: Read/write
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../sustain
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.34
+Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Allows control (via software) the sustain duration of a
+ note held by the pc-midi driver.
+ 0 means sustain mode is disabled.
+ Range: 0..5000 (milliseconds)
+ Type: Read/write
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../octave
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.34
+Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Controls the octave shift modifier in the pc-midi driver.
+ The octave can be shifted via software up/down 2 octaves.
+ 0 means the no ocatve shift.
+ Range: -2..2 (minus 2 to plus 2)
+ Type: Read/Write
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11cd9bf0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_dpi
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the
+ press of a button.
+
+ When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi
+ setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
+ processed to receive the real dpi value:
+
+ ===== =====
+ VALUE DPI
+ ===== =====
+ 1 800
+ 2 1200
+ 3 1600
+ 4 2000
+ 5 2400
+ 6 3200
+ ===== =====
+
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile.
+
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/firmware_version
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+ firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+ further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+ number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+ left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/profile[1-5]
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile holds information like button
+ mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light
+ effects.
+
+ When read, these files return the respective profile. The
+ returned data is 975 bytes in size.
+
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long.
+
+ The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number
+ stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the
+ store.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/settings
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
+ The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the
+ startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data.
+
+ When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
+ The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
+ data.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/startup_profile
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5.
+
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
+ that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+
+ When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+ and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/tcu
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user
+ calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface.
+ When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU,
+ where 0 means off and 1 means on.
+
+ Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off.
+
+ Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes
+ around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU.
+
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights
+ ranging from 5 to 20 grams which are recognized by the mouse
+ and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the
+ raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing
+ in other software.
+
+ The values map to the weights as follows:
+
+ ===== ======
+ VALUE WEIGHT
+ ===== ======
+ 0 none
+ 1 5g
+ 2 10g
+ 3 15g
+ 4 20g
+ ===== ======
+
+ This file is readonly.
+Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d0eba70c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM1
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM2
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM3
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM4
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM5
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM6
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM7
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM8
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM9
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM10
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM11
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM12
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM13
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM14
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM15
+What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPMALL
+Date: Jan 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.9
+Contact: Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org>
+Description: Provides a control for turning on/off the LEDs which form
+ an RPM meter on the front of the controller
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3bf43d9dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led1
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led2
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led3
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led4
+Date: July 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
+Description: Make it possible to set/get current led state. Reading from it
+ returns 0 if led is off and 1 if it is on. Writing 0 to it
+ disables the led, writing 1 enables it.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/extension
+Date: August 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.2
+Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
+Description: This file contains the currently connected and initialized
+ extensions. It can be one of: none, motionp, nunchuck, classic,
+ motionp+nunchuck, motionp+classic
+ motionp is the official Nintendo Motion+ extension, nunchuck is
+ the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the
+ Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can
+ be combined with the other two.
+
+ Starting with kernel-version 3.11 Motion Plus hotplugging is
+ supported and if detected, it's no longer reported as static
+ extension. You will get uevent notifications for the motion-plus
+ device then.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/devtype
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
+Description: While a device is initialized by the wiimote driver, we perform
+ a device detection and signal a "change" uevent after it is
+ done. This file shows the detected device type. "pending" means
+ that the detection is still ongoing, "unknown" means, that the
+ device couldn't be detected or loaded. "generic" means, that the
+ device couldn't be detected but supports basic Wii Remote
+ features and can be used.
+ Other strings for each device-type are available and may be
+ added if new device-specific detections are added.
+ Currently supported are:
+
+ ============= =======================================
+ gen10: First Wii Remote generation
+ gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation
+ (builtin MP)
+ balanceboard: Wii Balance Board
+ ============= =======================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/bboard_calib
+Date: May 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
+Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a
+ balance board. It provides a single line with 3 calibration
+ values for all 4 sensors. The values are separated by colons and
+ are each 2 bytes long (encoded as 4 digit hexadecimal value).
+ First, 0kg values for all 4 sensors are written, followed by the
+ 17kg values for all 4 sensors and last the 34kg values for all 4
+ sensors.
+
+ Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input
+ values but may be used by user-space to perform other
+ transformations.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/pro_calib
+Date: October 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.13
+Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
+Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a
+ pro-controller. It provides a single line with 4 calibration
+ values for all 4 analog sticks. Format is: "x1:y1 x2:y2". Data
+ is prefixed with a +/-. Each value is a signed 16bit number.
+ Data is encoded as decimal numbers and specifies the offsets of
+ the analog sticks of the pro-controller.
+
+ Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input
+ values but may be used by user-space to perform other
+ transformations.
+
+ Calibration data is detected by the kernel during device setup.
+ You can write "scan\n" into this file to re-trigger calibration.
+ You can also write data directly in the form "x1:y1 x2:y2" to
+ set the calibration values manually.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5e671b9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/startup
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org>
+Description: Startup time in us. Board is powered on if the button is pressed
+ for more than <startup_time>
+
+What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/shutdown
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org>
+Description: Shutdown time in us. Board is powered off if the button is pressed
+ for more than <shutdown_time>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd7c578ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/fw_version
+Date: Aug 2020
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Reports the firmware version provided by the touchscreen, for example "00_T6" on a EXC80H60
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented as string
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/model
+Date: Aug 2020
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Reports the model identification provided by the touchscreen, for example "Orion_1320" on a EXC80H60
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented as string
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..979a2d625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../bmc_version
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com>
+Description: Read only. Returns the hardware build version of Intel
+ MAX10 BMC chip.
+ Format: "0x%x".
+
+What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../bmcfw_version
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com>
+Description: Read only. Returns the firmware version of Intel MAX10
+ BMC chip.
+ Format: "0x%x".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a7d2e217
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_events
+Date: July 2, 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org>
+Description: An integer representing a set of wakeup events as follows:
+ 1: Wake to enter hibernation when the wakeup timer expires
+ 2: Wake to enter hibernation when the battery reaches a
+ critical level
+
+ These values are ORed together. For example, a value of 3
+ indicates that the system will wake to enter hibernation when
+ either the wakeup timer expires or the battery reaches a
+ critical level.
+
+What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_time
+Date: July 2, 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org>
+Description: An integer representing the length of time the system will
+ remain asleep before waking up to enter hibernation.
+ This value is in minutes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4cf595d68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/nvmem
+Date: December 2017
+Contact: PrasannaKumar Muralidharan <prasannatsmkumar@gmail.com>
+Description: read-only access to the efuse on the Ingenic JZ4780 SoC
+ The SoC has a one time programmable 8K efuse that is
+ split into segments. The driver supports read only.
+ The segments are:
+
+ ===== ======== =================
+ 0x000 64 bit Random Number
+ 0x008 128 bit Ingenic Chip ID
+ 0x018 128 bit Customer ID
+ 0x028 3520 bit Reserved
+ 0x1E0 8 bit Protect Segment
+ 0x1E1 2296 bit HDMI Key
+ 0x300 2048 bit Security boot key
+ ===== ======== =================
+
+Users: any user space application which wants to read the Chip
+ and Customer ID
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..49f5fd0c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks
+Date: Oct 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org
+Description:
+ If the permissive attribute is set, then writing a string in
+ the format of DDDD:BB:DD.F-REG:SIZE:MASK will allow the guest
+ to write and read from the PCI device. That is Domain:Bus:
+ Device.Function-Register:Size:Mask (Domain is optional).
+ For example::
+
+ #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks
+
+ will allow the guest to read and write to the configuration
+ register 0x0E.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/allow_interrupt_control
+Date: Jan 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org
+Description:
+ List of devices which can have interrupt control flag (INTx,
+ MSI, MSI-X) set by a connected guest. It is meant to be set
+ only when the guest is a stubdomain hosting device model (qemu)
+ and the actual device is assigned to a HVM. It is not safe
+ (similar to permissive attribute) to set for a devices assigned
+ to a PV guest. The device is automatically removed from this
+ list when the connected pcifront terminates.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1a56fc507
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/
+Date: August 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.6
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This folder includes the attributes related with PPI (Physical
+ Presence Interface). Only if TPM is supported by BIOS, this
+ folder makes sense. The folder path can be got by command
+ 'find /sys/ -name 'pcrs''. For the detail information of PPI,
+ please refer to the PPI specification from
+
+ http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/
+
+ In Linux 4.2 ppi was moved to the character device directory.
+ A symlink from tpmX/device/ppi to tpmX/ppi to provide backwards
+ compatibility.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/version
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows the version of the PPI supported by the
+ platform.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/request
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows the request for an operation to be
+ executed in the pre-OS environment. It is the only input from
+ the OS to the pre-OS environment. The request should be an
+ integer value range from 1 to 160, and 0 means no request.
+ This file can be read and written.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/response
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows the response to the most recent operation
+ request it acted upon. The format is "<request> <response num>
+ : <response description>".
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/transition_action
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows the platform-specific action that should
+ take place in order to transition to the BIOS for execution of
+ a requested operation. The format is "<action num>: <action
+ description>".
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/tcg_operations
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an
+ operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS
+ for the requests defined by TCG, i.e. requests from 1 to 22.
+ The format is "<request> <status num>: <status description>".
+ This attribute is only supported by PPI version 1.2+.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/vs_operations
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
+Description:
+ This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an
+ operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS
+ for the verdor specific requests, i.e. requests from 128 to
+ 255. The format is same with tcg_operations. This attribute
+ is also only supported by PPI version 1.2+.
+ This file is readonly.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28c9c040d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level
+Date: January 1, 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
+Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels"
+ that can be modified by a function key, and by this
+ sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot
+ of sense, but some users like to modify them to keep
+ their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file
+ will show the current performance level. Writing to the
+ file can change this value.
+
+ Valid options:
+ - "silent"
+ - "normal"
+ - "overclock"
+
+ Note that not all laptops support all of these options.
+ Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option,
+ and it's still unknown if this value even changes
+ anything, other than making the user feel a bit better.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/battery_life_extender
+Date: December 1, 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
+Description: Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle
+ life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge
+ level.
+
+ - 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge)
+ - 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge)
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge
+Date: December 1, 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.3
+Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
+Description: Use your USB ports to charge devices, even
+ when your laptop is powered off.
+ 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/lid_handling
+Date: December 11, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Julijonas Kikutis <julijonas.kikutis@gmail.com>
+Description: Some Samsung laptops handle lid closing quicker and
+ only handle lid opening with this mode enabled.
+ 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88cab66fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /sys/bus/scsi/drivers/st/debug_flag
+Date: October 2015
+KernelVersion: ?.?
+Contact: shane.seymour@hpe.com
+Description:
+ This file allows you to turn debug output from the st driver
+ off if you write a '0' to the file or on if you write a '1'.
+ Note that debug output requires that the module be compiled
+ with the #define DEBUG set to a non-zero value (this is the
+ default). If DEBUG is set to 0 then this file will not
+ appear in sysfs as its presence is conditional upon debug
+ output support being compiled into the module.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..69f5af632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/fuse
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Peter De Schrijver <pdeschrijver@nvidia.com>
+Description: read-only access to the efuses on Tegra20, Tegra30, Tegra114
+ and Tegra124 SoC's from NVIDIA. The efuses contain write once
+ data programmed at the factory. The data is layed out in 32bit
+ words in LSB first format. Each bit represents a single value
+ as decoded from the fuse registers. Bits order/assignment
+ exactly matches the HW registers, including any unused bits.
+Users: any user space application which wants to read the efuses on
+ Tegra SoC's
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5a438d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_mode
+Date: June 8, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid
+ values are:
+
+ * 0x1 -> FN-Z
+ * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER)
+ * 0x8 -> ON
+ * 0x10 -> OFF
+
+ Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed
+ parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and
+ AUTO).
+ Also note that toggling this value on type 1 devices, requires
+ a reboot for changes to take effect.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_timeout
+Date: June 8, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the timeout of the keyboard backlight
+ whenever the operation mode is set to AUTO (or TIMER),
+ valid values range from 0-60.
+ Note that the kernel 3.15 only had support for the first
+ keyboard type, the kernel 3.16 added support for the second
+ type and the range accepted for type 2 is 1-60.
+ See the entry named "kbd_type"
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/position
+Date: June 8, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file shows the absolute position of the built-in
+ accelereometer.
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/touchpad
+Date: June 8, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.15
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This files controls the status of the touchpad and pointing
+ stick (if available), valid values are:
+
+ * 0 -> OFF
+ * 1 -> ON
+
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/available_kbd_modes
+Date: August 3, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file shows the supported keyboard backlight modes
+ the system supports, which can be:
+
+ * 0x1 -> FN-Z
+ * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER)
+ * 0x8 -> ON
+ * 0x10 -> OFF
+
+ Note that not all keyboard types support the listed modes.
+ See the entry named "available_kbd_modes"
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_type
+Date: August 3, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type,
+ which can be:
+
+ * 1 -> Type 1, supporting modes FN-Z and AUTO
+ * 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_charge
+Date: January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which
+ can be:
+
+ * 0 -> Disabled (0x00)
+ * 1 -> Alternate (0x09)
+ * 2 -> Auto (0x21)
+ * 3 -> Typical (0x11)
+
+ Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed
+ values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three.
+ Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
+ you want to use it under battery, see the entry named
+ "sleep_functions_on_battery"
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/sleep_functions_on_battery
+Date: January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and
+ set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted
+ values can be:
+
+ * 0 -> Disabled
+ * 1-100 -> Battery level to disable sleep functions
+
+ Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the
+ feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the
+ current battery level set.
+ Note that when the value is set to disabled, the sleep function
+ will only work when connected to power.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_rapid_charge
+Date: January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be:
+
+ * 0 -> Disabled
+ * 1 -> Enabled
+
+ Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+ take effect.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_music
+Date: January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be:
+
+ * 0 -> Disabled
+ * 1 -> Enabled
+
+ Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
+ you want to use it under battery, see the entry named
+ "sleep_functions_on_battery"
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/version
+Date: February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file shows the current version of the driver
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/fan
+Date: February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid
+ values are:
+
+ * 0 -> OFF
+ * 1 -> ON
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_function_keys
+Date: February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation
+ mode, valid values are:
+
+ * 0 -> Normal Operation
+ * 1 -> Special Functions
+
+ In the "Normal Operation" mode, the F{1-12} keys are as usual
+ and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}.
+ In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the
+ hotkey and the F{1-12} keys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}.
+ Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+ take effect.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/panel_power_on
+Date: February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever
+ the LID is opened, valid values are:
+
+ * 0 -> Disabled
+ * 1 -> Enabled
+
+ Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+ take effect.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_three
+Date: February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.0
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are:
+
+ * 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2)
+ * 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality)
+
+ Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+ take effect.
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/cooling_method
+Date: 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the Cooling Method feature.
+ Reading this file prints two values, the first is the actual cooling method
+ and the second is the maximum cooling method supported.
+ When the maximum cooling method is ONE, valid values are:
+
+ * 0 -> Maximum Performance
+ * 1 -> Battery Optimized
+
+ When the maximum cooling method is TWO, valid values are:
+
+ * 0 -> Maximum Performance
+ * 1 -> Performance
+ * 2 -> Battery Optimized
+
+Users: KToshiba
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c938690ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/protection_level
+Date: August 16, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file controls the built-in accelerometer protection level,
+ valid values are:
+
+ * 0 -> Disabled
+ * 1 -> Low
+ * 2 -> Medium
+ * 3 -> High
+
+ The default potection value is set to 2 (Medium).
+Users: KToshiba
+
+What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/reset_protection
+Date: August 16, 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description: This file turns off the built-in accelerometer for a few
+ seconds and then restore normal operation. Accepting 1 as the
+ only parameter.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..231471ad0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/configuration
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current DisplayPort configuration for the connector.
+ Valid values are USB, source and sink. Source means DisplayPort
+ source, and sink means DisplayPort sink.
+
+ All supported configurations are listed as space separated list
+ with the active one wrapped in square brackets.
+
+ Source example:
+
+ USB [source] sink
+
+ The configuration can be changed by writing to the file
+
+ Note. USB configuration does not equal to Exit Mode. It is
+ separate configuration defined in VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on
+ USB Type-C Standard. Functionally it equals to the situation
+ where the mode has been exited (to exit the mode, see
+ Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec, and use file
+ /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../active).
+
+What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/pin_assignment
+Date: July 2018
+Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard defines six
+ different pin assignments for USB Type-C connector that are
+ labeled A, B, C, D, E, and F. The supported pin assignments are
+ listed as space separated list with the active one wrapped in
+ square brackets.
+
+ Example:
+
+ C [D]
+
+ Pin assignment can be changed by writing to the file. It is
+ possible to set pin assignment before configuration has been
+ set, but the assignment will not be active before the
+ connector is actually configured.
+
+ Note. As of VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard
+ version 1.0b, pin assignments A, B, and F are deprecated. Only
+ pin assignment D can now carry simultaneously one channel of
+ USB SuperSpeed protocol. From user perspective pin assignments C
+ and E are equal, where all channels on the connector are used
+ for carrying DisplayPort protocol (allowing higher resolutions).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08f259113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/api
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: Api of the device
+ Can be any string and up to userspace to parse.
+ Application use the api to match the correct driver
+
+What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/flags
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: Attributes of the device, see UACCE_DEV_xxx flag defined in uacce.h
+
+What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/available_instances
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: Available instances left of the device
+ Return -ENODEV if uacce_ops get_available_instances is not provided
+
+What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/algorithms
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: Algorithms supported by this accelerator, separated by new line.
+ Can be any string and up to userspace to parse.
+
+What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/region_mmio_size
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: Size (bytes) of mmio region queue file
+
+What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/region_dus_size
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: Size (bytes) of dus region queue file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45cf62ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/drivers/ucsi_ccg/.../do_flash
+Date: May 2019
+Contact: Ajay Gupta <ajayg@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+ Tell the driver for Cypress CCGx Type-C controller to attempt
+ firmware upgrade by writing [Yy1] to the file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..adc0d0e91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs
@@ -0,0 +1,1155 @@
+What: /sys/bus/*/drivers/ufshcd/*/auto_hibern8
+Date: March 2018
+Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This file contains the auto-hibernate idle timer setting of a
+ UFS host controller. A value of '0' means auto-hibernate is not
+ enabled. Otherwise the value is the number of microseconds of
+ idle time before the UFS host controller will autonomously put
+ the link into hibernate state. That will save power at the
+ expense of increased latency. Note that the hardware supports
+ 10-bit values with a power-of-ten multiplier which allows a
+ maximum value of 102300000. Refer to the UFS Host Controller
+ Interface specification for more details.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_type
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the device type. This is one of the UFS
+ device descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_class
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the device class. This is one of the UFS
+ device descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_sub_class
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the UFS storage subclass. This is one of
+ the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/protocol
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the protocol supported by an UFS device.
+ This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found
+ at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_luns
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows number of logical units. This is one of
+ the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_wluns
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows number of well known logical units.
+ This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found
+ at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/boot_enable
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device is
+ enabled for boot. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
+ parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
+ be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/descriptor_access_enable
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device
+ descriptor could be read after partial initialization phase
+ of the boot sequence. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
+ parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
+ be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_power_mode
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows value that defines the power mode after
+ device initialization or hardware reset. This is one of
+ the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/high_priority_lun
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the high priority lun. This is one of
+ the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/secure_removal_type
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the secure removal type. This is one of
+ the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/support_security_lun
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows whether the security lun is supported.
+ This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found
+ at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/bkops_termination_latency
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the background operations termination
+ latency. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found
+ at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_active_icc_level
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the initial active ICC level. This is one
+ of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/specification_version
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the specification version. This is one
+ of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturing_date
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the manufacturing date in BCD format.
+ This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found
+ at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturer_id
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the manufacturee ID. This is one of the
+ UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtt_capability
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the maximum number of outstanding RTTs
+ supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device
+ descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtc_update
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the frequency and method of the realtime
+ clock update. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
+ parameters. The full information about the descriptor
+ could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ufs_features
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows which features are supported by the device.
+ This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be
+ found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ffu_timeout
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the FFU timeout. This is one of the
+ UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/queue_depth
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the device queue depth. This is one of the
+ UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_version
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the device version. This is one of the
+ UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_secure_wpa
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows number of secure write protect areas
+ supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device
+ descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_max_data_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the maximum amount of data that may be
+ written during the pre-soldering phase of the PSA flow.
+ This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found
+ at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_state_timeout
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the command maximum timeout for a change
+ in PSA state. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
+ parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
+ be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/unipro_version
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the MIPI UniPro version number in BCD format.
+ This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/mphy_version
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the MIPI M-PHY version number in BCD format.
+ This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/raw_device_capacity
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the total memory quantity available to
+ the user to configure the device logical units. This is one
+ of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_luns
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the maximum number of logical units
+ supported by the UFS device. This is one of the UFS
+ geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/segment_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the segment size. This is one of the UFS
+ geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/allocation_unit_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the allocation unit size. This is one of
+ the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/min_addressable_block_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the minimum addressable block size. This
+ is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
+ specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_read_block_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the optimal read block size. This is one
+ of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
+ specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_write_block_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the optimal write block size. This is one
+ of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
+ specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_in_buffer_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the maximum data-in buffer size. This
+ is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
+ specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_out_buffer_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the maximum data-out buffer size. This
+ is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
+ specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/rpmb_rw_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the maximum number of RPMB frames allowed
+ in Security Protocol In/Out. This is one of the UFS geometry
+ descriptor parameters. The full information about the
+ descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/dyn_capacity_resource_policy
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the dynamic capacity resource policy. This
+ is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/data_ordering
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows support for out-of-order data transfer.
+ This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_contexts
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows maximum available number of contexts which
+ are supported by the device. This is one of the UFS geometry
+ descriptor parameters. The full information about the
+ descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_unit_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows system data tag unit size. This is one of
+ the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_resource_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows maximum storage area size allocated by
+ the device to handle system data by the tagging mechanism.
+ This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/secure_removal_types
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows supported secure removal types. This is
+ one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/memory_types
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows supported memory types. This is one of
+ the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_max_alloc_units
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the maximum number of allocation units for
+ different memory types (system code, non persistent,
+ enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry
+ descriptor parameters. The full information about the
+ descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_capacity_adjustment_factor
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the memory capacity adjustment factor for
+ different memory types (system code, non persistent,
+ enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry
+ descriptor parameters. The full information about the
+ descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/eol_info
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows preend of life information. This is one
+ of the UFS health descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_a
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows indication of the device life time
+ (method a). This is one of the UFS health descriptor
+ parameters. The full information about the descriptor
+ could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_b
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows indication of the device life time
+ (method b). This is one of the UFS health descriptor
+ parameters. The full information about the descriptor
+ could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_descriptor/active_icc_levels_vcc*
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows maximum VCC, VCCQ and VCCQ2 value for
+ active ICC levels from 0 to 15. This is one of the UFS
+ power descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/manufacturer_name
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file contains a device manufactureer name string.
+ The full information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_name
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file contains a product name string. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/oem_id
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file contains a OEM ID string. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/serial_number
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file contains a device serial number string. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_revision
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file contains a product revision string. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/boot_lun_id
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows boot LUN information. This is one of
+ the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_write_protect
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows LUN write protection status. This is one of
+ the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_queue_depth
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows LUN queue depth. This is one of the UFS
+ unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/psa_sensitive
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows PSA sensitivity. This is one of the UFS
+ unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_memory_type
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows LUN memory type. This is one of the UFS
+ unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/data_reliability
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file defines the device behavior when a power failure
+ occurs during a write operation. This is one of the UFS
+ unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the size of addressable logical blocks
+ (calculated as an exponent with base 2). This is one of
+ the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
+ the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_count
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows total number of addressable logical blocks.
+ This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full
+ information about the descriptor could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/erase_block_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the erase block size. This is one of
+ the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/provisioning_type
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the thin provisioning type. This is one of
+ the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/physical_memory_resourse_count
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the total physical memory resources. This is
+ one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/context_capabilities
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the context capabilities. This is one of
+ the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/large_unit_granularity
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the granularity of the LUN. This is one of
+ the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
+ about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/device_init
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the device init status. The full information
+ about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/permanent_wpe
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows whether permanent write protection is enabled.
+ The full information about the flag could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/power_on_wpe
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows whether write protection is enabled on all
+ logical units configured as power on write protected. The
+ full information about the flag could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/bkops_enable
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows whether the device background operations are
+ enabled. The full information about the flag could be
+ found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/life_span_mode_enable
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows whether the device life span mode is enabled.
+ The full information about the flag could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/phy_resource_removal
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows whether physical resource removal is enable.
+ The full information about the flag could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/busy_rtc
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows whether the device is executing internal
+ operation related to real time clock. The full information
+ about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/disable_fw_update
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows whether the device FW update is permanently
+ disabled. The full information about the flag could be found
+ at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/boot_lun_enabled
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the boot lun enabled UFS device attribute.
+ The full information about the attribute could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/current_power_mode
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the current power mode UFS device attribute.
+ The full information about the attribute could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/active_icc_level
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the active icc level UFS device attribute.
+ The full information about the attribute could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ooo_data_enabled
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the out of order data transfer enabled UFS
+ device attribute. The full information about the attribute
+ could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/bkops_status
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the background operations status UFS device
+ attribute. The full information about the attribute could
+ be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/purge_status
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the purge operation status UFS device
+ attribute. The full information about the attribute could
+ be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_in_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the maximum data size in a DATA IN
+ UPIU. The full information about the attribute could
+ be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_out_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the maximum number of bytes that can be
+ requested with a READY TO TRANSFER UPIU. The full information
+ about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/reference_clock_frequency
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the reference clock frequency UFS device
+ attribute. The full information about the attribute could
+ be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/configuration_descriptor_lock
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows whether the configuration descriptor is locked.
+ The full information about the attribute could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1. The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_number_of_rtt
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the maximum current number of
+ outstanding RTTs in device that is allowed. The full
+ information about the attribute could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_control
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the exception event control UFS device
+ attribute. The full information about the attribute could
+ be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_status
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the exception event status UFS device
+ attribute. The full information about the attribute could
+ be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ffu_status
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file provides the ffu status UFS device attribute.
+ The full information about the attribute could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_state
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file show the PSA feature status. The full information
+ about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_data_size
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the amount of data that the host plans to
+ load to all logical units in pre-soldering state.
+ The full information about the attribute could be found at
+ UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/dyn_cap_needed
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
+Description: This file shows the The amount of physical memory needed
+ to be removed from the physical memory resources pool of
+ the particular logical unit. The full information about
+ the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_lvl
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device
+ runtime power management level. The current driver
+ implementation supports 6 levels with next target states:
+
+ == ====================================================
+ 0 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 1 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 2 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 3 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 4 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 5 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ be powered off
+ == ====================================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_dev_state
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device
+ for the chosen runtime power management level.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_link_state
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link
+ for the chosen runtime power management level.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_lvl
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device
+ system power management level. The current driver
+ implementation supports 6 levels with next target states:
+
+ == ====================================================
+ 0 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 1 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 2 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ stay active
+ 3 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 4 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ hibernate
+ 5 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
+ be powered off
+ == ====================================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_dev_state
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device
+ for the chosen system power management level.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_link_state
+Date: February 2018
+Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link
+ for the chosen system power management level.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_presv_us_en
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows if preserve user-space was configured
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_shared_alloc_units
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the shared allocated units of WB buffer
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_type
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the configured WB type.
+ 0x1 for shared buffer mode. 0x0 for dedicated buffer mode.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_buff_cap_adj
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the total user-space decrease in shared
+ buffer mode.
+ The value of this parameter is 3 for TLC NAND when SLC mode
+ is used as WriteBooster Buffer. 2 for MLC NAND.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_alloc_units
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the Maximum total WriteBooster Buffer size
+ which is supported by the entire device.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_wb_luns
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the maximum number of luns that can support
+ WriteBooster.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_red_type
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: The supportability of user space reduction mode
+ and preserve user space mode.
+ 00h: WriteBooster Buffer can be configured only in
+ user space reduction type.
+ 01h: WriteBooster Buffer can be configured only in
+ preserve user space type.
+ 02h: Device can be configured in either user space
+ reduction type or preserve user space type.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_wb_type
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: The supportability of WriteBooster Buffer type.
+
+ === ==========================================================
+ 00h LU based WriteBooster Buffer configuration
+ 01h Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration
+ 02h Supporting both LU based WriteBooster.
+ Buffer and Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration
+ === ==========================================================
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_enable
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the status of WriteBooster.
+
+ == ============================
+ 0 WriteBooster is not enabled.
+ 1 WriteBooster is enabled
+ == ============================
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_en
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows if flush is enabled.
+
+ == =================================
+ 0 Flush operation is not performed.
+ 1 Flush operation is performed.
+ == =================================
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_during_h8
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: Flush WriteBooster Buffer during hibernate state.
+
+ == =================================================
+ 0 Device is not allowed to flush the
+ WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state.
+ 1 Device is allowed to flush the
+ WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state.
+ == =================================================
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_avail_buf
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the amount of unused WriteBooster buffer
+ available.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_cur_buf
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the amount of unused current buffer.
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_flush_status
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the flush operation status.
+
+
+ === ======================================
+ 00h idle
+ 01h Flush operation in progress
+ 02h Flush operation stopped prematurely.
+ 03h Flush operation completed successfully
+ 04h Flush operation general failure
+ === ======================================
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_life_time_est
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows an indication of the WriteBooster Buffer
+ lifetime based on the amount of performed program/erase cycles
+
+ === =============================================
+ 01h 0% - 10% WriteBooster Buffer life time used
+ ...
+ 0Ah 90% - 100% WriteBooster Buffer life time used
+ === =============================================
+
+ The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/wb_buf_alloc_units
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org>
+Description: This entry shows the configured size of WriteBooster buffer.
+ 0400h corresponds to 4GB.
+
+ The file is read only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e92aba4eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/19-<id>/speed
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Contact: Jan Kandziora <jjj@gmx.de>
+Description: When written, this file sets the I2C speed on the connected
+ DS28E17 chip. When read, it reads the current setting from
+ the DS28E17 chip.
+
+ Valid values: 100, 400, 900 [kBaud].
+
+ Default 100, can be set by w1_ds28e17.speed= module parameter.
+Users: w1_ds28e17 driver
+
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/19-<id>/stretch
+Date: Sep 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.14
+Contact: Jan Kandziora <jjj@gmx.de>
+Description: When written, this file sets the multiplier used to calculate
+ the busy timeout for I2C operations on the connected DS28E17
+ chip. When read, returns the current setting.
+ Valid values: 1 to 9.
+
+ Default 1, can be set by w1_ds28e17.stretch= module parameter.
+Users: w1_ds28e17 driver
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a37dc33f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../alarms
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) read or write TH and TL (Temperature High an Low) alarms.
+ Values shall be space separated and in the device range
+ (typical -55 degC to 125 degC), if not values will be trimmed
+ to device min/max capabilities. Values are integer as they are
+ stored in a 8bit register in the device. Lowest value is
+ automatically put to TL. Once set, alarms could be search at
+ master level, refer to Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst for
+ detailed information
+Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
+ w1_term device
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ (WO) writing that file will either trigger a save of the
+ device data to its embedded EEPROM, either restore data
+ embedded in device EEPROM. Be aware that devices support
+ limited EEPROM writing cycles (typical 50k)
+
+ * 'save': save device RAM to EEPROM
+ * 'restore': restore EEPROM data in device RAM
+
+Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
+ w1_term device
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../ext_power
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) return the power status by asking the device
+
+ * '0': device parasite powered
+ * '1': device externally powered
+ * '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading power status
+
+Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
+ w1_term device
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../resolution
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) get or set the device resolution (on supported devices,
+ if not, this entry is not present). Note that the resolution
+ will be changed only in device RAM, so it will be cleared when
+ power is lost. Trigger a 'save' to EEPROM command to keep
+ values after power-on. Read or write are :
+
+ * '9..14': device resolution in bit
+ or resolution to set in bit
+ * '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading the resolution
+ * Anything else: do nothing
+
+ Some DS18B20 clones are fixed in 12-bit resolution, so the
+ actual resolution is read back from the chip and verified. Error
+ is reported if the results differ.
+Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
+ w1_term device
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../temperature
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC.
+
+ * If a bulk read has been triggered, it will directly
+ return the temperature computed when the bulk read
+ occurred, if available. If not yet available, nothing
+ is returned (a debug kernel message is sent), you
+ should retry later on.
+ * If no bulk read has been triggered, it will trigger
+ a conversion and send the result. Note that the
+ conversion duration depend on the resolution (if
+ device support this feature). It takes 94ms in 9bits
+ resolution, 750ms for 12bits.
+
+Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
+ w1_term device
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_slave
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC.
+ *read*: return 2 lines with the hexa output data sent on the
+ bus, return the CRC check and temperature in 1/1000 degC
+ *write*:
+
+ * '0' : save the 2 or 3 bytes to the device EEPROM
+ (i.e. TH, TL and config register)
+ * '9..14' : set the device resolution in RAM
+ (if supported)
+ * Anything else: do nothing
+
+ refer to Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst for detailed
+ information.
+Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
+ w1_term device
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/w1_bus_masterXX/therm_bulk_read
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ (RW) trigger a bulk read conversion. read the status
+
+ *read*:
+ * '-1':
+ conversion in progress on at least 1 sensor
+ * '1' :
+ conversion complete but at least one sensor
+ value has not been read yet
+ * '0' :
+ no bulk operation. Reading temperature will
+ trigger a conversion on each device
+
+ *write*:
+ 'trigger': trigger a bulk read on all supporting
+ devices on the bus
+
+ Note that if a bulk read is sent but one sensor is not read
+ immediately, the next access to temperature on this device
+ will return the temperature measured at the time of issue
+ of the bulk read command (not the current temperature).
+Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with
+ w1_term device
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../conv_time
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Ivan Zaentsev <ivan.zaentsev@wirenboard.ru>
+Description:
+ (RW) Get, set, or measure a temperature conversion time. The
+ setting remains active until a resolution change. Then it is
+ reset to default (datasheet) conversion time for a new
+ resolution.
+
+ *read*:
+ Actual conversion time in milliseconds.
+
+ *write*:
+ * '0':
+ Set the default conversion time from the datasheet.
+ * '1':
+ Measure and set the conversion time. Make a single
+ temperature conversion, measure an actual value.
+ Increase it by 20% for temperature range. A new
+ conversion time can be obtained by reading this
+ same attribute.
+ * other positive value:
+ Set the conversion time in milliseconds.
+
+Users: An application using the w1_term device
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../features
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Ivan Zaentsev <ivan.zaentsev@wirenboard.ru>
+Description:
+ (RW) Control optional driver settings.
+ Bit masks to read/write (bitwise OR):
+
+ == ============================================================
+ 1 Enable check for conversion success. If byte 6 of
+ scratchpad memory is 0xC after conversion, and
+ temperature reads 85.00 (powerup value) or 127.94
+ (insufficient power) - return a conversion error.
+
+ 2 Enable poll for conversion completion. Generate read cycles
+ after the conversion start and wait for 1's. In parasite
+ power mode this feature is not available.
+ == ============================================================
+
+ *read*:
+ Currently selected features.
+
+ *write*:
+ Select features.
+
+Users: An application using the w1_term device
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..16acaa571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed file
+ controls reporting speed of Wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading
+ from this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode
+ or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values
+ switches reporting speed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/led
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Attribute group for control of the status LEDs and the OLEDs.
+ This attribute group is only available for Intuos 4 M, L,
+ and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs), Intuos 4 WL, Intuos 5 (LEDs only),
+ Intuos Pro (LEDs only) and Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD
+ (LEDs only). Therefore its presence implicitly signifies the
+ presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the tablet device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status0_luminance
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver>
+ Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127)
+ when the stylus does not touch the tablet surface, and no
+ button is pressed on the stylus. This luminance level is
+ normally lower than the level when a button is pressed.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status1_luminance
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver>
+ Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127)
+ when the stylus touches the tablet surface, or any button is
+ pressed on the stylus.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led0_select
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver>
+ Writing to this file sets which one of the four (for Intuos 4
+ and Intuos 5) or of the right four (for Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq
+ 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the
+ same side are always inactive.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led1_select
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver>
+ Writing to this file sets which one of the left four (for Cintiq 21UX2
+ and Cintiq 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on
+ the left are always inactive.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/buttons_luminance
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing to this file sets the overall luminance level (0..15)
+ of all eight button OLED displays.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/button<n>_rawimg
+Date: August 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ When writing a 1024 byte raw image in Wacom Intuos 4
+ interleaving format to the file, the image shows up on Button N
+ of the device. The image is a 64x32 pixel 4-bit gray image. The
+ 1024 byte binary is split up into 16x 64 byte chunks. Each 64
+ byte chunk encodes the image data for two consecutive lines on
+ the display. The low nibble of each byte contains the first
+ line, and the high nibble contains the second line.
+ When the Wacom Intuos 4 is connected over Bluetooth, the
+ image has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour).
+ The format is also scrambled, like in the USB mode, and it can
+ be summarized by converting::
+
+ 76543210 into GECA6420.
+ HGFEDCBA HFDB7531
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/unpair_remote
+Date: July 2015
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing the character sequence '*' followed by a newline to
+ this file will delete all of the current pairings on the
+ device. Other character sequences are reserved. This file is
+ write only.
+
+What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/<serial_number>/remote_mode
+Date: July 2015
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver>
+ Reading from this file reports the mode status of the
+ remote as indicated by the LED lights on the device. If no
+ reports have been received from the paired device, reading
+ from this file will report '-1'. The mode is read-only
+ and cannot be set through the driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d5de44cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_buffer_pages
+Date: March 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
+Description:
+ Maximum number of free pages to keep in each block
+ backend buffer.
+
+What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_persistent_grants
+Date: March 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
+Description:
+ Maximum number of grants to map persistently in
+ blkback. If the frontend tries to use more than
+ max_persistent_grants, the LRU kicks in and starts
+ removing 5% of max_persistent_grants every 100ms.
+
+What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/persistent_grant_unused_seconds
+Date: August 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
+Description:
+ How long a persistent grant is allowed to remain
+ allocated without being in use. The time is in
+ seconds, 0 means indefinitely long.
+ The default is 60 seconds.
+
+What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/buffer_squeeze_duration_ms
+Date: December 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: SeongJae Park <sjpark@amazon.de>
+Description:
+ When memory pressure is reported to blkback this option
+ controls the duration in milliseconds that blkback will not
+ cache any page not backed by a grant mapping.
+ The default is 10ms.
+
+What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/feature_persistent
+Date: September 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: SeongJae Park <sjpark@amazon.de>
+Description:
+ Whether to enable the persistent grants feature or not. Note
+ that this option only takes effect on newly connected backends.
+ The default is Y (enable).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f7659aa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/max_indirect_segments
+Date: June 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.11
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Maximum number of segments that the frontend will negotiate
+ with the backend for indirect descriptors. The default value
+ is 32 - higher value means more potential throughput but more
+ memory usage. The backend picks the minimum of the frontend
+ and its default backend value.
+
+What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/feature_persistent
+Date: September 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: SeongJae Park <sjpark@amazon.de>
+Description:
+ Whether to enable the persistent grants feature or not. Note
+ that this option only takes effect on newly connected frontends.
+ The default is Y (enable).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b16d30a71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/bgrt/
+Date: January 2012
+Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The BGRT is an ACPI 5.0 feature that allows the OS
+ to obtain a copy of the firmware boot splash and
+ some associated metadata. This is intended to be used
+ by boot splash applications in order to interact with
+ the firmware boot splash in order to avoid jarring
+ transitions.
+
+ image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP.
+ status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it.
+ type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format.
+
+ ======== ===================================================
+ version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1.
+ xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen
+ and the left edge of the image.
+ yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen
+ and the top edge of the image.
+ ======== ===================================================
+
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/
+Date: February 2013
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+Description:
+ There are separate hotplug profiles for different classes of
+ devices supported by ACPI, such as containers, memory modules,
+ processors, PCI root bridges etc. A hotplug profile for a given
+ class of devices is a collection of settings defining the way
+ that class of devices will be handled by the ACPI core hotplug
+ code. Those profiles are represented in sysfs as subdirectories
+ of /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/.
+
+ The following setting is available to user space for each
+ hotplug profile:
+
+ ======== =======================================================
+ enabled: If set, the ACPI core will handle notifications of
+ hotplug events associated with the given class of
+ devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with
+ the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it
+ effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding
+ class of devices.
+ ======== =======================================================
+
+ The value of the above attribute is an integer number: 1 (set)
+ or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will
+ cause -EINVAL to be returned.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ All ACPI interrupts are handled via a single IRQ,
+ the System Control Interrupt (SCI), which appears
+ as "acpi" in /proc/interrupts.
+
+ However, one of the main functions of ACPI is to make
+ the platform understand random hardware without
+ special driver support. So while the SCI handles a few
+ well known (fixed feature) interrupts sources, such
+ as the power button, it can also handle a variable
+ number of a "General Purpose Events" (GPE).
+
+ A GPE vectors to a specified handler in AML, which
+ can do a anything the BIOS writer wants from
+ OS context. GPE 0x12, for example, would vector
+ to a level or edge handler called _L12 or _E12.
+ The handler may do its business and return.
+ Or the handler may send send a Notify event
+ to a Linux device driver registered on an ACPI device,
+ such as a battery, or a processor.
+
+ To figure out where all the SCI's are coming from,
+ /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing
+ every possible source, and the count of how many
+ times it has triggered::
+
+ $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts
+ $ grep . *
+ error: 0
+ ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable
+ ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid
+ ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable
+ ff_rt_clk: 2 disable
+ ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid
+ gpe00: 0 invalid
+ gpe01: 0 enable
+ gpe02: 108 enable
+ gpe03: 0 invalid
+ gpe04: 0 invalid
+ gpe05: 0 invalid
+ gpe06: 0 enable
+ gpe07: 0 enable
+ gpe08: 0 invalid
+ gpe09: 0 invalid
+ gpe0A: 0 invalid
+ gpe0B: 0 invalid
+ gpe0C: 0 invalid
+ gpe0D: 0 invalid
+ gpe0E: 0 invalid
+ gpe0F: 0 invalid
+ gpe10: 0 invalid
+ gpe11: 0 invalid
+ gpe12: 0 invalid
+ gpe13: 0 invalid
+ gpe14: 0 invalid
+ gpe15: 0 invalid
+ gpe16: 0 invalid
+ gpe17: 1084 enable
+ gpe18: 0 enable
+ gpe19: 0 invalid
+ gpe1A: 0 invalid
+ gpe1B: 0 invalid
+ gpe1C: 0 invalid
+ gpe1D: 0 invalid
+ gpe1E: 0 invalid
+ gpe1F: 0 invalid
+ gpe_all: 1192
+ sci: 1194
+ sci_not: 0
+
+ =========== ==================================================
+ sci The number of times the ACPI SCI
+ has been called and claimed an interrupt.
+
+ sci_not The number of times the ACPI SCI
+ has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt.
+
+ gpe_all count of SCI caused by GPEs.
+
+ gpeXX count for individual GPE source
+
+ ff_gbl_lock Global Lock
+
+ ff_pmtimer PM Timer
+
+ ff_pwr_btn Power Button
+
+ ff_rt_clk Real Time Clock
+
+ ff_slp_btn Sleep Button
+
+ error an interrupt that can't be accounted for above.
+
+ invalid it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that
+ doesn't have an event handler.
+
+ disable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled.
+
+ enable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled.
+ =========== ==================================================
+
+ Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg.::
+
+ # echo 0 > gpe11
+
+ All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci"::
+
+ # echo 0 > sci
+
+ None of these counters has an effect on the function
+ of the system, they are simply statistics.
+
+ Besides this, user can also write specific strings to these files
+ to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be
+ used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues.
+
+ Note that only writing to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed,
+ i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and
+ Fixed Event with event handler installed.
+
+ Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid
+ and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown
+ when pressing the power button::
+
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 0 enabled
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 enabled
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 disabled
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 disabled
+ # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 4 enabled
+ /*
+ * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable
+ * bit is cleared, and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when
+ * the enable bit is set again
+ */
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 7 enabled
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 7 enabled
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe0289c87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/
+Date: February 2011
+Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com>
+Description:
+ Many machines' firmware (x86 and ia64) export DMI /
+ SMBIOS tables to the operating system. Getting at this
+ information is often valuable to userland, especially in
+ cases where there are OEM extensions used.
+
+ The kernel itself does not rely on the majority of the
+ information in these tables being correct. It equally
+ cannot ensure that the data as exported to userland is
+ without error either.
+
+ DMI is structured as a large table of entries, where
+ each entry has a common header indicating the type and
+ length of the entry, as well as a firmware-provided
+ 'handle' that is supposed to be unique amongst all
+ entries.
+
+ Some entries are required by the specification, but many
+ others are optional. In general though, users should
+ never expect to find a specific entry type on their
+ system unless they know for certain what their firmware
+ is doing. Machine to machine experiences will vary.
+
+ Multiple entries of the same type are allowed. In order
+ to handle these duplicate entry types, each entry is
+ assigned by the operating system an 'instance', which is
+ derived from an entry type's ordinal position. That is
+ to say, if there are 'N' multiple entries with the same type
+ 'T' in the DMI tables (adjacent or spread apart, it
+ doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as
+ entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)":
+
+ Example entry directories::
+
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-2
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-3
+ ...
+
+ Instance numbers are used in lieu of the firmware
+ assigned entry handles as the kernel itself makes no
+ guarantees that handles as exported are unique, and
+ there are likely firmware images that get this wrong in
+ the wild.
+
+ Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values
+ exported as attributes:
+
+ ======== =================================================
+ handle The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this
+ entry by the firmware. This handle may be
+ referred to by other entries.
+ length The length of the entry, as presented in the
+ entry itself. Note that this is _not the
+ total count of bytes associated with the
+ entry. This value represents the length of
+ the "formatted" portion of the entry. This
+ "formatted" region is sometimes followed by
+ the "unformatted" region composed of nul
+ terminated strings, with termination signalled
+ by a two nul characters in series.
+ raw The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the
+ "formatted" portion of the entry, the
+ "unformatted" strings portion of the entry,
+ and the two terminating nul characters.
+ type The type of the entry. This value is the same
+ as found in the directory name. It indicates
+ how the rest of the entry should be interpreted.
+ instance The instance ordinal of the entry for the
+ given type. This value is the same as found
+ in the parent directory name.
+ position The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry
+ within the entirety of the DMI entry table.
+ ======== =================================================
+
+ **Entry Specialization**
+
+ Some entry types may have other information available in
+ sysfs. Not all types are specialized.
+
+ **Type 15 - System Event Log**
+
+ This entry allows the firmware to export a log of
+ events the system has taken. This information is
+ typically backed by nvram, but the implementation
+ details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data
+ is exported in the directory::
+
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log
+
+ and has the following attributes (documented in the
+ SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)":
+
+ - area_length
+ - header_start_offset
+ - data_start_offset
+ - access_method
+ - status
+ - change_token
+ - access_method_address
+ - header_format
+ - per_log_type_descriptor_length
+ - type_descriptors_supported_count
+
+ As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute:
+
+ ============= ====================================
+ raw_event_log The raw binary bits of the event log
+ as described by the DMI entry.
+ ============= ====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff3cac8ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/
+Date: April 2015
+Contact: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@globallogic.com>
+Description:
+ The firmware provides DMI structures as a packed list of
+ data referenced by a SMBIOS table entry point. The SMBIOS
+ entry point contains general information, like SMBIOS
+ version, DMI table size, etc. The structure, content and
+ size of SMBIOS entry point is dependent on SMBIOS version.
+ The format of SMBIOS entry point and DMI structures
+ can be read in SMBIOS specification.
+
+ The dmi/tables provides raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI tables
+ through sysfs as an alternative to utilities reading them
+ from /dev/mem. The raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI table are
+ presented as binary attributes and are accessible via:
+
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/smbios_entry_point
+ /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/DMI
+
+ The complete DMI information can be obtained using these two
+ tables.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e4d0b27c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/fw_vendor
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: It shows the physical address of firmware vendor field in the
+ EFI system table.
+Users: Kexec
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: It shows the physical address of runtime service table entry in
+ the EFI system table.
+Users: Kexec
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/config_table
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: It shows the physical address of config table entry in the EFI
+ system table.
+Users: Kexec
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/systab
+Date: April 2005
+Contact: linux-efi@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Displays the physical addresses of all EFI Configuration
+ Tables found via the EFI System Table. The order in
+ which the tables are printed forms an ABI and newer
+ versions are always printed first, i.e. ACPI20 comes
+ before ACPI.
+Users: dmidecode
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/tables/rci2
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Narendra K <Narendra.K@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description: Displays the content of the Runtime Configuration Interface
+ Table version 2 on Dell EMC PowerEdge systems in binary format
+Users: It is used by Dell EMC OpenManage Server Administrator tool to
+ populate BIOS setup page.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31b57676d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: Provides userland access to read the EFI System Resource Table
+ (ESRT), a catalog of firmware for which can be updated with
+ the UEFI UpdateCapsule mechanism described in section 7.5 of
+ the UEFI Standard.
+Users: fwupdate - https://github.com/rhinstaller/fwupdate
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The number of entries in the ESRT
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count_max
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The maximum number of entries that /could/ be registered
+ in the allocation the table is currently in. This is
+ really only useful to the system firmware itself.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_version
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The version of the ESRT structure provided by the firmware.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: Each ESRT entry is identified by a GUID, and each gets a
+ subdirectory under entries/ .
+ example: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry0/
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_type
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: What kind of firmware entry this is:
+
+ == ===============
+ 0 Unknown
+ 1 System Firmware
+ 2 Device Firmware
+ 3 UEFI Driver
+ == ===============
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_class
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: This is the entry's guid, and will match the directory name.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_version
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The version of the firmware currently installed. This is a
+ 32-bit unsigned integer.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/lowest_supported_fw_version
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The lowest version of the firmware that can be installed.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/capsule_flags
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: Flags that must be passed to UpdateCapsule()
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_version
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The last firmware version for which an update was attempted.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_status
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
+Description: The result of the last firmware update attempt for the
+ firmware resource entry.
+
+ == ======================
+ 0 Success
+ 1 Insufficient resources
+ 2 Incorrect version
+ 3 Invalid format
+ 4 Authentication error
+ 5 AC power event
+ 6 Battery power event
+ == ======================
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c4d581be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires
+ that all efi memory ranges which have the runtime attribute
+ bit set to be mapped to virtual addresses.
+
+ The efi runtime services can only be switched to virtual
+ mode once without rebooting. The kexec kernel must maintain
+ the same physical to virtual address mappings as the first
+ kernel. The mappings are exported to sysfs so userspace tools
+ can reassemble them and pass them into the kexec kernel.
+
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ is the directory the kernel
+ exports that information in.
+
+ subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range::
+
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/0
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/1
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/2
+ /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/3
+ ...
+
+ Each subdirectory contains five files:
+
+ ========= =========================================
+ attribute The attributes of the memory range.
+ num_pages The size of the memory range in pages.
+ phys_addr The physical address of the memory range.
+ type The type of the memory range.
+ virt_addr The virtual address of the memory range.
+ ========= =========================================
+
+ Above values are all hexadecimal numbers with the '0x' prefix.
+Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a558354c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/gsmi
+Date: March 2011
+Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com>
+Description:
+ Some servers used internally at Google have firmware
+ that provides callback functionality via explicit SMI
+ triggers. Some of the callbacks are similar to those
+ provided by the EFI runtime services page, but due to
+ historical reasons this different entry-point has been
+ used.
+
+ The gsmi driver implements the kernel's abstraction for
+ these firmware callbacks. Currently, this functionality
+ is limited to handling the system event log and getting
+ access to EFI-style variables stored in nvram.
+
+ Layout:
+
+ /sys/firmware/gsmi/vars:
+
+ This directory has the same layout (and
+ underlying implementation as /sys/firmware/efi/vars.
+ See `Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars`
+ for more information on how to interact with
+ this structure.
+
+ /sys/firmware/gsmi/append_to_eventlog - write-only:
+
+ This file takes a binary blob and passes it onto
+ the firmware to be timestamped and appended to
+ the system eventlog. The binary format is
+ interpreted by the firmware and may change from
+ platform to platform. The only kernel-enforced
+ requirement is that the blob be prefixed with a
+ 32bit host-endian type used as part of the
+ firmware call.
+
+ /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_config - write-only:
+
+ Writing any value to this file will cause the
+ entire firmware configuration to be reset to
+ "factory defaults". Callers should assume that
+ a reboot is required for the configuration to be
+ cleared.
+
+ /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_eventlog - write-only:
+
+ This file is used to clear out a portion/the
+ whole of the system event log. Values written
+ should be values between 1 and 100 inclusive (in
+ ASCII) representing the fraction of the log to
+ clear. Not all platforms support fractional
+ clearing though, and this writes to this file
+ will error out if the firmware doesn't like your
+ submitted fraction.
+
+ Callers should assume that a reboot is needed
+ for this operation to complete.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b58e7c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/log
+Date: February 2011
+Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/firmware/log is a binary file that represents a
+ read-only copy of the firmware's log if one is
+ available.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f6f4d3a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/memmap/
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Bernhard Walle <bernhard.walle@gmx.de>
+Description:
+ On all platforms, the firmware provides a memory map which the
+ kernel reads. The resources from that memory map are registered
+ in the kernel resource tree and exposed to userspace via
+ /proc/iomem (together with other resources).
+
+ However, on most architectures that firmware-provided memory
+ map is modified afterwards by the kernel itself, either because
+ the kernel merges that memory map with other information or
+ just because the user overwrites that memory map via command
+ line.
+
+ kexec needs the raw firmware-provided memory map to setup the
+ parameter segment of the kernel that should be booted with
+ kexec. Also, the raw memory map is useful for debugging. For
+ that reason, /sys/firmware/memmap is an interface that provides
+ the raw memory map to userspace.
+
+ The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there
+ are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name::
+
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/1
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/2
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/3
+ ...
+
+ The maximum depends on the number of memory map entries provided
+ by the firmware. The order is just the order that the firmware
+ provides.
+
+ Each directory contains three files:
+
+ ======== =====================================================
+ start The start address (as hexadecimal number with the
+ '0x' prefix).
+ end The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the
+ firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges).
+ type Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of
+ valid types.
+ ======== =====================================================
+
+ So, for example::
+
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0/start
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0/end
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0/type
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/1/start
+ ...
+
+ Currently following types exist:
+
+ - System RAM
+ - ACPI Tables
+ - ACPI Non-volatile Storage
+ - reserved
+
+ Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory
+ map in a human-readable format::
+
+ #!/bin/bash
+ cd /sys/firmware/memmap
+ for dir in * ; do
+ start=$(cat $dir/start)
+ end=$(cat $dir/end)
+ type=$(cat $dir/type)
+ printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type"
+ done
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..edcab3ccf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/devicetree/*
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: Grant Likely <grant.likely@arm.com>, devicetree@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ When using OpenFirmware or a Flattened Device Tree to enumerate
+ hardware, the device tree structure will be exposed in this
+ directory.
+
+ It is possible for multiple device-tree directories to exist.
+ Some device drivers use a separate detached device tree which
+ have no attachment to the system tree and will appear in a
+ different subdirectory under /sys/firmware/devicetree.
+
+ Userspace must not use the /sys/firmware/devicetree/base
+ path directly, but instead should follow /proc/device-tree
+ symlink. It is possible that the absolute path will change
+ in the future, but the symlink is the stable ABI.
+
+ The /proc/device-tree symlink replaces the devicetree /proc
+ filesystem support, and has largely the same semantics and
+ should be compatible with existing userspace.
+
+ The contents of /sys/firmware/devicetree/ is a
+ hierarchy of directories, one per device tree node. The
+ directory name is the resolved path component name (node
+ name plus address). Properties are represented as files
+ in the directory. The contents of each file is the exact
+ binary data from the device tree.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/fdt
+Date: February 2015
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com>, devicetree@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Exports the FDT blob that was passed to the kernel by
+ the bootloader. This allows userland applications such
+ as kexec to access the raw binary. This blob is also
+ useful when debugging since it contains any changes
+ made to the blob by the bootloader.
+
+ The fact that this node does not reside under
+ /sys/firmware/device-tree is deliberate: FDT is also used
+ on arm64 UEFI/ACPI systems to communicate just the UEFI
+ and ACPI entry points, but the FDT is never unflattened
+ and used to configure the system.
+
+ A CRC32 checksum is calculated over the entire FDT
+ blob, and verified at late_initcall time. The sysfs
+ entry is instantiated only if the checksum is valid,
+ i.e., if the FDT blob has not been modified in the mean
+ time. Otherwise, a warning is printed.
+Users: kexec, debugging
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-powercap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-powercap
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9b66ec4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-powercap
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/opal/powercap
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: Powercap directory for Powernv (P8, P9) servers
+
+ Each folder in this directory contains a
+ power-cappable component.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap
+ /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap/powercap-min
+ /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap/powercap-max
+ /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap/powercap-current
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: System powercap directory and attributes applicable for
+ Powernv (P8, P9) servers
+
+ This directory provides powercap information. It
+ contains below sysfs attributes:
+
+ - powercap-min : This file provides the minimum
+ possible powercap in Watt units
+
+ - powercap-max : This file provides the maximum
+ possible powercap in Watt units
+
+ - powercap-current : This file provides the current
+ powercap set on the system. Writing to this file
+ creates a request for setting a new-powercap. The
+ powercap requested must be between powercap-min
+ and powercap-max.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-psr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-psr
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc2ece70e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-psr
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/opal/psr
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: Power-Shift-Ratio directory for Powernv P9 servers
+
+ Power-Shift-Ratio allows to provide hints the firmware
+ to shift/throttle power between different entities in
+ the system. Each attribute in this directory indicates
+ a settable PSR.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/opal/psr/cpu_to_gpu_X
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: PSR sysfs attributes for Powernv P9 servers
+
+ Power-Shift-Ratio between CPU and GPU for a given chip
+ with chip-id X. This file gives the ratio (0-100)
+ which is used by OCC for power-capping.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-sensor-groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-sensor-groups
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a2dfe542
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-sensor-groups
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/opal/sensor_groups
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: Sensor groups directory for POWER9 powernv servers
+
+ Each folder in this directory contains a sensor group
+ which are classified based on type of the sensor
+ like power, temperature, frequency, current, etc. They
+ can also indicate the group of sensors belonging to
+ different owners like CSM, Profiler, Job-Scheduler
+
+What: /sys/firmware/opal/sensor_groups/<sensor_group_name>/clear
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: Sysfs file to clear the min-max of all the sensors
+ belonging to the group.
+
+ Writing 1 to this file will clear the minimum and
+ maximum values of all the sensors in the group.
+ In POWER9, the min-max of a sensor is the historical minimum
+ and maximum value of the sensor cached by OCC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee0d6dbc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/
+Date: August 2015
+Contact: Gabriel Somlo <somlo@cmu.edu>
+Description:
+ Several different architectures supported by QEMU (x86, arm,
+ sun4*, ppc/mac) are provisioned with a firmware configuration
+ (fw_cfg) device, originally intended as a way for the host to
+ provide configuration data to the guest firmware. Starting
+ with QEMU v2.4, arbitrary fw_cfg file entries may be specified
+ by the user on the command line, which makes fw_cfg additionally
+ useful as an out-of-band, asynchronous mechanism for providing
+ configuration data to the guest userspace.
+
+ The authoritative guest-side hardware interface documentation
+ to the fw_cfg device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.txt"
+ in the QEMU source tree.
+
+ **SysFS fw_cfg Interface**
+
+ The fw_cfg sysfs interface described in this document is only
+ intended to display discoverable blobs (i.e., those registered
+ with the file directory), as there is no way to determine the
+ presence or size of "legacy" blobs (with selector keys between
+ 0x0002 and 0x0018) programmatically.
+
+ All fw_cfg information is shown under:
+
+ /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/
+
+ The only legacy blob displayed is the fw_cfg device revision:
+
+ /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/rev
+
+ **Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key**
+
+ All discoverable blobs listed in the fw_cfg file directory are
+ displayed as entries named after their unique selector key
+ value, e.g.:
+
+ /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/32
+ /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/33
+ /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/34
+ ...
+
+ Each such fw_cfg sysfs entry has the following values exported
+ as attributes:
+
+ ==== ====================================================
+ name The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the
+ blob's 'file name' in the fw_cfg directory.
+ size The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg
+ directory.
+ key The value of the blob's selector key as given in the
+ fw_cfg directory. This value is the same as used in
+ the parent directory name.
+ raw The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the
+ entry via the control register, and reading a number
+ of bytes equal to the blob size from the data
+ register.
+ ==== ====================================================
+
+ **Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name**
+
+ While the fw_cfg device does not impose any specific naming
+ convention on the blobs registered in the file directory,
+ QEMU developers have traditionally used path name semantics
+ to give each blob a descriptive name. For example::
+
+ "bootorder"
+ "genroms/kvmvapic.bin"
+ "etc/e820"
+ "etc/boot-fail-wait"
+ "etc/system-states"
+ "etc/table-loader"
+ "etc/acpi/rsdp"
+ "etc/acpi/tables"
+ "etc/smbios/smbios-tables"
+ "etc/smbios/smbios-anchor"
+ ...
+
+ In addition to the listing by unique selector key described
+ above, the fw_cfg sysfs driver also attempts to build a tree
+ of directories matching the path name components of fw_cfg
+ blob names, ending in symlinks to the by_key entry for each
+ "basename", as illustrated below (assume current directory is
+ /sys/firmware)::
+
+ qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/bootorder -> ../by_key/38
+ qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/e820 -> ../../by_key/35
+ qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/acpi/rsdp -> ../../../by_key/41
+ ...
+
+ Construction of the directory tree and symlinks is done on a
+ "best-effort" basis, as there is no guarantee that components
+ of fw_cfg blob names are always "well behaved". I.e., there is
+ the possibility that a symlink (basename) will conflict with
+ a dirname component of another fw_cfg blob, in which case the
+ creation of the offending /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_name
+ entry will be skipped.
+
+ The authoritative list of entries will continue to be found
+ under the /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5210e0f06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/sfi/tables/
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ SFI defines a number of small static memory tables
+ so the kernel can get platform information from firmware.
+
+ The tables are defined in the latest SFI specification:
+ http://simplefirmware.org/documentation
+
+ While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space
+ can observe them this way::
+
+ # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables
+ # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66800baab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Russ Anderson <rja@sgi.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information
+ about the SGI UV platform.
+
+ Under that directory are a number of files::
+
+ partition_id
+ coherence_id
+
+ The partition_id entry contains the partition id.
+ SGI UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical
+ machines, which each partition running a unique copy
+ of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique
+ partition id. To display the partition id, use the command::
+
+ cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/partition_id
+
+ The coherence_id entry contains the coherence id.
+ A partitioned SGI UV system can have one or more coherence
+ domain. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain
+ this partition is in. To display the coherence id, use the
+ command::
+
+ cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/coherence_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8631f5a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/board_version
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (Read) Board version burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board.
+ Format: %i
+
+What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/mac_address*
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (Read) MAC addresses burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board.
+ Format: %pM
+
+What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/pubkey
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (Read) ECDSA public key (in pubkey hex compressed form) computed
+ as pair to the ECDSA private key burned into eFuses of this
+ Turris Mox Board.
+ Format: string
+
+What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/ram_size
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (Read) RAM size in MiB of this Turris Mox board as was detected
+ during manufacturing and burned into eFuses. Can be 512 or 1024.
+ Format: %i
+
+What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/serial_number
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (Read) Serial number burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox device.
+ Format: %016X
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99e3d92f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stats
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Controls whether the multiblock allocator should
+ collect statistics, which are shown during the unmount.
+ 1 means to collect statistics, 0 means not to collect
+ statistics
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_group_prealloc
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The multiblock allocator will round up allocation
+ requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if the
+ stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_max_to_scan
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator
+ will search to find the best extent
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_min_to_scan
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator
+ will search to find the best extent
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_order2_req
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for
+ requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is
+ used
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stream_req
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable
+ parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a
+ block group specific preallocation pool, so that small
+ files are packed closely together. Each large file
+ will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
+ preallocation pool.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead_blks
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of
+ inode table blocks that ext4's inode table readahead
+ algorithm will pre-read into the buffer cache
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/delayed_allocation_blocks
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ This file is read-only and shows the number of blocks
+ that are dirty in the page cache, but which do not
+ have their location in the filesystem allocated yet.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ This file is read-only and shows the number of kilobytes
+ of data that have been written to this filesystem since it was
+ created.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/session_write_kbytes
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ This file is read-only and shows the number of
+ kilobytes of data that have been written to this
+ filesystem since it was mounted.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_goal
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal
+ inode used by the inode allocator in preference to
+ all other allocation heuristics. This is intended for
+ debugging use only, and should be 0 on production
+ systems.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/max_writeback_mb_bump
+Date: September 2009
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will
+ try to write out before move on to another inode.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/extent_max_zeroout_kb
+Date: August 2012
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The maximum number of kilobytes which will be zeroed
+ out in preference to creating a new uninitialized
+ extent when manipulating an inode's extent tree. Note
+ that using a larger value will increase the
+ variability of time necessary to complete a random
+ write operation (since a 4k random write might turn
+ into a much larger write due to the zeroout
+ operation).
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/journal_task
+Date: February 2019
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ This file is read-only and shows the pid of journal thread in
+ current pid-namespace or 0 if task is unreachable.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..67b3ed8e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_max_sleep_time
+Date: July 2013
+Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the maximum sleep time for gc_thread. Time
+ is in milliseconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_min_sleep_time
+Date: July 2013
+Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the minimum sleep time for gc_thread. Time
+ is in milliseconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_no_gc_sleep_time
+Date: July 2013
+Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the default sleep time for gc_thread. Time
+ is in milliseconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle
+Date: July 2013
+Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection.
+ Setting gc_idle = 0(default) will disable this option. Setting:
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ gc_idle = 1 will select the Cost Benefit approach & setting
+ gc_idle = 2 will select the greedy approach & setting
+ gc_idle = 3 will select the age-threshold based approach.
+ =========== ===============================================
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reclaim_segments
+Date: October 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description: This parameter controls the number of prefree segments to be
+ reclaimed. If the number of prefree segments is larger than
+ the number of segments in the proportion to the percentage
+ over total volume size, f2fs tries to conduct checkpoint to
+ reclaim the prefree segments to free segments.
+ By default, 5% over total # of segments.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/main_blkaddr
+Date: November 2019
+Contact: "Ramon Pantin" <pantin@google.com>
+Description:
+ Shows first block address of MAIN area.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ipu_policy
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the in-place-update policy.
+ updates in f2fs. User can set:
+
+ ==== =================
+ 0x01 F2FS_IPU_FORCE
+ 0x02 F2FS_IPU_SSR
+ 0x04 F2FS_IPU_UTIL
+ 0x08 F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL
+ 0x10 F2FS_IPU_FSYNC
+ 0x20 F2FS_IPU_ASYNC,
+ 0x40 F2FS_IPU_NOCACHE
+ ==== =================
+
+ Refer segment.h for details.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ipu_util
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the FS utilization condition for the in-place-update
+ policies. It is used by F2FS_IPU_UTIL and F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL policies.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_fsync_blocks
+Date: September 2014
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Controls the dirty page count condition for the in-place-update
+ policies.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_seq_blocks
+Date: August 2018
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Controls the dirty page count condition for batched sequential
+ writes in writepages.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_hot_blocks
+Date: March 2017
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Controls the dirty page count condition for redefining hot data.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ssr_sections
+Date: October 2017
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Description: Controls the free section threshold to trigger SSR allocation.
+ If this is large, SSR mode will be enabled early.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_small_discards
+Date: November 2013
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the issue rate of discard commands that consist of small
+ blocks less than 2MB. The candidates to be discarded are cached until
+ checkpoint is triggered, and issued during the checkpoint.
+ By default, it is disabled with 0.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_granularity
+Date: July 2017
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Description: Controls discard granularity of inner discard thread. Inner thread
+ will not issue discards with size that is smaller than granularity.
+ The unit size is one block(4KB), now only support configuring
+ in range of [1, 512]. Default value is 4(=16KB).
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/umount_discard_timeout
+Date: January 2019
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Set timeout to issue discard commands during umount.
+ Default: 5 secs
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_victim_search
+Date: January 2014
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the number of trials to find a victim segment
+ when conducting SSR and cleaning operations. The default value
+ is 4096 which covers 8GB block address range.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/migration_granularity
+Date: October 2018
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Description: Controls migration granularity of garbage collection on large
+ section, it can let GC move partial segment{s} of one section
+ in one GC cycle, so that dispersing heavy overhead GC to
+ multiple lightweight one.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dir_level
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the directory level for large directory. If a
+ directory has a number of files, it can reduce the file lookup
+ latency by increasing this dir_level value. Otherwise, it
+ needs to decrease this value to reduce the space overhead.
+ The default value is 0.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ram_thresh
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the memory footprint used by free nids and cached
+ nat entries. By default, 1 is set, which indicates
+ 10 MB / 1 GB RAM.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/batched_trim_sections
+Date: February 2015
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Controls the trimming rate in batch mode.
+ <deprecated>
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_interval
+Date: October 2015
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Controls the checkpoint timing, set to 60 seconds by default.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/idle_interval
+Date: January 2016
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Controls the idle timing of system, if there is no FS operation
+ during given interval.
+ Set to 5 seconds by default.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_idle_interval
+Date: September 2018
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Contact: "Sahitya Tummala" <stummala@codeaurora.org>
+Description: Controls the idle timing of discard thread given
+ this time interval.
+ Default is 5 secs.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle_interval
+Date: September 2018
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Contact: "Sahitya Tummala" <stummala@codeaurora.org>
+Description: Controls the idle timing for gc path. Set to 5 seconds by default.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/iostat_enable
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Description: Controls to enable/disable IO stat.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ra_nid_pages
+Date: October 2015
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao2.yu@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls the count of nid pages to be readaheaded.
+ When building free nids, F2FS reads NAT blocks ahead for
+ speed up. Default is 0.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dirty_nats_ratio
+Date: January 2016
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao2.yu@samsung.com>
+Description: Controls dirty nat entries ratio threshold, if current
+ ratio exceeds configured threshold, checkpoint will
+ be triggered for flushing dirty nat entries.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes
+Date: January 2016
+Contact: "Shuoran Liu" <liushuoran@huawei.com>
+Description: Shows total written kbytes issued to disk.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/features
+Date: July 2017
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Shows all enabled features in current device.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/inject_rate
+Date: May 2016
+Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com>
+Description: Controls the injection rate of arbitrary faults.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/inject_type
+Date: May 2016
+Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com>
+Description: Controls the injection type of arbitrary faults.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dirty_segments
+Date: October 2017
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Shows the number of dirty segments.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reserved_blocks
+Date: June 2017
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Description: Controls target reserved blocks in system, the threshold
+ is soft, it could exceed current available user space.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/current_reserved_blocks
+Date: October 2017
+Contact: "Yunlong Song" <yunlong.song@huawei.com>
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Description: Shows current reserved blocks in system, it may be temporarily
+ smaller than target_reserved_blocks, but will gradually
+ increase to target_reserved_blocks when more free blocks are
+ freed by user later.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_urgent
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Do background GC agressively when set. When gc_urgent = 1,
+ background thread starts to do GC by given gc_urgent_sleep_time
+ interval. When gc_urgent = 2, F2FS will lower the bar of
+ checking idle in order to process outstanding discard commands
+ and GC a little bit aggressively. It is set to 0 by default.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_urgent_sleep_time
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Controls sleep time of GC urgent mode. Set to 500ms by default.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/readdir_ra
+Date: November 2017
+Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com>
+Description: Controls readahead inode block in readdir. Enabled by default.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_pin_file_thresh
+Date: January 2018
+Contact: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: This indicates how many GC can be failed for the pinned
+ file. If it exceeds this, F2FS doesn't guarantee its pinning
+ state. 2048 trials is set by default.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list
+Date: Feburary 2018
+Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Description: Used to control configure extension list:
+ - Query: cat /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list
+ - Add: echo '[h/c]extension' > /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list
+ - Del: echo '[h/c]!extension' > /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list
+ - [h] means add/del hot file extension
+ - [c] means add/del cold file extension
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/unusable
+Date April 2019
+Contact: "Daniel Rosenberg" <drosen@google.com>
+Description: If checkpoint=disable, it displays the number of blocks that
+ are unusable.
+ If checkpoint=enable it displays the enumber of blocks that
+ would be unusable if checkpoint=disable were to be set.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/encoding
+Date July 2019
+Contact: "Daniel Rosenberg" <drosen@google.com>
+Description: Displays name and version of the encoding set for the filesystem.
+ If no encoding is set, displays (none)
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/free_segments
+Date: September 2019
+Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com>
+Description: Number of free segments in disk.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_foreground_calls
+Date: September 2019
+Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com>
+Description: Number of checkpoint operations performed on demand. Available when
+ CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_background_calls
+Date: September 2019
+Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com>
+Description: Number of checkpoint operations performed in the background to
+ free segments. Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_foreground_calls
+Date: September 2019
+Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com>
+Description: Number of garbage collection operations performed on demand.
+ Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_background_calls
+Date: September 2019
+Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com>
+Description: Number of garbage collection operations triggered in background.
+ Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/moved_blocks_foreground
+Date: September 2019
+Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com>
+Description: Number of blocks moved by garbage collection in foreground.
+ Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/moved_blocks_background
+Date: September 2019
+Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com>
+Description: Number of blocks moved by garbage collection in background.
+ Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/avg_vblocks
+Date: September 2019
+Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com>
+Description: Average number of valid blocks.
+ Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/mounted_time_sec
+Date: February 2020
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Show the mounted time in secs of this partition.
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/data_io_flag
+Date: April 2020
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to data writes
+ given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate:
+
+ +-------------------+-------------------+
+ | REQ_META | REQ_FUA |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/node_io_flag
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to node writes
+ given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate:
+
+ +-------------------+-------------------+
+ | REQ_META | REQ_FUA |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+ | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot |
+ +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+
+
+What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/iostat_period_ms
+Date: April 2020
+Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com>
+Description: Give a way to change iostat_period time. 3secs by default.
+ The new iostat trace gives stats gap given the period.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..304ba84a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/revision
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show current revision of NILFS file system driver.
+ This value informs about file system revision that
+ driver is ready to support.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/features group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/revision
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show NILFS file system revision on volume.
+ This value informs about metadata structures'
+ revision on mounted volume.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/blocksize
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show volume's block size in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/device_size
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show volume size in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/free_blocks
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show count of free blocks on volume.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/uuid
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show volume's UUID (Universally Unique Identifier).
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/volume_name
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show volume's label.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device> group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show last write time of super block in human-readable
+ format.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time_secs
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show last write time of super block in seconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_count
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show current write count of super block.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_update_frequency
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show/Set interval of periodical update of superblock
+ (in seconds).
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock
+ group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_pseg_block
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show start block number of the latest segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_sequence
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show sequence value of the latest segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_checkpoint
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show checkpoint number of the latest segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_seg_sequence
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show segment sequence counter.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_last_full_seg
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show index number of the latest full segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_full_seg
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show index number of the full segment index
+ to be used next.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_pseg_offset
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show offset of next partial segment in the current
+ full segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_checkpoint
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show next checkpoint number.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show write time of the last segment in
+ human-readable format.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time_secs
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show write time of the last segment in seconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner
+ operation in human-readable format.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time_secs
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner
+ operation in seconds.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/dirty_data_blocks_count
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of dirty data blocks.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor
+ group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/segments_number
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of segments on a volume.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/blocks_per_segment
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of blocks in segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/clean_segments
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show count of clean segments.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/dirty_segments
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show count of dirty segments.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments
+ group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/checkpoints_number
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of checkpoints on volume.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/snapshots_number
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of snapshots on volume.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/last_seg_checkpoint
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show checkpoint number of the latest segment.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/next_checkpoint
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show next checkpoint number.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints
+ group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe content of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots
+ group.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/inodes_count
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of inodes for snapshot.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/blocks_count
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Show number of blocks for snapshot.
+
+What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/README
+Date: April 2014
+Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com>
+Description:
+ Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>
+ group.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea0cc8c42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_head_lsn
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The log sequence number (LSN) of the current head of the
+ log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format.
+Users: xfstests
+
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_tail_lsn
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The log sequence number (LSN) of the current tail of the
+ log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format.
+
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/reserve_grant_head
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The current state of the log reserve grant head. It
+ represents the total log reservation of all currently
+ outstanding transactions. The grant head is exported in
+ "cycle:bytes" format.
+Users: xfstests
+
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/write_grant_head
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The current state of the log write grant head. It
+ represents the total log reservation of all currently
+ oustanding transactions, including regrants due to
+ rolling transactions. The grant head is exported in
+ "cycle:bytes" format.
+Users: xfstests
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4dbe0c49b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/hypervisor/guest_type
+Date: June 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org
+Description: If running under Xen:
+ Type of guest:
+ "Xen": standard guest type on arm
+ "HVM": fully virtualized guest (x86)
+ "PV": paravirtualized guest (x86)
+ "PVH": fully virtualized guest without legacy emulation (x86)
+
+What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_mode
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
+Description: If running under Xen:
+ Describes mode that Xen's performance-monitoring unit (PMU)
+ uses. Accepted values are:
+
+ ====== ============================================
+ "off" PMU is disabled
+ "self" The guest can profile itself
+ "hv" The guest can profile itself and, if it is
+ privileged (e.g. dom0), the hypervisor
+ "all" The guest can profile itself, the hypervisor
+ and all other guests. Only available to
+ privileged guests.
+ ====== ============================================
+
+What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_features
+Date: August 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.3
+Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
+Description: If running under Xen:
+ Describes Xen PMU features (as an integer). A set bit indicates
+ that the corresponding feature is enabled. See
+ include/xen/interface/xenpmu.h for available features
+
+What: /sys/hypervisor/properties/buildid
+Date: June 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org
+Description: If running under Xen:
+ Build id of the hypervisor, needed for hypervisor live patching.
+ Might return "<denied>" in case of special security settings
+ in the hypervisor.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d6725fe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator
+Date: November 2007
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator directory will contain
+ files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table initiator data.
+ Usually this contains the Initiator name.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX
+Date: November 2007
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX directory will contain
+ files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table target data.
+ Usually this contains the target's IP address, boot LUN,
+ target name, and what NIC it is associated with. It can also
+ contain the CHAP name (and password), the reverse CHAP
+ name (and password)
+
+What: /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX
+Date: November 2007
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX directory will contain
+ files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table NIC data.
+ Usually this contains the IP address, MAC, and gateway of the NIC.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/ibft/acpi_header
+Date: March 2016
+Contact: David Bond <dbond@suse.com>
+Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/acpi_header directory will contain files
+ that expose the SIGNATURE, OEM_ID, and OEM_TABLE_ID fields of the
+ acpi table header of the iBFT structure. This will allow for
+ identification of the creator of the table which is useful in
+ determining quirks associated with some adapters when used in
+ hardware vs software iscsi initiator mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7f9bda453
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/boot_params
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
+Description: The /sys/kernel/boot_params directory contains two
+ files: "data" and "version" and one subdirectory "setup_data".
+ It is used to export the kernel boot parameters of an x86
+ platform to userspace for kexec and debugging purpose.
+
+ If there's no setup_data in boot_params the subdirectory will
+ not be created.
+
+ "data" file is the binary representation of struct boot_params.
+
+ "version" file is the string representation of boot
+ protocol version.
+
+ "setup_data" subdirectory contains the setup_data data
+ structure in boot_params. setup_data is maintained in kernel
+ as a link list. In "setup_data" subdirectory there's one
+ subdirectory for each link list node named with the number
+ of the list nodes. The list node subdirectory contains two
+ files "type" and "data". "type" file is the string
+ representation of setup_data type. "data" file is the binary
+ representation of setup_data payload.
+
+ The whole boot_params directory structure is like below::
+
+ /sys/kernel/boot_params
+ |__ data
+ |__ setup_data
+ | |__ 0
+ | | |__ data
+ | | |__ type
+ | |__ 1
+ | |__ data
+ | |__ type
+ |__ version
+
+Users: Kexec
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c9744b2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/btf
+Date: Aug 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: bpf@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Contains BTF type information and related data for kernel and
+ kernel modules.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/btf/vmlinux
+Date: Aug 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: bpf@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Read-only binary attribute exposing kernel's own BTF type
+ information with description of all internal kernel types. See
+ Documentation/bpf/btf.rst for detailed description of format
+ itself.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fadump b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fadump
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f7a64a81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fadump
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/fadump/*
+Date: Dec 2019
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description:
+ The /sys/kernel/fadump/* is a collection of FADump sysfs
+ file provide information about the configuration status
+ of Firmware Assisted Dump (FADump).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/fadump/enabled
+Date: Dec 2019
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Primarily used to identify whether the FADump is enabled in
+ the kernel or not.
+User: Kdump service
+
+What: /sys/kernel/fadump/registered
+Date: Dec 2019
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Helps to control the dump collect feature from userspace.
+ Setting 1 to this file enables the system to collect the
+ dump and 0 to disable it.
+User: Kdump service
+
+What: /sys/kernel/fadump/release_mem
+Date: Dec 2019
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: write only
+ This is a special sysfs file and only available when
+ the system is booted to capture the vmcore using FADump.
+ It is used to release the memory reserved by FADump to
+ save the crash dump.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/fadump/mem_reserved
+Date: Dec 2019
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read only
+ Provide information about the amount of memory reserved by
+ FADump to save the crash dump in bytes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bcff34665
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/fscaps
+Date: February 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
+Description:
+ Shows whether file system capabilities are honored
+ when executing a binary
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..017f5bc39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: v3.5
+Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
+Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ contains a number of sub-
+ directories, each representing an IOMMU group. The
+ name of the sub-directory matches the iommu_group_id()
+ for the group, which is an integer value. Within each
+ subdirectory is another directory named "devices" with
+ links to the sysfs devices contained in this group.
+ The group directory also optionally contains a "name"
+ file if the IOMMU driver has chosen to register a more
+ common name for the group.
+Users:
+
+What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/reserved_regions
+Date: January 2017
+KernelVersion: v4.11
+Contact: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
+Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/reserved_regions list IOVA
+ regions that are reserved. Not necessarily all
+ reserved regions are listed. This is typically used to
+ output direct-mapped, MSI, non mappable regions. Each
+ region is described on a single line: the 1st field is
+ the base IOVA, the second is the end IOVA and the third
+ field describes the type of the region.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/reserved_regions
+Date: June 2019
+KernelVersion: v5.3
+Contact: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
+Description: In case an RMRR is used only by graphics or USB devices
+ it is now exposed as "direct-relaxable" instead of "direct".
+ In device assignment use case, for instance, those RMRR
+ are considered to be relaxable and safe.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8910d0c4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/irq
+Date: September 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
+Description: Directory containing information about the system's IRQs.
+ Specifically, data from the associated struct irq_desc.
+ The information here is similar to that in /proc/interrupts
+ but in a more machine-friendly format. This directory contains
+ one subdirectory for each Linux IRQ number.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/actions
+Date: September 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
+Description: The IRQ action chain. A comma-separated list of zero or more
+ device names associated with this interrupt.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/chip_name
+Date: September 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
+Description: Human-readable chip name supplied by the associated device
+ driver.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/hwirq
+Date: September 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
+Description: When interrupt translation domains are used, this file contains
+ the underlying hardware IRQ number used for this Linux IRQ.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/name
+Date: September 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
+Description: Human-readable flow handler name as defined by the irq chip
+ driver.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/per_cpu_count
+Date: September 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
+Description: The number of times the interrupt has fired since boot. This
+ is a comma-separated list of counters; one per CPU in CPU id
+ order. NOTE: This file consistently shows counters for all
+ CPU ids. This differs from the behavior of /proc/interrupts
+ which only shows counters for online CPUs.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/type
+Date: September 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.9
+Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
+Description: The type of the interrupt. Either the string 'level' or 'edge'.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/wakeup
+Date: March 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.17
+Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
+Description: The wakeup state of the interrupt. Either the string
+ 'enabled' or 'disabled'.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bea7bd5a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Interface for kernel live patching
+
+ The /sys/kernel/livepatch directory contains subdirectories for
+ each loaded live patch module.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The patch directory contains subdirectories for each kernel
+ object (vmlinux or a module) in which it patched functions.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/enabled
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A writable attribute that indicates whether the patched
+ code is currently applied. Writing 0 will disable the patch
+ while writing 1 will re-enable the patch.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/transition
+Date: Feb 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.12.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ An attribute which indicates whether the patch is currently in
+ transition.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/force
+Date: Nov 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A writable attribute that allows administrator to affect the
+ course of an existing transition. Writing 1 clears
+ TIF_PATCH_PENDING flag of all tasks and thus forces the tasks to
+ the patched or unpatched state. Administrator should not
+ use this feature without a clearance from a patch
+ distributor. Removal (rmmod) of patch modules is permanently
+ disabled when the feature is used. See
+ Documentation/livepatch/livepatch.rst for more information.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The object directory contains subdirectories for each function
+ that is patched within the object.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>/<function,sympos>
+Date: Nov 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19.0
+Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The function directory contains attributes regarding the
+ properties and state of the patched function.
+
+ The directory name contains the patched function name and a
+ sympos number corresponding to the nth occurrence of the symbol
+ name in kallsyms for the patched object.
+
+ There are currently no such attributes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..190d523ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/mm
+Date: July 2008
+Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, VM maintainers
+Description:
+ /sys/kernel/mm/ should contain any and all VM
+ related information in /sys/kernel/.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..294387e2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, hugetlb maintainers
+Description:
+ /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ contains a number of subdirectories
+ of the form hugepages-<size>kB, where <size> is the page size
+ of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination.
+
+ Under these directories are a number of files:
+
+ - nr_hugepages
+ - nr_overcommit_hugepages
+ - free_hugepages
+ - surplus_hugepages
+ - resv_hugepages
+
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst for details.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c9bed559
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm
+Date: September 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.32
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Interface for Kernel Samepage Merging (KSM)
+
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/full_scans
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_shared
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_sharing
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_unshared
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_volatile
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/run
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/sleep_millisecs
+Date: September 2009
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Kernel Samepage Merging daemon sysfs interface
+
+ full_scans: how many times all mergeable areas have been
+ scanned.
+
+ pages_shared: how many shared pages are being used.
+
+ pages_sharing: how many more sites are sharing them i.e. how
+ much saved.
+
+ pages_to_scan: how many present pages to scan before ksmd goes
+ to sleep.
+
+ pages_unshared: how many pages unique but repeatedly checked
+ for merging.
+
+ pages_volatile: how many pages changing too fast to be placed
+ in a tree.
+
+ run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled.
+
+ - write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running.
+ - write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages.
+
+ sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between
+ scans.
+
+ See Documentation/vm/ksm.rst for more information.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/merge_across_nodes
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.9
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Control merging pages across different NUMA nodes.
+
+ When it is set to 0 only pages from the same node are merged,
+ otherwise pages from all nodes can be merged together (default).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-swap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-swap
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..94672016c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-swap
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/swap/
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Interface for swapping
+
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/swap/vma_ra_enabled
+Date: August 2017
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Enable/disable VMA based swap readahead.
+
+ If set to true, the VMA based swap readahead algorithm
+ will be used for swappable anonymous pages mapped in a
+ VMA, and the global swap readahead algorithm will be
+ still used for tmpfs etc. other users. If set to
+ false, the global swap readahead algorithm will be
+ used for all swappable pages.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..156cca9db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/oops_count
+Date: November 2022
+KernelVersion: 6.2.0
+Contact: Linux Kernel Hardening List <linux-hardening@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Shows how many times the system has Oopsed since last boot.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9f12baf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
@@ -0,0 +1,498 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/slab
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/kernel/slab directory contains a snapshot of the
+ internal state of the SLUB allocator for each cache. Certain
+ files may be modified to change the behavior of the cache (and
+ any cache it aliases, if any).
+Users: kernel memory tuning tools
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/aliases
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The aliases file is read-only and specifies how many caches
+ have merged into this cache.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/align
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The align file is read-only and specifies the cache's object
+ alignment in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_calls
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_calls file is read-only and lists the kernel code
+ locations from which allocations for this cache were performed.
+ The alloc_calls file only contains information if debugging is
+ enabled for that cache (see Documentation/vm/slub.rst).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_fastpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been
+ allocated using the fast path. It can be written to clear the
+ current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has
+ been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list
+ of partially used slabs. It can be written to clear the current
+ count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist
+ was empty but there were objects available as the result of
+ remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to
+ be allocated from the page allocator. It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been
+ allocated using the slow path because of a refill or
+ allocation from a partial or new slab. It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The cache_dma file is read-only and specifies whether objects
+ are from ZONE_DMA.
+ Available when CONFIG_ZONE_DMA is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpu_slabs
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The cpu_slabs file is read-only and displays how many cpu slabs
+ are active and their NUMA locality.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpuslab_flush
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs
+ have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a
+ cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an
+ allocation from a certain node. It can be written to clear the
+ current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The ctor file is read-only and specifies the cache's object
+ constructor function, which is invoked for each object when a
+ new slab is allocated.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_empty
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab
+ was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab
+ was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab
+ has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed
+ remotely. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu
+ slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial
+ list. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu
+ slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial
+ list. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The destroy_by_rcu file is read-only and specifies whether
+ slabs (not objects) are freed by rcu.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_add_partial
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has
+ been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's
+ partial list. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_calls file is read-only and lists the locations of
+ object frees if slab debugging is enabled (see
+ Documentation/vm/slub.rst).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_fastpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed
+ using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab.
+ It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to
+ a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab). It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has
+ been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from
+ its node's partial list. It can be written to clear the current
+ count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been
+ freed back to the page allocator. It can be written to clear
+ the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed
+ using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab). It can
+ be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The hwcache_align file is read-only and specifies whether
+ objects are aligned on cachelines.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/min_partial
+Date: February 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.30
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
+Description:
+ The min_partial file specifies how many empty slabs shall
+ remain on a node's partial list to avoid the overhead of
+ allocating new slabs. Such slabs may be reclaimed by utilizing
+ the shrink file.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/object_size
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The object_size file is read-only and specifies the cache's
+ object size.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The objects file is read-only and displays how many objects are
+ active and from which nodes they are from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects_partial
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The objects_partial file is read-only and displays how many
+ objects are on partial slabs and from which nodes they are
+ from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objs_per_slab
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The file objs_per_slab is read-only and specifies how many
+ objects may be allocated from a single slab of the order
+ specified in /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The order file specifies the page order at which new slabs are
+ allocated. It is writable and can be changed to increase the
+ number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated
+ because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order
+ possible depending on its characteristics.
+
+ When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified
+ (see Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst), the minimum possible
+ order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change
+ the order at run time.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a
+ new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead
+ fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The partial file is read-only and displays how long many
+ partial slabs there are and how long each node's list is.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/poison
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The poison file specifies whether objects should be poisoned
+ when a new slab is allocated.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/reclaim_account
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The reclaim_account file specifies whether the cache's objects
+ are reclaimable (and grouped by their mobility).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/red_zone
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The red_zone file specifies whether the cache's objects are red
+ zoned.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/remote_node_defrag_ratio
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The file remote_node_defrag_ratio specifies the percentage of
+ times SLUB will attempt to refill the cpu slab with a partial
+ slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on
+ the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over
+ the entire system but can be expensive.
+
+ Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The sanity_checks file specifies whether expensive checks
+ should be performed on free and, at minimum, enables double free
+ checks. Caches that enable sanity_checks cannot be merged with
+ caches that do not.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/shrink
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The shrink file is used to reclaim unused slab cache
+ memory from a cache. Empty per-cpu or partial slabs
+ are freed and the partial list is sorted so the slabs
+ with the fewest available objects are used first.
+ It only accepts a value of "1" on write for shrinking
+ the cache. Other input values are considered invalid.
+ Shrinking slab caches might be expensive and can
+ adversely impact other running applications. So it
+ should be used with care.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slab_size
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The slab_size file is read-only and specifies the object size
+ with metadata (debugging information and alignment) in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slabs
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The slabs file is read-only and displays how long many slabs
+ there are (both cpu and partial) and from which nodes they are
+ from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/store_user
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The store_user file specifies whether the location of
+ allocation or free should be tracked for a cache.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/total_objects
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The total_objects file is read-only and displays how many total
+ objects a cache has and from which nodes they are from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/trace
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The trace file specifies whether object allocations and frees
+ should be traced.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/validate
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ Writing to the validate file causes SLUB to traverse all of its
+ cache's objects and check the validity of metadata.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f1087a5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/vmcoreinfo
+Date: October 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.24
+Contact: Ken'ichi Ohmichi <oomichi@mxs.nes.nec.co.jp>
+ Kexec Mailing List <kexec@lists.infradead.org>
+ Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Shows physical address and size of vmcoreinfo ELF note.
+ First value contains physical address of note in hex and
+ second value contains the size of note in hex. This ELF
+ note info is parsed by second kernel and exported to user
+ space as part of ELF note in /proc/vmcore file. This note
+ contains various information like struct size, symbol
+ values, page size etc.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90a029813
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/warn_count
+Date: November 2022
+KernelVersion: 6.2.0
+Contact: Linux Kernel Hardening List <linux-hardening@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Shows how many times the system has Warned since last boot.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e14703f12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page
+Date: Sep 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: andi@firstfloor.org
+Description:
+ Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address
+ written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the
+ physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt
+ to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or
+ dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed
+ on the bad page list and never be reused.
+
+ The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
+ Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
+ this might change.
+
+ The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The
+ kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather
+ fail the offline. Return value is the size of the
+ number, or a error when the offlining failed. Reading
+ the file is not allowed.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page
+Date: Sep 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: andi@firstfloor.org
+Description:
+ Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical
+ address written into this file. Input is a hex number
+ specifying the physical address of the page. The
+ kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by
+ trying to drop the page or killing any owner or
+ triggering IO errors if needed. Note this may kill
+ any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid
+ to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the
+ hardware.
+
+ The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
+ Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
+ this might change.
+
+ Return value is the size of the number, or a error when
+ the offlining failed.
+ Reading the file is not allowed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..353c0db5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_mac
+Date: August 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com
+Description: Write/read GbE MAC address.
+
+What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_firmware
+Date: August 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com
+Description: Write/read Option ROM data.
+
+
+What: /sys/module/ehci_hcd/drivers/.../uframe_periodic_max
+Date: July 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.1
+Contact: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru>
+Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs)
+
+ Note:
+ USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per
+ microframe to be 80%, that is 100 microseconds out of 125
+ microseconds (full microframe).
+
+ However there are cases, when 80% max isochronous bandwidth is
+ too limiting. For example two video streams could require 110
+ microseconds of isochronous bandwidth per microframe to work
+ together.
+
+ Through this setting it is possible to raise the limit so that
+ the host controller would allow allocating more than 100
+ microseconds of periodic bandwidth per microframe.
+
+ Beware, non-standard modes are usually not thoroughly tested by
+ hardware designers, and the hardware can malfunction when this
+ setting differ from default 100.
+
+What: /sys/module/*/{coresize,initsize}
+Date: Jan 2012
+KernelVersion:»·3.3
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Description: Module size in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/module/*/taint
+Date: Jan 2012
+KernelVersion:»·3.3
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Description: Module taint flags:
+ == =====================
+ P proprietary module
+ O out-of-tree module
+ F force-loaded module
+ C staging driver module
+ E unsigned module
+ == =====================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7cc516a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2 directory contains knobs used by the
+ ocfs2-tools to interact with the filesystem.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol file displays version
+ of ocfs2 locking supported by the filesystem. This version
+ covers how ocfs2 uses distributed locking between cluster
+ nodes.
+
+ The protocol version has a major and minor number. Two
+ cluster nodes can interoperate if they have an identical
+ major number and an overlapping minor number - thus,
+ a node with version 1.10 can interoperate with a node
+ sporting version 1.8, as long as both use the 1.8 protocol.
+
+ Reading from this file returns a single line, the major
+ number and minor number joined by a period, eg "1.10".
+
+ This file is read-only. The value is compiled into the
+ driver.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins file describes
+ the available plugins to support ocfs2 cluster operation.
+ A cluster plugin is required to use ocfs2 in a cluster.
+ There are currently two available plugins:
+
+ * 'o2cb' - The classic o2cb cluster stack that ocfs2 has
+ used since its inception.
+ * 'user' - A plugin supporting userspace cluster software
+ in conjunction with fs/dlm.
+
+ Reading from this file returns the names of all loaded
+ plugins, one per line.
+
+ This file is read-only. Its contents may change as
+ plugins are loaded or removed.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin displays which
+ cluster plugin is currently in use by the filesystem.
+ The active plugin will appear in the loaded_cluster_plugins
+ file as well. Only one plugin can be used at a time.
+
+ Reading from this file returns the name of the active plugin
+ on a single line.
+
+ This file is read-only. Which plugin is active depends on
+ the cluster stack in use. The contents may change
+ when all filesystems are unmounted and the cluster stack
+ is changed.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack file contains the name
+ of current ocfs2 cluster stack. This value is set by
+ userspace tools when bringing the cluster stack online.
+
+ Cluster stack names are 4 characters in length.
+
+ When the 'o2cb' cluster stack is used, the 'o2cb' cluster
+ plugin is active. All other cluster stacks use the 'user'
+ cluster plugin.
+
+ Reading from this file returns the name of the current
+ cluster stack on a single line.
+
+ Writing a new stack name to this file changes the current
+ cluster stack unless there are mounted ocfs2 filesystems.
+ If there are mounted filesystems, attempts to change the
+ stack return an error.
+
+Users:
+ ocfs2-tools <ocfs2-tools-devel@oss.oracle.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c78d358db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/display
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ This file allows display switching. The value
+ is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow::
+
+ 4321
+ |||`- LCD
+ ||`-- CRT
+ |`--- TV
+ `---- DVI
+
+ Ex:
+ - 0 (0000b) means no display
+ - 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the gps device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+Users: Lapsus
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ledd
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be
+ used to display several items of information.
+ To control the LED display, use the following::
+
+ echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/
+
+ where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display.
+ The DDD table can be found in Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/asus-laptop.rst
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/bluetooth
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the bluetooth device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+ This may control the led, the device or both.
+Users: Lapsus
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wlan
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the wlan device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+ This may control the led, the device or both.
+Users: Lapsus
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wimax
+Date: October 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the wimax device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wwan
+Date: October 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the wwan (3G) device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f8f0772d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cpufv
+Date: Oct 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Change CPU clock configuration (write-only).
+ There are three available clock configuration:
+
+ * 0 -> Super Performance Mode
+ * 1 -> High Performance Mode
+ * 2 -> Power Saving Mode
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/camera
+Date: Jan 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cardr
+Date: Jan 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/touchpad
+Date: Jan 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.39
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the card touchpad. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/lid_resume
+Date: May 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.5
+Contact: "AceLan Kao" <acelan.kao@canonical.com>
+Description:
+ Resume on lid open. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/fan_boost_mode
+Date: Sep 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Contact: "Yurii Pavlovskyi" <yurii.pavlovskyi@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Fan boost mode:
+ * 0 - normal,
+ * 1 - overboost,
+ * 2 - silent
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/throttle_thermal_policy
+Date: Dec 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: "Leonid Maksymchuk" <leonmaxx@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Throttle thermal policy mode:
+ * 0 - default,
+ * 1 - overboost,
+ * 2 - silent
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/dgpu_disable
+Date: Aug 2022
+KernelVersion: 5.17
+Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev>
+Description:
+ Disable discrete GPU:
+ * 0 - Enable dGPU,
+ * 1 - Disable dGPU
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b146be74b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/at91_can/net/<iface>/mb0_id
+Date: January 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: Marc Kleine-Budde <kernel@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Value representing the can_id of mailbox 0.
+
+ Default: 0x7ff (standard frame)
+
+ Due to a chip bug (errata 50.2.6.3 & 50.3.5.3 in
+ "AT91SAM9263 Preliminary 6249H-ATARM-27-Jul-09") the
+ contents of mailbox 0 may be send under certain
+ conditions (even if disabled or in rx mode).
+
+ The workaround in the errata suggests not to use the
+ mailbox and load it with an unused identifier.
+
+ In order to use an extended can_id add the
+ CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example:
+
+ - standard id 0x7ff::
+
+ echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
+
+ - extended id 0x1fffffff::
+
+ echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1bad92bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/devices/../../gisb_arb_timeout
+Date: May 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Returns the currently configured raw timeout value of the
+ Broadcom Set Top Box internal GISB bus arbiter. Minimum value
+ is 1, and maximum value is 0xffffffff.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f58cfb06b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com>
+Description:
+ Can be set and read.
+ Set a_bus_req(A-device bus request) input to be 1 if
+ the application running on the A-device wants to use the bus,
+ and to be 0 when the application no longer wants to use
+ the bus(or wants to work as peripheral). a_bus_req can also
+ be set to 1 by kernel in response to remote wakeup signaling
+ from the B-device, the A-device should decide to resume the bus.
+
+ Valid values are "1" and "0".
+
+ Reading: returns 1 if the application running on the A-device
+ is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_drop
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com>
+Description:
+ Can be set and read
+ The a_bus_drop(A-device bus drop) input is 1 when the
+ application running on the A-device wants to power down
+ the bus, and is 0 otherwise, When a_bus_drop is 1, then
+ the a_bus_req shall be 0.
+
+ Valid values are "1" and "0".
+
+ Reading: returns 1 if the bus is off(vbus is turned off) by
+ A-device, otherwise 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com>
+Description:
+ Can be set and read.
+ The b_bus_req(B-device bus request) input is 1 during the time
+ that the application running on the B-device wants to use the
+ bus as host, and is 0 when the application no longer wants to
+ work as host and decides to switch back to be peripheral.
+
+ Valid values are "1" and "0".
+
+ Reading: returns if the application running on the B device
+ is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_clr_err
+Date: Feb 2014
+Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com>
+Description:
+ Only can be set.
+ The a_clr_err(A-device Vbus error clear) input is used to clear
+ vbus error, then A-device will power down the bus.
+
+ Valid value is "1"
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b0f4684a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/role
+Date: Mar 2017
+Contact: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
+Description:
+ It returns string "gadget" or "host" when read it, it indicates
+ current controller role.
+
+ It will do role switch when write "gadget" or "host" to it.
+ Only controller at dual-role configuration supports writing.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82bcfe9df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_enabled
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ This file allows to control the automatic keyboard
+ illumination mode on some systems that have an ambient
+ light sensor. Write 1 to this file to enable the auto
+ mode, 0 to disable it.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_setting
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ This file allows to specifiy the on/off threshold value,
+ as reported by the ambient light sensor.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ This file allows to control the input triggers that
+ turn on the keyboard backlight illumination that is
+ disabled because of inactivity.
+ Read the file to see the triggers available. The ones
+ enabled are preceded by '+', those disabled by '-'.
+
+ To enable a trigger, write its name preceded by '+' to
+ this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded
+ by '-' instead.
+
+ For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run::
+
+ echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+
+ To disable it::
+
+ echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+
+ Note that not all the available triggers can be configured.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
+Date: December 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.19
+Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+ Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ This file allows to specify the interval after which the
+ keyboard illumination is disabled because of inactivity.
+ The timeouts are expressed in seconds, minutes, hours and
+ days, for which the symbols are 's', 'm', 'h' and 'd'
+ respectively.
+
+ To configure the timeout, write to this file a value along
+ with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value
+ is assumed to be expressed in seconds.
+
+ For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run::
+
+ echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
+
+ Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be
+ expressed in a different unit than the one used when the timeout
+ was set.
+
+ Also note that only some timeouts are supported and that
+ some systems might fall back to a specific timeout in case
+ an invalid timeout is written to this file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6e0f7f83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/tokens/*
+Date: November 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
+Description:
+ A read-only description of Dell platform tokens
+ available on the machine.
+
+ Each token attribute is available as a pair of
+ sysfs attributes readable by a process with
+ CAP_SYS_ADMIN.
+
+ For example the token ID "5" would be available
+ as the following attributes:
+
+ - 0005_location
+ - 0005_value
+
+ Tokens will vary from machine to machine, and
+ only tokens available on that machine will be
+ displayed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6ab34e81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/ports_num
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. One DFL FPGA device may have more than 1
+ port/Accelerator Function Unit (AFU). It returns the
+ number of ports on the FPGA device when read it.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/bitstream_id
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns Bitstream (static FPGA region)
+ identifier number, which includes the detailed version
+ and other information of this static FPGA region.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/bitstream_metadata
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns Bitstream (static FPGA region) meta
+ data, which includes the synthesis date, seed and other
+ information of this static FPGA region.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/cache_size
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns cache size of this FPGA device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/fabric_version
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns fabric version of this FPGA device.
+ Userspace applications need this information to select
+ best data channels per different fabric design.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/socket_id
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns socket_id to indicate which socket
+ this FPGA belongs to, only valid for integrated solution.
+ User only needs this information, in case standard numa node
+ can't provide correct information.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/pcie0_errors
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Write. Read this file for errors detected on pcie0 link.
+ Write this file to clear errors logged in pcie0_errors. Write
+ fails with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code
+ doesn't match.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/pcie1_errors
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Write. Read this file for errors detected on pcie1 link.
+ Write this file to clear errors logged in pcie1_errors. Write
+ fails with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code
+ doesn't match.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/nonfatal_errors
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns non-fatal errors detected.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/catfatal_errors
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns catastrophic and fatal errors detected.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/inject_errors
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Write. Read this file to check errors injected. Write this
+ file to inject errors for testing purpose. Write fails with
+ -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input inject error code isn't
+ supported.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/fme_errors
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get errors detected on FME.
+ Write this file to clear errors logged in fme_errors. Write
+ fials with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code
+ doesn't match.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/first_error
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first error detected by
+ hardware.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/next_error
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the second error detected by
+ hardware.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/name
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Only. Read this file to get the name of hwmon device, it
+ supports values:
+
+ ================= =========================
+ 'dfl_fme_thermal' thermal hwmon device name
+ 'dfl_fme_power' power hwmon device name
+ ================= =========================
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_input
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Only. It returns FPGA device temperature in millidegrees
+ Celsius.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_max
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Only. It returns hardware threshold1 temperature in
+ millidegrees Celsius. If temperature rises at or above this
+ threshold, hardware starts 50% or 90% throttling (see
+ 'temp1_max_policy').
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_crit
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Only. It returns hardware threshold2 temperature in
+ millidegrees Celsius. If temperature rises at or above this
+ threshold, hardware starts 100% throttling.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_emergency
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Only. It returns hardware trip threshold temperature in
+ millidegrees Celsius. If temperature rises at or above this
+ threshold, a fatal event will be triggered to board management
+ controller (BMC) to shutdown FPGA.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_max_alarm
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if temperature is currently at or above
+ hardware threshold1 (see 'temp1_max'), otherwise 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_crit_alarm
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if temperature is currently at or above
+ hardware threshold2 (see 'temp1_crit'), otherwise 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_max_policy
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Only. Read this file to get the policy of hardware threshold1
+ (see 'temp1_max'). It only supports two values (policies):
+
+ == ==========================
+ 0 AP2 state (90% throttling)
+ 1 AP1 state (50% throttling)
+ == ==========================
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_input
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Only. It returns current FPGA power consumption in uW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_max
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get current hardware power
+ threshold1 in uW. If power consumption rises at or above
+ this threshold, hardware starts 50% throttling.
+ Write this file to set current hardware power threshold1 in uW.
+ As hardware only accepts values in Watts, so input value will
+ be round down per Watts (< 1 watts part will be discarded) and
+ clamped within the range from 0 to 127 Watts. Write fails with
+ -EINVAL if input parsing fails.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_crit
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get current hardware power
+ threshold2 in uW. If power consumption rises at or above
+ this threshold, hardware starts 90% throttling.
+ Write this file to set current hardware power threshold2 in uW.
+ As hardware only accepts values in Watts, so input value will
+ be round down per Watts (< 1 watts part will be discarded) and
+ clamped within the range from 0 to 127 Watts. Write fails with
+ -EINVAL if input parsing fails.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_max_alarm
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if power consumption is currently at or
+ above hardware threshold1 (see 'power1_max'), otherwise 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_crit_alarm
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if power consumption is currently at or
+ above hardware threshold2 (see 'power1_crit'), otherwise 0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_xeon_limit
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Only. It returns power limit for XEON in uW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_fpga_limit
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Only. It returns power limit for FPGA in uW.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_ltr
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Read this file to get current Latency Tolerance
+ Reporting (ltr) value. It returns 1 if all Accelerated
+ Function Units (AFUs) can tolerate latency >= 40us for memory
+ access or 0 if any AFU is latency sensitive (< 40us).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..65658267f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/id
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns id of this port. One DFL FPGA device
+ may have more than one port. Userspace could use this id to
+ distinguish different ports under same FPGA device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/afu_id
+Date: June 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.19
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. User can program different PR bitstreams to FPGA
+ Accelerator Function Unit (AFU) for different functions. It
+ returns uuid which could be used to identify which PR bitstream
+ is programmed in this AFU.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/power_state
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It reports the APx (AFU Power) state, different APx
+ means different throttling level. When reading this file, it
+ returns "0" - Normal / "1" - AP1 / "2" - AP2 / "6" - AP6.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ap1_event
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-write. Read this file for AP1 (AFU Power State 1) event.
+ It's used to indicate transient AP1 state. Write 1 to this
+ file to clear AP1 event.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ap2_event
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-write. Read this file for AP2 (AFU Power State 2) event.
+ It's used to indicate transient AP2 state. Write 1 to this
+ file to clear AP2 event.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ltr
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-write. Read or set AFU latency tolerance reporting value.
+ Set ltr to 1 if the AFU can tolerate latency >= 40us or set it
+ to 0 if it is latency sensitive.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcmd
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Write-only. User writes command to this interface to set
+ userclock to AFU.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqsts
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the status of issued command
+ to userclck_freqcmd.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcntrcmd
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Write-only. User writes command to this interface to set
+ userclock counter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcntrsts
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the status of issued command
+ to userclck_freqcntrcmd.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/errors
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get errors detected on port and
+ Accelerated Function Unit (AFU). Write error code to this file
+ to clear errors. Write fails with -EINVAL if input parsing
+ fails or input error code doesn't match. Write fails with
+ -EBUSY or -ETIMEDOUT if error can't be cleared as hardware
+ in low power state (-EBUSY) or not respoding (-ETIMEDOUT).
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/first_error
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first error detected by
+ hardware.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/first_malformed_req
+Date: August 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.4
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first malformed request
+ captured by hardware.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..141834342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/charger_type
+Date: Jul, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.10
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The charger type - Traditional, Hybrid or NVDC.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/adapter_rating_mw
+Date: Jul, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.10
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Adapter rating in milliwatts (the maximum Adapter power).
+ Must be 0 if no AC Adaptor is plugged in.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/max_platform_power_mw
+Date: Jul, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.10
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Maximum platform power that can be supported by the battery
+ in milliwatts.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/platform_power_source
+Date: Jul, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.10
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Display the platform power source
+
+ ========= ============================
+ bits[3:0] Current power source
+ - 0x00 = DC
+ - 0x01 = AC
+ - 0x02 = USB
+ - 0x03 = Wireless Charger
+ bits[7:4] Power source sequence number
+ ========= ============================
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/battery_steady_power
+Date: Jul, 2016
+KernelVersion: v4.10
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The maximum sustained power for battery in milliwatts.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/rest_of_platform_power_mw
+Date: June, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) Shows the rest (outside of SoC) of worst-case platform power.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/prochot_confirm
+Date: June, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (WO) Confirm embedded controller about a prochot notification.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/max_platform_power_mw
+Date: June, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The maximum platform power that can be supported by the battery in milli watts.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/max_steady_state_power_mw
+Date: June, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The maximum sustained power for battery in milli watts.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/high_freq_impedance_mohm
+Date: June, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The high frequency impedance value that can be obtained from battery
+ fuel gauge in milli Ohms.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/no_load_voltage_mv
+Date: June, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The no-load voltage that can be obtained from battery fuel gauge in
+ milli volts.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/current_discharge_capbility_ma
+Date: June, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RO) The battery discharge current capability obtained from battery fuel gauge in
+ milli Amps.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/freq_mhz_low_clock
+Date: November, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.10
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) The PCH FIVR (Fully Integrated Voltage Regulator) switching frequency in MHz,
+ when FIVR clock is 19.2MHz or 24MHz.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/freq_mhz_high_clock
+Date: November, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.10
+Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ (RW) The PCH FIVR (Fully Integrated Voltage Regulator) switching frequency in MHz,
+ when FIVR clock is 38.4MHz.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70dbe0733
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/disp
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ This file allows display switching.
+
+ - 1 = LCD
+ - 2 = CRT
+ - 3 = LCD+CRT
+
+ If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cardr
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cpufv
+Date: Jun 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Change CPU clock configuration.
+ On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration:
+
+ * 0 -> Super Performance Mode
+ * 1 -> High Performance Mode
+ * 2 -> Power Saving Mode
+
+ On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations.
+ Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file.
+ Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which
+ is defined as follow::
+
+ | 8 bit | 8 bit |
+ | `---- Current mode
+ `------------ Availables modes
+
+ For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv
+Date: Jun 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ List available cpufv modes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fca40a54d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-*/chid
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8061:*/chid
+Date: Dec 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains the ID of the channel within the HIDMA instance.
+ It is used to associate a given HIDMA channel with the
+ priority and weight calls in the management interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b6c5c9ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/priority
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/priority
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if the DMA channel is a
+ low priority (0) or high priority (1) channel.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/weight
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/weight
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains 0..15 and indicates the weight of the channel among
+ equal priority channels during round robin scheduling.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chreset_timeout_cycles
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chreset_timeout_cycles
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains the platform specific cycle value to wait after a
+ reset command is issued. If the value is chosen too short,
+ then the HW will issue a reset failure interrupt. The value
+ is platform specific and should not be changed without
+ consultance.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/dma_channels
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/dma_channels
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains the number of dma channels supported by one instance
+ of HIDMA hardware. The value may change from chip to chip.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_major
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_major
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Version number major for the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_minor
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_minor
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Version number minor for the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_rd_xactions
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_rd_xactions
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of
+ read transactions that can be issued back to back.
+ Choosing a higher number gives better performance but
+ can also cause performance reduction to other peripherals
+ sharing the same bus.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_read_request
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_read_request
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Size of each read request. The value needs to be a power
+ of two and can be between 128 and 1024.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_wr_xactions
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_wr_xactions
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of
+ write transactions that can be issued back to back.
+ Choosing a higher number gives better performance but
+ can also cause performance reduction to other peripherals
+ sharing the same bus.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_write_request
+ /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_write_request
+Date: Nov 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.4
+Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>"
+Description:
+ Size of each write request. The value needs to be a power
+ of two and can be between 128 and 1024.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6a138b50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<i2c-demux-name>/available_masters
+Date: January 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
+Description:
+ Reading the file will give you a list of masters which can be
+ selected for a demultiplexed bus. The format is
+ "<index>:<name>". Example from a Renesas Lager board::
+
+ 0:/i2c@e6500000 1:/i2c@e6508000
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<i2c-demux-name>/current_master
+Date: January 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
+Description:
+ This file selects/shows the active I2C master for a demultiplexed
+ bus. It uses the <index> value from the file 'available_masters'.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd2ac02bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/camera_power
+Date: Dec 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>"
+Description:
+ Control the power of camera module. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/fan_mode
+Date: June 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.6
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Change fan mode
+ There are four available modes:
+
+ * 0 -> Super Silent Mode
+ * 1 -> Standard Mode
+ * 2 -> Dust Cleaning
+ * 4 -> Efficient Thermal Dissipation Mode
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/touchpad
+Date: May 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: "Ritesh Raj Sarraf <rrs@debian.org>"
+Description:
+ Control touchpad mode.
+ * 1 -> Switched On
+ * 0 -> Switched Off
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<bdf>/<device>/VPC2004:00/fn_lock
+Date: May 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.18
+Contact: "Oleg Keri <ezhi99@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Control fn-lock mode.
+
+ * 1 -> Switched On
+ * 0 -> Switched Off
+
+ For example::
+
+ # echo "0" > \
+ /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:1f.0/PNP0C09:00/VPC2004:00/fn_lock
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..02ae1e9bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/44FADEB1-B204-40F2-8581-394BBDC1B651/firmware_update_request
+Date: April 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Allow user space entities to trigger update of Slim
+ Bootloader (SBL). This attribute normally has a value
+ of 0 and userspace can signal SBL to update firmware,
+ on next reboot, by writing a value of 1.
+ There are two available states:
+
+ * 0 -> Skip firmware update while rebooting
+ * 1 -> Attempt firmware update on next reboot
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e19144fd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/force_power
+Date: September 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.15
+Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
+Description:
+ Modify the platform force power state, influencing
+ Thunderbolt controllers to turn on or off when no
+ devices are connected (write-only)
+ There are two available states:
+
+ * 0 -> Force power disabled
+ * 1 -> Force power enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7f81de68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/dev_name
+Date: January 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
+Description:
+ Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip
+ is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0".
+
+ The device name flows down to architecture specific board
+ initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader
+ firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space
+ dameon and opens the device when install is requested.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/baud_rate
+Date: January 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
+Description:
+ The maximum reliable baud-rate the host can support.
+ Different platforms tend to have different high-speed
+ UART configurations, so the baud-rate needs to be set
+ locally and also sent across to the WL128x via a HCI-VS
+ command. The entry is read and made use by the user-space
+ daemon when the ldisc install is requested.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/flow_cntrl
+Date: January 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
+Description:
+ The WL128x makes use of flow control mechanism, and this
+ entry most often should be 1, the host's UART is required
+ to have the capability of flow-control, or else this
+ entry can be made use of for exceptions.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/install
+Date: January 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
+Description:
+ When one of the protocols Bluetooth, FM or GPS wants to make
+ use of the shared UART transport, it registers to the shared
+ transport driver, which will signal the user-space for opening,
+ configuring baud and install line discipline via this sysfs
+ entry. This entry would be polled upon by the user-space
+ daemon managing the UART, and is notified about the change
+ by the sysfs_notify. The value would be '1' when UART needs
+ to be opened/ldisc installed, and would be '0' when UART
+ is no more required and needs to be closed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf47749b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/reader_mode
+Date: October 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.20
+Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+ Control reader mode. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fn_lock
+Date: October 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.20
+Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+ Control FN lock mode. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/battery_care_limit
+Date: October 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.20
+Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+ Maximal battery charge level. Accepted values are 80 or 100.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fan_mode
+Date: October 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.20
+Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+ Control fan mode. 1 for performance mode, 0 for silent mode.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/usb_charge
+Date: October 2018
+KernelVersion: 4.20
+Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+ Control USB port charging when device is turned off.
+ 1 means on, 0 means off.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e79ca22e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/lifecycle_state
+Date: Oct 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>"
+Description:
+ The Life-cycle state of the SoC, which could be one of the
+ following values.
+
+ ============== =============================================
+ Production Production state and can be updated to secure
+ GA Secured Secure chip and not able to change state
+ GA Non-Secured Non-Secure chip and not able to change state
+ RMA Return Merchandise Authorization
+ ============== =============================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/post_reset_wdog
+Date: Oct 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>"
+Description:
+ The watchdog setting in seconds for the next booting. It's used
+ to reboot the chip and recover it to the old state if the new
+ boot partition fails.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/reset_action
+Date: Oct 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>"
+Description:
+ The source of the boot stream for the next reset. It could be
+ one of the following values:
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ external boot from external source (USB or PCIe)
+ emmc boot from the onchip eMMC
+ emmc_legacy boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode
+ =========== ===============================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/second_reset_action
+Date: Oct 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>"
+Description:
+ Update the source of the boot stream after next reset. It could
+ be one of the following values and will be applied after next
+ reset.
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ external boot from external source (USB or PCIe)
+ emmc boot from the onchip eMMC
+ emmc_legacy boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode
+ swap_emmc swap the primary / secondary boot partition
+ none cancel the action
+ =========== ===============================================
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/secure_boot_fuse_state
+Date: Oct 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>"
+Description:
+ The state of eFuse versions with the following values.
+
+ ======= ===============================================
+ InUse burnt, valid and currently in use
+ Used burnt and valid
+ Free not burnt and free to use
+ Skipped not burnt but not free (skipped)
+ Wasted burnt and invalid
+ Invalid not burnt but marked as valid (error state).
+ ======= ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..307a247ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/lcd_level
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ Screen brightness: contains a single integer in the range 0..8.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_brightness
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ Enable automatic brightness control: contains either 0 or 1. If
+ set to 1 the hardware adjusts the screen brightness
+ automatically when the power cord is plugged/unplugged.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/wlan
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ WLAN subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/bluetooth
+Date: Oct 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.19
+Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>"
+Description:
+ Bluetooth subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. Please
+ note that this file is constantly 0 if no Bluetooth hardware is
+ available.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/touchpad
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if touchpad is turned on.
+ Touchpad state can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F3.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_mode
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if turbo mode is turned
+ on. In turbo mode power LED is orange and processor is
+ overclocked. Turbo mode is available only if charging. It is
+ only possible to toggle turbo mode state by pressing Fn+F10,
+ and there is a few seconds cooldown between subsequent toggles.
+ If user presses Fn+F10 too frequent, turbo mode state is not
+ changed.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/eco_mode
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if ECO mode is turned on.
+ In ECO mode power LED is green and userspace should do some
+ powersaving actions. ECO mode is available only on battery
+ power. ECO mode can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F10.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_cooldown
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains value in range 0..3:
+ * 0 -> Turbo mode is off
+ * 1 -> Turbo mode is on, cannot be turned off yet
+ * 2 -> Turbo mode is off, cannot be turned on yet
+ * 3 -> Turbo mode is on
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_fan
+Date: Nov 2012
+KernelVersion: 3.8
+Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>"
+Description:
+ Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if fan speed is controlled
+ automatically (1) or fan runs at maximal speed (0). Can be
+ toggled in software.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bc510ccc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<phy-name>/role
+Date: October 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
+Description:
+ This file can be read and write.
+ The file can show/change the phy mode for role swap of usb.
+
+ Write the following strings to change the mode:
+
+ - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host.
+ - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral.
+
+ Read the file, then it shows the following strings:
+
+ - "host" - The mode is host now.
+ - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8af5b9c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/<renesas_usb3's name>/role
+Date: March 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
+Description:
+ This file can be read and write.
+ The file can show/change the drd mode of usb.
+
+ Write the following string to change the mode:
+
+ - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host.
+ - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral.
+
+ Read the file, then it shows the following strings:
+
+ - "host" - The mode is host now.
+ - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5f6e21f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/8086%x:00/firmware_version
+Date: November 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.10
+Contact: "Sebastien Guiriec" <sebastien.guiriec@intel.com>
+Description:
+ LPE Firmware version for SST driver on all atom
+ plaforms (BYT/CHT/Merrifield/BSW).
+ If the FW has never been loaded it will display::
+
+ "FW not yet loaded"
+
+ If FW has been loaded it will display::
+
+ "v01.aa.bb.cc"
+
+ aa: Major version is reflecting SoC version:
+
+ === =============
+ 0d: BYT FW
+ 0b: BSW FW
+ 07: Merrifield FW
+ === =============
+
+ bb: Minor version
+
+ cc: Build version
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6e20ce4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/otg_mode
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi>
+Description:
+ Set or read the current OTG mode. Valid values are "host" and
+ "peripheral".
+
+ Reading: returns the current mode.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/vbus
+Date: December 2013
+Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi>
+Description:
+ Read the current VBUS state.
+
+ Reading: returns "on" or "off".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e685957ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/adc
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the presence of an A/D Converter. If it is present,
+ it will display "1", otherwise "0".
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/ereset
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the presence of an external reset. If it is present,
+ it will display "1", otherwise "0".
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/id
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Product ID of the TS board. TS-5500 ID is 0x60.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/jumpers
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Bitfield showing the jumpers' state. If a jumper is present,
+ the corresponding bit is set. For instance, 0x0e means jumpers
+ 2, 3 and 4 are set.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/name
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.16
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Model name of the TS board, e.g. "TS-5500".
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/rs485
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the presence of the RS485 option. If it is present,
+ it will display "1", otherwise "0".
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/sram
+Date: January 2013
+KernelVersion: 3.7
+Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates the presence of the SRAM option. If it is present,
+ it will display "1", otherwise "0".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..512c51be6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*twl4030-usb/vbus
+Description:
+ Read-only status reporting if VBUS (approx 5V)
+ is being supplied by the USB bus.
+
+ Possible values: "on", "off".
+
+ Changes are notified via select/poll.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..53622d3ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/dev_desc
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows to read device descriptor of
+ gadget driver which is currently bound to this
+ controller. It is possible to read this file
+ only if gadget driver is bound, otherwise error
+ is returned.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_status
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ Current status of the device.
+ Allowed values:
+
+ == ==========================================
+ 1 Device is available and can be exported
+ 2 Device is currently exported
+ 3 Fatal error occurred during communication
+ with peer
+ == ==========================================
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_sockfd
+Date: April 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ This file allows to export usb device to
+ connection peer. It is done by writing to this
+ file socket fd (as a string for example "8")
+ associated with a connection to remote peer who
+ would like to use this device. It is possible to
+ close the connection by writing -1 instead of
+ socked fd.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4439d0644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/boot_on_ac
+Date: April 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Description:
+ Boot on AC is a policy which makes the device boot from S5
+ when AC power is connected. This is useful for users who
+ want to run their device headless or with a dock.
+
+ Input should be parseable by kstrtou8() to 0 or 1.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/build_date
+Date: May 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Description:
+ Display Wilco Embedded Controller firmware build date.
+ Output will a MM/DD/YY string.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/build_revision
+Date: May 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Description:
+ Display Wilco Embedded Controller build revision.
+ Output will a version string be similar to the example below:
+ d2592cae0
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/model_number
+Date: May 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Description:
+ Display Wilco Embedded Controller model number.
+ Output will a version string be similar to the example below:
+ 08B6
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/usb_charge
+Date: October 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.5
+Description:
+ Control the USB PowerShare Policy. USB PowerShare is a policy
+ which affects charging via the special USB PowerShare port
+ (marked with a small lightning bolt or battery icon) when in
+ low power states:
+
+ - In S0, the port will always provide power.
+ - In S0ix, if usb_charge is enabled, then power will be
+ supplied to the port when on AC or if battery is > 50%.
+ Else no power is supplied.
+ - In S5, if usb_charge is enabled, then power will be supplied
+ to the port when on AC. Else no power is supplied.
+
+ Input should be either "0" or "1".
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/version
+Date: May 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.3
+Description:
+ Display Wilco Embedded Controller firmware version.
+ The format of the string is x.y.z. Where x is major, y is minor
+ and z is the build number. For example: 95.00.06
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..51c0f578b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+What: /sys/power/
+Date: August 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power directory will contain files that will
+ provide a unified interface to the power management
+ subsystem.
+
+What: /sys/power/state
+Date: November 2016
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/state file controls system sleep states.
+ Reading from this file returns the available sleep state
+ labels, which may be "mem" (suspend), "standby" (power-on
+ suspend), "freeze" (suspend-to-idle) and "disk" (hibernation).
+
+ Writing one of the above strings to this file causes the system
+ to transition into the corresponding state, if available.
+
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst for more
+ information.
+
+What: /sys/power/mem_sleep
+Date: November 2016
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/mem_sleep file controls the operating mode of
+ system suspend. Reading from it returns the available modes
+ as "s2idle" (always present), "shallow" and "deep" (present if
+ supported). The mode that will be used on subsequent attempts
+ to suspend the system (by writing "mem" to the /sys/power/state
+ file described above) is enclosed in square brackets.
+
+ Writing one of the above strings to this file causes the mode
+ represented by it to be used on subsequent attempts to suspend
+ the system.
+
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst for more
+ information.
+
+What: /sys/power/disk
+Date: September 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/disk file controls the operating mode of the
+ suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns
+ the name of the method by which the system will be put to
+ sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported:
+
+ 'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk
+ by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the
+ firmware will handle the system suspend.
+
+ 'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+ the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g.
+ ACPI or other PM registers).
+
+ 'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+ the system will be powered off.
+
+ 'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+ the system will be rebooted.
+
+ Additionally, /sys/power/disk can be used to turn on one of the
+ two testing modes of the suspend-to-disk mechanism: 'testproc'
+ or 'test'. If the suspend-to-disk mechanism is in the
+ 'testproc' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause
+ the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, wait for 5
+ seconds, unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. If it is in
+ the 'test' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause
+ the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, shrink
+ memory, suspend devices, wait for 5 seconds, resume devices,
+ unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. Then, we are able to
+ look in the log messages and work out, for example, which code
+ is being slow and which device drivers are misbehaving.
+
+ The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this
+ file one of the accepted strings:
+
+ - 'firmware'
+ - 'platform'
+ - 'shutdown'
+ - 'reboot'
+ - 'testproc'
+ - 'test'
+
+ It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system
+ supports that.
+
+What: /sys/power/image_size
+Date: August 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/image_size file controls the size of the image
+ created by the suspend-to-disk mechanism. It can be written a
+ string representing a non-negative integer that will be used
+ as an upper limit of the image size, in bytes. The kernel's
+ suspend-to-disk code will do its best to ensure the image size
+ will not exceed this number. However, if it turns out to be
+ impossible, the kernel will try to suspend anyway using the
+ smallest image possible. In particular, if "0" is written to
+ this file, the suspend image will be as small as possible.
+
+ Reading from this file will display the current image size
+ limit, which is set to around 2/5 of available RAM by default.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_trace
+Date: August 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_trace file controls the code which saves the
+ last PM event point in the RTC across reboots, so that you can
+ debug a machine that just hangs during suspend (or more
+ commonly, during resume). Namely, the RTC is only used to save
+ the last PM event point if this file contains '1'. Initially
+ it contains '0' which may be changed to '1' by writing a
+ string representing a nonzero integer into it.
+
+ To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend
+ the machine, then reboot it and run::
+
+ dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
+
+ If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false
+ positives), it is possible that the last PM event point
+ referred to a device created by a loadable kernel module. In
+ this case cat /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match (see below) after
+ your system is started up and the kernel modules are loaded.
+
+ CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS)
+ clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume.
+
+What; /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: James Hogan <jhogan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match file contains the name of the
+ device associated with the last PM event point saved in the RTC
+ across reboots when pm_trace has been used. More precisely it
+ contains the list of current devices (including those
+ registered by loadable kernel modules since boot) which match
+ the device hash in the RTC at boot, with a newline after each
+ one.
+
+ The advantage of this file over the hash matches printed to the
+ kernel log (see /sys/power/pm_trace), is that it includes
+ devices created after boot by loadable kernel modules.
+
+ Due to the small hash size necessary to fit in the RTC, it is
+ possible that more than one device matches the hash, in which
+ case further investigation is required to determine which
+ device is causing the problem. Note that genuine RTC clock
+ values (such as when pm_trace has not been used), can still
+ match a device and output it's name here.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_async
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_async file controls the switch allowing the
+ user space to enable or disable asynchronous suspend and resume
+ of devices. If enabled, this feature will cause some device
+ drivers' suspend and resume callbacks to be executed in parallel
+ with each other and with the main suspend thread. It is enabled
+ if this file contains "1", which is the default. It may be
+ disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices
+ will be suspended and resumed synchronously.
+
+What: /sys/power/wakeup_count
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/wakeup_count file allows user space to put the
+ system into a sleep state while taking into account the
+ concurrent arrival of wakeup events. Reading from it returns
+ the current number of registered wakeup events and it blocks if
+ some wakeup events are being processed at the time the file is
+ read from. Writing to it will only succeed if the current
+ number of wakeup events is equal to the written value and, if
+ successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition
+ to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the
+ write has returned.
+
+What: /sys/power/reserved_size
+Date: May 2011
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/reserved_size file allows user space to control
+ the amount of memory reserved for allocations made by device
+ drivers during the "device freeze" stage of hibernation. It can
+ be written a string representing a non-negative integer that
+ will be used as the amount of memory to reserve for allocations
+ made by device drivers' "freeze" callbacks, in bytes.
+
+ Reading from this file will display the current value, which is
+ set to 1 MB by default.
+
+What: /sys/power/autosleep
+Date: April 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/autosleep file can be written one of the strings
+ returned by reads from /sys/power/state. If that happens, a
+ work item attempting to trigger a transition of the system to
+ the sleep state represented by that string is queued up. This
+ attempt will only succeed if there are no active wakeup sources
+ in the system at that time. After every execution, regardless
+ of whether or not the attempt to put the system to sleep has
+ succeeded, the work item requeues itself until user space
+ writes "off" to /sys/power/autosleep.
+
+ Reading from this file causes the last string successfully
+ written to it to be returned.
+
+What: /sys/power/wake_lock
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/wake_lock file allows user space to create
+ wakeup source objects and activate them on demand (if one of
+ those wakeup sources is active, reads from the
+ /sys/power/wakeup_count file block or return false). When a
+ string without white space is written to /sys/power/wake_lock,
+ it will be assumed to represent a wakeup source name. If there
+ is a wakeup source object with that name, it will be activated
+ (unless active already). Otherwise, a new wakeup source object
+ will be registered, assigned the given name and activated.
+ If a string written to /sys/power/wake_lock contains white
+ space, the part of the string preceding the white space will be
+ regarded as a wakeup source name and handled as descrived above.
+ The other part of the string will be regarded as a timeout (in
+ nanoseconds) such that the wakeup source will be automatically
+ deactivated after it has expired. The timeout, if present, is
+ set regardless of the current state of the wakeup source object
+ in question.
+
+ Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of
+ wakeup sources created with the help of it that are active at
+ the moment, separated with spaces.
+
+
+What: /sys/power/wake_unlock
+Date: February 2012
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/wake_unlock file allows user space to deactivate
+ wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock.
+ When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be
+ assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate.
+
+ If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at
+ the moment, it will be deactivated.
+
+ Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of
+ wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock
+ that are inactive at the moment, separated with spaces.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_print_times
+Date: May 2012
+Contact: Sameer Nanda <snanda@chromium.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_print_times file allows user space to
+ control whether the time taken by devices to suspend and
+ resume is printed. These prints are useful for hunting down
+ devices that take too long to suspend or resume.
+
+ Writing a "1" enables this printing while writing a "0"
+ disables it. The default value is "0". Reading from this file
+ will display the current value.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_wakeup_irq
+Date: April 2015
+Contact: Alexandra Yates <alexandra.yates@linux.intel.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_wakeup_irq file reports to user space the IRQ
+ number of the first wakeup interrupt (that is, the first
+ interrupt from an IRQ line armed for system wakeup) seen by the
+ kernel during the most recent system suspend/resume cycle.
+
+ This output is useful for system wakeup diagnostics of spurious
+ wakeup interrupts.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_debug_messages
+Date: July 2017
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_debug_messages file controls the printing
+ of debug messages from the system suspend/hiberbation
+ infrastructure to the kernel log.
+
+ Writing a "1" to this file enables the debug messages and
+ writing a "0" (default) to it disables them. Reads from
+ this file return the current value.
+
+What: /sys/power/resume_offset
+Date: April 2018
+Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
+Description:
+ This file is used for telling the kernel an offset into a disk
+ to use when hibernating the system such as with a swap file.
+
+ Reads from this file will display the current offset
+ the kernel will be using on the next hibernation
+ attempt.
+
+ Using this sysfs file will override any values that were
+ set using the kernel command line for disk offset.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats directory contains suspend related
+ statistics.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/success
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/success file contains the number
+ of times entering system sleep state succeeded.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/fail
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/fail file contains the number
+ of times entering system sleep state failed.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_freeze
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_freeze file contains the
+ number of times freezing processes failed.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_prepare
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_prepare file contains the
+ number of times preparing all non-sysdev devices for
+ a system PM transition failed.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume file contains the
+ number of times executing "resume" callbacks of
+ non-sysdev devices failed.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_early
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_early file contains
+ the number of times executing "early resume" callbacks
+ of devices failed.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_noirq
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_noirq file contains
+ the number of times executing "noirq resume" callbacks
+ of devices failed.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend file contains
+ the number of times executing "suspend" callbacks
+ of all non-sysdev devices failed.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_late
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_late file contains
+ the number of times executing "late suspend" callbacks
+ of all devices failed.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_noirq
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_noirq file contains
+ the number of times executing "noirq suspend" callbacks
+ of all devices failed.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_dev
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_dev file contains
+ the last device for which a suspend/resume callback failed.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_errno
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_errno file contains
+ the errno of the last failed attempt at entering
+ system sleep state.
+
+What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_step
+Date: July 2019
+Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_step file contains
+ the last failed step in the suspend/resume path.
+
+What: /sys/power/sync_on_suspend
+Date: October 2019
+Contact: Jonas Meurer <jonas@freesources.org>
+Description:
+ This file controls whether or not the kernel will sync()
+ filesystems during system suspend (after freezing user space
+ and before suspending devices).
+
+ Writing a "1" to this file enables the sync() and writing a "0"
+ disables it. Reads from the file return the current value.
+ The default is "1" if the build-time "SUSPEND_SKIP_SYNC" config
+ flag is unset, or "0" otherwise.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25028c7bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+What: /sys/class/pps/
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ directory will contain files and
+ directories that will provide a unified interface to
+ the PPS sources.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ directory is related to X-th
+ PPS source into the system. Each directory will
+ contain files to manage and control its PPS source.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert file reports the assert events
+ and the assert sequence number of the X-th source in the form:
+
+ <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence>
+
+ If the source has no assert events the content of this file
+ is empty.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear file reports the clear events
+ and the clear sequence number of the X-th source in the form:
+
+ <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence>
+
+ If the source has no clear events the content of this file
+ is empty.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode file reports the functioning
+ mode of the X-th source in hexadecimal encoding.
+
+ Please, refer to linux/include/linux/pps.h for further
+ info.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo file reports if the X-th does
+ or does not support an "echo" function.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name file reports the name of the
+ X-th source.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path file reports the path name of
+ the device connected with the X-th source.
+
+ If the source is not connected with any device the content
+ of this file is empty.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e39dd3a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/profiling
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ /sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent
+ of the boot-time profile= option.
+
+ You can get the same effect running::
+
+ echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling
+
+ as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot
+ command line.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2363ad810
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+What: /sys/class/ptp/
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This directory contains files and directories
+ providing a standardized interface to the ancillary
+ features of PTP hardware clocks.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This directory contains the attributes of the Nth PTP
+ hardware clock registered into the PTP class driver
+ subsystem.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/clock_name
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the name of the PTP hardware clock
+ as a human readable string. The purpose of this
+ attribute is to provide the user with a "friendly
+ name" and to help distinguish PHY based devices from
+ MAC based ones. The string does not necessarily have
+ to be any kind of unique id.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/max_adjustment
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the PTP hardware clock's maximum
+ frequency adjustment value (a positive integer) in
+ parts per billion.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_alarms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of periodic or one shot
+ alarms offer by the PTP hardware clock.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_external_timestamps
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of external timestamp
+ channels offered by the PTP hardware clock.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_periodic_outputs
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of programmable periodic
+ output channels offered by the PTP hardware clock.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_pins
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the number of programmable pins
+ offered by the PTP hardware clock.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pins
+Date: March 2014
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This directory contains one file for each programmable
+ pin offered by the PTP hardware clock. The file name
+ is the hardware dependent pin name. Reading from this
+ file produces two numbers, the assigned function (see
+ the `PTP_PF_` enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h)
+ and the channel number. The function and channel
+ assignment may be changed by two writing numbers into
+ the file.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_available
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file indicates whether the PTP hardware clock
+ supports a Pulse Per Second to the host CPU. Reading
+ "1" means that the PPS is supported, while "0" means
+ not supported.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/extts_enable
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This write-only file enables or disables external
+ timestamps. To enable external timestamps, write the
+ channel index followed by a "1" into the file.
+ To disable external timestamps, write the channel
+ index followed by a "0" into the file.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/fifo
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This file provides timestamps on external events, in
+ the form of three integers: channel index, seconds,
+ and nanoseconds.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/period
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This write-only file enables or disables periodic
+ outputs. To enable a periodic output, write five
+ integers into the file: channel index, start time
+ seconds, start time nanoseconds, period seconds, and
+ period nanoseconds. To disable a periodic output, set
+ all the seconds and nanoseconds values to zero.
+
+What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_enable
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ This write-only file enables or disables delivery of
+ PPS events to the Linux PPS subsystem. To enable PPS
+ events, write a "1" into the file. To disable events,
+ write a "0" into the file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..feebb8c57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/secvar
+Date: August 2019
+Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com>
+Description: This directory is created if the POWER firmware supports OS
+ secureboot, thereby secure variables. It exposes interface
+ for reading/writing the secure variables
+
+What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars
+Date: August 2019
+Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com>
+Description: This directory lists all the secure variables that are supported
+ by the firmware.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/secvar/format
+Date: August 2019
+Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com>
+Description: A string indicating which backend is in use by the firmware.
+ This determines the format of the variable and the accepted
+ format of variable updates.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable name>
+Date: August 2019
+Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com>
+Description: Each secure variable is represented as a directory named as
+ <variable_name>. The variable name is unique and is in ASCII
+ representation. The data and size can be determined by reading
+ their respective attribute files.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable_name>/size
+Date: August 2019
+Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com>
+Description: An integer representation of the size of the content of the
+ variable. In other words, it represents the size of the data.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable_name>/data
+Date: August 2019
+Contact: Nayna Jain h<nayna@linux.ibm.com>
+Description: A read-only file containing the value of the variable. The size
+ of the file represents the maximum size of the variable data.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable_name>/update
+Date: August 2019
+Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com>
+Description: A write-only file that is used to submit the new value for the
+ variable. The size of the file represents the maximum size of
+ the variable data that can be written.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e157130a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+What: /sys/class/tty/console/active
+Date: Nov 2010
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Description:
+ Shows the list of currently configured
+ console devices, like 'tty1 ttyS0'.
+ The last entry in the file is the active
+ device connected to /dev/console.
+ The file supports poll() to detect virtual
+ console switches.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/tty0/active
+Date: Nov 2010
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Description:
+ Shows the currently active virtual console
+ device, like 'tty1'.
+ The file supports poll() to detect virtual
+ console switches.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/uartclk
+Date: Sep 2012
+Contact: Tomas Hlavacek <tmshlvck@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current uartclk value associated with the
+ UART port in serial_core, that is bound to TTY like ttyS0.
+ uartclk = 16 * baud_base
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/type
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current tty type for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/line
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current tty line number for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/port
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current tty port I/O address for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/irq
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Shows the current primary interrupt for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/flags
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the tty port status flags for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/xmit_fifo_size
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the transmit FIFO size for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/close_delay
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the closing delay time for this port in ms.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/closing_wait
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the close wait time for this port in ms.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/custom_divisor
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the custom divisor if any that is set on this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/io_type
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the I/O type that is to be used with the iomem base
+ address.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_base
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ The I/O memory base for this port.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_reg_shift
+Date: October 2012
+Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Show the register shift indicating the spacing to be used
+ for accesses on this iomem address.
+
+ These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+ sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/rx_trig_bytes
+Date: May 2014
+Contact: Yoshihiro YUNOMAE <yoshihiro.yunomae.ez@hitachi.com>
+Description:
+ Shows current RX interrupt trigger bytes or sets the
+ user specified value to change it for the FIFO buffer.
+ Users can show or set this value regardless of opening the
+ serial device file or not.
+
+ The RX trigger can be set one of four kinds of values for UART
+ serials. When users input a meaning less value to this I/F,
+ the RX trigger is changed to the nearest lower value for the
+ device specification. For example, when user sets 7bytes on
+ 16550A, which has 1/4/8/14 bytes trigger, the RX trigger is
+ automatically changed to 4 bytes.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/console
+Date: February 2020
+Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Allows user to detach or attach back the given device as
+ kernel console. It shows and accepts a boolean variable.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b6227706
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+What: /sys/.../uevent
+Date: May 2017
+KernelVersion: 4.13
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Enable passing additional variables for synthetic uevents that
+ are generated by writing /sys/.../uevent file.
+
+ Recognized extended format is::
+
+ ACTION [UUID [KEY=VALUE ...]
+
+ The ACTION is compulsory - it is the name of the uevent
+ action (``add``, ``change``, ``remove``). There is no change
+ compared to previous functionality here. The rest of the
+ extended format is optional.
+
+ You need to pass UUID first before any KEY=VALUE pairs.
+ The UUID must be in ``xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx``
+ format where 'x' is a hex digit. The UUID is considered to be
+ a transaction identifier so it's possible to use the same UUID
+ value for one or more synthetic uevents in which case we
+ logically group these uevents together for any userspace
+ listeners. The UUID value appears in uevent as
+ ``SYNTH_UUID=xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx`` environment
+ variable.
+
+ If UUID is not passed in, the generated synthetic uevent gains
+ ``SYNTH_UUID=0`` environment variable automatically.
+
+ The KEY=VALUE pairs can contain alphanumeric characters only.
+
+ It's possible to define zero or more pairs - each pair is then
+ delimited by a space character ' '. Each pair appears in
+ synthetic uevent as ``SYNTH_ARG_KEY=VALUE``. That means the KEY
+ name gains ``SYNTH_ARG_`` prefix to avoid possible collisions
+ with existing variables.
+
+ Example of valid sequence written to the uevent file::
+
+ add fe4d7c9d-b8c6-4a70-9ef1-3d8a58d18eed A=1 B=abc
+
+ This generates synthetic uevent including these variables::
+
+ ACTION=add
+ SYNTH_ARG_A=1
+ SYNTH_ARG_B=abc
+ SYNTH_UUID=fe4d7c9d-b8c6-4a70-9ef1-3d8a58d18eed
+
+Users:
+ udev, userspace tools generating synthetic uevents
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2969d3694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_*
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Various files for managing Cable Based Association of
+ (wireless) USB devices.
+
+ The sequence of operations should be:
+
+ 1. Device is plugged in.
+
+ 2. The connection manager (CM) sees a device with CBA capability.
+ (the wusb_chid etc. files in /sys/devices/blah/OURDEVICE).
+
+ 3. The CM writes the host name, supported band groups,
+ and the CHID (host ID) into the wusb_host_name,
+ wusb_host_band_groups and wusb_chid files. These
+ get sent to the device and the CDID (if any) for
+ this host is requested.
+
+ 4. The CM can verify that the device's supported band
+ groups (wusb_device_band_groups) are compatible
+ with the host.
+
+ 5. The CM reads the wusb_cdid file.
+
+ 6. The CM looks it up its database.
+
+ - If it has a matching CHID,CDID entry, the device
+ has been authorized before and nothing further
+ needs to be done.
+
+ - If the CDID is zero (or the CM doesn't find a
+ matching CDID in its database), the device is
+ assumed to be not known. The CM may associate
+ the host with device by: writing a randomly
+ generated CDID to wusb_cdid and then a random CK
+ to wusb_ck (this uploads the new CC to the
+ device).
+
+ CMD may choose to prompt the user before
+ associating with a new device.
+
+ 7. Device is unplugged.
+
+ References:
+ [WUSB-AM]
+ Association Models Supplement to the
+ Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus
+ Specification, version 1.0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_chid
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The CHID of the host formatted as 16 space-separated
+ hex octets.
+
+ Writes fetches device's supported band groups and the
+ the CDID for any existing association with this host.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_name
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ A friendly name for the host as a UTF-8 encoded string.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_band_groups
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The band groups supported by the host, in the format
+ defined in [WUSB-AM].
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_device_band_groups
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The band groups supported by the device, in the format
+ defined in [WUSB-AM].
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_cdid
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The device's CDID formatted as 16 space-separated hex
+ octets.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_ck
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Write 16 space-separated random, hex octets to
+ associate with the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1db89b0cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+What: Raise a uevent when a USB charger is inserted or removed
+Date: 2020-01-14
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description: There are two USB charger states:
+
+ - USB_CHARGER_ABSENT
+ - USB_CHARGER_PRESENT
+
+ There are five USB charger types:
+
+ ======================== ==========================
+ USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE Charger type is unknown
+ USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE Standard Downstream Port
+ USB_CHARGER_CDP_TYPE Charging Downstream Port
+ USB_CHARGER_DCP_TYPE Dedicated Charging Port
+ USB_CHARGER_ACA_TYPE Accessory Charging Adapter
+ ======================== ==========================
+
+ https://www.usb.org/document-library/battery-charging-v12-spec-and-adopters-agreement
+
+ Here are two examples taken using ``udevadm monitor -p`` when
+ USB charger is online::
+
+ UDEV change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform)
+ ACTION=change
+ DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1
+ DRIVER=usb_phy_generic
+ MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1
+ OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1
+ OF_NAME=usbphynop1
+ SEQNUM=2493
+ SUBSYSTEM=platform
+ USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_PRESENT
+ USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE
+ USEC_INITIALIZED=227422826
+
+ USB charger is offline::
+
+ KERNEL change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform)
+ ACTION=change
+ DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1
+ DRIVER=usb_phy_generic
+ MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv
+ OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1
+ OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1
+ OF_NAME=usbphynop1
+ SEQNUM=2494
+ SUBSYSTEM=platform
+ USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_ABSENT
+ USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b8eca4bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What: Raise a uevent when a USB Host Controller has died
+Date: 2019-04-17
+KernelVersion: 5.2
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description: When the USB Host Controller has entered a state where it is no
+ longer functional a uevent will be raised. The uevent will
+ contain ACTION=offline and ERROR=DEAD.
+
+ Here is an example taken using udevadm monitor -p::
+
+ KERNEL[130.428945] offline /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 (usb)
+ ACTION=offline
+ BUSNUM=002
+ DEVNAME=/dev/bus/usb/002/001
+ DEVNUM=001
+ DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2
+ DEVTYPE=usb_device
+ DRIVER=usb
+ ERROR=DEAD
+ MAJOR=189
+ MINOR=128
+ PRODUCT=1d6b/2/414
+ SEQNUM=2168
+ SUBSYSTEM=usb
+ TYPE=9/0/1
+
+Users: chromium-os-dev@chromium.org